US20090191572A1 - Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease - Google Patents

Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20090191572A1
US20090191572A1 US12/009,132 US913208A US2009191572A1 US 20090191572 A1 US20090191572 A1 US 20090191572A1 US 913208 A US913208 A US 913208A US 2009191572 A1 US2009191572 A1 US 2009191572A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
ecsm4
fragment
polypeptide
cells
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/009,132
Inventor
Roy Bicknell
Lukasz Huminiecki
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cancer Research Technology Ltd
Original Assignee
Cancer Research Technology Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cancer Research Technology Ltd filed Critical Cancer Research Technology Ltd
Priority to US12/009,132 priority Critical patent/US20090191572A1/en
Assigned to CANCER RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED reassignment CANCER RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HUMINIECKI, LUKASZ, BICKNELL, ROY
Publication of US20090191572A1 publication Critical patent/US20090191572A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/10Dispersions; Emulsions
    • A61K9/127Liposomes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P41/00Drugs used in surgical methods, e.g. surgery adjuvants for preventing adhesion or for vitreum substitution
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70503Immunoglobulin superfamily
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2803Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against the immunoglobulin superfamily
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C12Q1/6886Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material for cancer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/106Pharmacogenomics, i.e. genetic variability in individual responses to drugs and drug metabolism
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/136Screening for pharmacological compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to genes whose expression is selective for the endothelium and use of these genes or gene products, or molecules which bind thereto, in imaging, diagnosis and treatment of conditions involving the vascular endothelium.
  • the endothelium plays a central role in many physiological and pathological processes and it is known to be an exceptionally active transcriptional site. Approximately 1,000 distinct genes are expressed in an endothelial cell. In contrast red blood cells were found to express 8, platelets 22 and smooth muscle 127 separate genes (Adams et al, 1995). Known endothelial specific genes attract much attention from both basic research and the clinical community.
  • endothelial specific tyrosine kinases Tie, TIE2/TEK, KDR, and flt1 are crucial players in the regulation of vascular integrity, endothelium-mediated inflammatory processes and angiogenesis (Sato et al, 1993, Sato et al, 1995, Fong et al, 1995, Shalaby et al, 1995, Alello et al, 1995).
  • Angiogenesis is now widely recognised as a rate-limiting process for the growth of solid tumours. It is also implicated in the formation of atherosclerotic plaques and restenosis.
  • endothelium plays a central role in the complex and dynamic system regulating coagulation and hemostasis.
  • endothelial cell-specific molecule 1 ECSM1
  • ECSM4 endothelial cell-specific molecule 4
  • ECSM1 and ECSM4 are also used to indicate, as the context will make clear, the cDNA and polypeptides encoded by the genes.
  • genes, and especially ECSM4 are surprisingly specific in their cell expression profile.
  • ECSM4 shows similar endothelial-cell selectivity to the marker currently accepted in the art as the best endothelial cell marker (von Willibrand Factor).
  • von Willibrand Factor the best endothelial cell marker
  • ECSM1 (UniGene entry Hs.13957) has no protein or nucleotide homologues. It is most likely to code for a small protein of 103 aa (the longest and most up-stream open reading frame which was identified in the contig sequence). ECSM1 contains two sequence tagged sites which are unique and definite within the genome (STS sites; dbSTS G26129 and G28043) and localise to chromosome 19.
  • WO 99/06423 Human Genome Sciences
  • ORF open reading frame
  • ECSM4 human magic roundabout cDNA clone with a long ORF of more than 417 aa (GenBank Accession No AK000805) and described in WO 99/46281 as a 3716 nucleotide sequence was identified by BLAST searches for the Hs.111518 contig. This sequence is rich in prolines and has several regions of low amino acid complexity.
  • BLAST PRODOM search protein families database at HGMP, UK
  • FIG. 3 shows the translation product of human ECSM4 to be around 118 kDa.
  • ECSM4 is smaller than other members of the roundabout family, sharing only two of the five Ig domains and two of the three fibronectin domains in the extracellular region. The intracellular putative proline rich region that is homologous to those in roundabout are thought to couple to c-abl.
  • FIG. 12 shows the full length amino acid sequence of human ECSM4 (1105aa), and the sequence of the mouse homologue is shown in FIG. 13 .
  • Nucleotide coding sequences which display around 99% identity to the ECSM4 nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 12 are disclosed in WO 99/11293 and WO 99/53051.
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • magic roundabout may be an endothelial specific homologue of the human roundabout 1 involved in endothelial cell repulsive guidance, presumably with a different ligand since similarity is contained within the cytoplasmic i.e. effector region and guidance receptors are known to have highly modular architecture (Bashaw and Goodman 1999).
  • ECSM4 expression was seen to be restricted to endothelium (three different isolates) and absent from fibroblast, carcinoma and neuronal cells.
  • KDR and FLT1 are both expressed in the male and female reproductive tract: on spermatogenic cells (Obermair et al, 1999), trophoblasts, and in decidua (Clark et al, 1996).
  • KDR has been shown to define haematopoietic stem cells (Ziegler et al, 1999).
  • FLT1 is also present on monocytes.
  • vWF is strongly expressed in megakaryocytes (Sporn et al, 1985, Nichols et al, 1985), and in consequence present on platelets.
  • multimerin is present both in endothelial cells Hayward et al, 1993) and platelets (Hayward et al, 1998).
  • endothelial and haematopoietic cells descend from same 25 embryonic precursors: haemangioblasts and many cellular markers are shared between these two cell lineages (for review see Suda et al, 2000).
  • haemangioblasts and many cellular markers are shared between these two cell lineages (for review see Suda et al, 2000).
  • the finding that the genes ECSM1 and ECSM4 are not expressed in cells other than those of the vascular endothelium is highly surprising.
  • a first aspect of the invention provides a compound comprising (i) a moiety which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM4 and (ii) a further moiety.
  • the polypeptide ECSM4 we include a polypeptide whose sequence comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or 5 or 7 or 12 or 13 or whose sequence is encoded by the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 4 between nucleotides 1 and 1395 or between nucleotides 2 and 948 of FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or between nucleotides 71 and 3442 of FIG. 12 or between nucleotides 6 and 3050 of FIG. 13 and natural variants thereof.
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide is one whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 12 .
  • polypeptide ECSM4 we include a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or the polypeptide represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO99/11293.
  • the polypeptide ECSM4 we also include any naturally occurring polypeptide which comprises a consecutive 50 amino acid residue portion or natural variants thereof of the polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 4 or 5 or 7 or 12 or 13 .
  • the polypeptide is a human polypeptide.
  • a second aspect of the invention provides a compound comprising (i) a moiety which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 and (ii) a further moiety.
  • the binding moiety and further moiety are covalently attached.
  • polypeptide ECSM1 we include a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises or consists of the sequence given in FIG. 2 and natural variants thereof.
  • polypeptide ECSM1 we also include any naturally occurring polypeptides which comprises a consecutive 50 amino acid residue portion or natural variants thereof of the polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 2 .
  • the polypeptide is a human polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide ECSM1 amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 but does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • variants we include, for example, allelic variants. Typically, these will vary from the given sequence by only one or two or three, and typically no more than 10 or 20 amino acid residues. Typically, the variants have conservative substitutions.
  • the moiety capable of selectively binding to the specified polypeptide is an antibody.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 or a natural variant thereof is not one which binds a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 or a natural variant thereof but which polypeptide does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM4 is one which selectively binds a polypeptide with the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP or a sequence which is located in the extracellular portion of ECSM4. As described in more detail below, these sequences represent amino acid sequences which are only found in the human ECSM4 and are not found in the mouse ECSM4 polypeptide sequence.
  • the moiety which selectively binds ECSM4, such as an antibody is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in any one of FIG. 4 , 5 , 7 , 12 or 13 or a natural variant thereof but does not bind the polypeptide represented by any one of SEQ ID.
  • antibody we include not only whole immunoglobulin molecules but also fragments thereof such as Fab, F(ab′)2, Fv and other fragments thereof that retain the antigen-binding site.
  • antibody includes genetically engineered derivatives of antibodies such as single chain Fv molecules (scFv) and domain antibodies (dAbs).
  • scFv single chain Fv molecules
  • dAbs domain antibodies
  • the term also includes antibody-like molecules which may be produced using phage-display techniques or other random selection techniques for molecules which bind to ECSM1 or ECSM4.
  • variable heavy (V H ) and variable light (V L ) domains of the antibody are involved in antigen recognition, a fact first recognised by early protease digestion experiments. Further confirmation was found by “humanisation” of rodent antibodies. Variable domains of rodent origin may be fused to constant domains of human origin such that the resultant antibody retains the antigenic specificity of the rodent parented antibody (Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 6851-6855).
  • variable domains that antigenic specificity is conferred by variable domains and is independent of the constant domains is known from experiments involving the bacterial expression of antibody fragments, all containing one or more variable domains.
  • variable domains include Fab-like molecules (setter et al (1988) Science 240, 1041); Fv molecules (Skerra et al (1988) Science 240, 1038); single-chain Fv (ScFv) molecules where the V H and V L partner domains are linked via a flexible oligopeptide (Bird et al (1988) Science 242, 423; Huston et al (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • ScFv molecules we mean molecules wherein the V H and V L partner domains are linked via a flexible oligopeptide.
  • antibody fragments rather than whole antibodies
  • the smaller size of the fragments may lead to improved pharmacological properties, such as better penetration to the target site. Effector functions of whole antibodies, such as complement binding, are removed.
  • Fab, Fv, ScFv and dAb antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli thus allowing the facile production of large amounts of the said fragments.
  • the antibody may be a polyclonal antibody, it is preferred if it is a monoclonal antibody. In some circumstance, particularly if the antibody is going to be administered repeatedly to a human patient, it is preferred if the monoclonal antibody is a human monoclonal antibody or a humanised monoclonal antibody.
  • Suitable monoclonal antibodies which are reactive as said may be prepared by known techniques, for example those disclosed in “ Monoclonal Antibodies; A manual of techniques ”, H Zola (CRC Press, 1988) and in “ Monoclonal Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques and Application ”, SGR Hurrell (CRC Press, 1982). Polyclonal antibodies may be produced which are polyspecific or monospecific. It is preferred that they are monospecific.
  • Suitably prepared non-human antibodies can be “humanised” in known ways, for example by inserting the CDR regions of mouse antibodies into the framework of human antibodies.
  • the antibodies may be human antibodies in the sense that they have the amino acid sequence of human anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibodies but they may be prepared using methods known in the art that do not require immunisation of humans.
  • transgenic mice which contain, in essence, human immunoglobulin genes (see Vaughan et al (1998) Nature Biotechnol. 16, 535-539.
  • the moiety capable of selectively binding to a polypeptide is a peptide.
  • the ECSM4/magic roundabout polypeptide shows homology with the Drosophila , mouse and human roundabout proteins, which are cell surface receptors for secreted Slit proteins (Li et al (1996) Cell 96:807-818). Any cognate ligand for ECSM4/magic roundabout which is capable of selectively binding the region of the polypeptide which is located extracellularly may be useful.
  • the extracellular region of ECSM4 is likely to be located within residues 1-467 of the ECSM4 polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 12 . It is believed that certain peptides may be cognate ligands for ECSM4.
  • Such a peptide will be a suitable moiety for selectively binding ECSM4/magic roundabout.
  • Peptides binding ECSM4 can be identified by means of a screen.
  • a suitable method or screen for identifying peptides or other molecules which selectively bind ECSM4 may comprise contacting the ECSM4 polypeptide with a test peptide or other molecule under conditions where binding can occur, and then determining if the test molecule or peptide has bound ECSM4.
  • Methods of detecting binding between two moieties are well known in the art of biochemistry.
  • the known technique of phage display is used to identify peptides or other ligand molecules which bind to ECSM4.
  • An alternative method includes the yeast two hybrid system.
  • Peptides or other agents which selectively bind ECSM4 include those which modulate or block the function of ECSM4.
  • Suitable peptides may be synthesised as described in more detail below.
  • the further moiety may be any further moiety which confers on the compound a useful property with respect to the treatment or imaging or diagnosis of diseases or other conditions or states which involve undesirable neovasculature formation. Such diseases or other conditions or states are described in more detail below.
  • the further moiety is one which is useful in killing or imaging neovasculature associated with the growth of a tumour.
  • the further moiety is one which is able to kill the endothelial cells to which the compound is targeted.
  • the further moiety is directly or indirectly cytotoxic.
  • the further moiety is preferably directly or indirectly toxic to cells in neovasculature or cells which are in close proximity to and associated with neovasculature.
  • directly cytotoxic we include the meaning that the moiety is one which on its own is cytotoxic.
  • directly cytotoxic we include the meaning that the moiety is one which, although is not itself cytotoxic, can induce cytotoxicity, for example by its action on a further molecule or by further action on it.
  • the cytotoxic moiety is a cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agent.
  • Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents are well known in the art.
  • Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents include: alkylating agents including; nitrogen mustards such as mechlorethamine (HN 2 ), cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan (L-sarcolysin) and chlorambucil; ethylenimines and methylmelamines such as hexamethylmelamine, thiotepa; alkyl sulphonates such as busulfan; nitrosoureas such as carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), semustine (methyl-CCNU) and streptozocin (streptozotocin); and triazenes such as decarbazine (DTIC; dimethyltriazenoimidazole-carboxamide); Antimetabolites including folic acid analogues such as methotrexate (amethopterin); pyrimidine analogues such as fluorouracil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU
  • Natural Products including vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine (VLB) and vincristine; epipodophyllotoxins such as etoposide and teniposide; antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin (daunomycin; rubidomycin), doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin (mitomycin C); enzymes such as L-asparaginase; and biological response modifiers such as interferon alphenomes.
  • VLB vinblastine
  • epipodophyllotoxins such as etoposide and teniposide
  • antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin (daunomycin; rubidomycin), doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin (mitomycin C)
  • enzymes such as L-asparaginas
  • Miscellaneous agents including platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin (cis-DDP) and carboplatin; anthracenedione such as mitoxantrone and anthracycline; substituted urea such as hydroxyurea; methyl hydrazine derivative such as procarbazine (N-methylhydrazine, MIH); and adrenocortical suppressant such as mitotane (o,p′-DDD) and aminoglutethimide; taxol and analogues/derivatives; and hormone agonists/antagonists such as flutamide and tamoxifen.
  • platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin (cis-DDP) and carboplatin
  • anthracenedione such as mitoxantrone and anthracycline
  • substituted urea such as hydroxyurea
  • methyl hydrazine derivative such as procarbazine (N-methylhydrazine, MIH)
  • Carbodiimides comprise a group of compounds that have the general formula R—N ⁇ C ⁇ N—R′, where R′ and R′ can be aliphatic or aromatic, and are used for synthesis of peptide bonds.
  • the preparative procedure is simple, relatively fast, and is carried out under mild conditions.
  • Carbodiimide compounds attack carboxylic groups to change them into reactive sites for free amino groups.
  • the water soluble carbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide is particularly useful for conjugating a functional moiety to a binding moiety and may be used to conjugate doxorubicin to tumor homing peptides.
  • the conjugation of doxorubicin and a binding moiety requires the presence of an amino group, which is provided by doxorubicin, and a carboxyl group, which is provided by the binding moiety such as an antibody or peptide.
  • EDC also can be used to prepare active esters such as N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester.
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • the NHS ester which binds only to amino groups, then can be used to induce the formation of an amide bond with the single amino group of the doxorubicin.
  • EDC and NHS in combination is commonly used for conjugation in order to increase yield of conjugate formation (Bauminger & Wilchek, supra, 1980).
  • the cytotoxic moiety is a cytotoxic peptide or polypeptide moiety by which we include any moiety which leads to cell death.
  • Cytotoxic peptide and polypeptide moieties are well known in the art and include, for example, ricin, abrin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, tissue factor and the like. Methods for linking them to targeting moieties such as antibodies are also known in the art. The use of ricin as a cytotoxic agent is described in Burrows & Thorpe (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Pseudomonas exotoxin may also be used as the cytotoxic polypeptide moiety (see, for example, Aiello et al (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 10457-10461; incorporated herein by reference).
  • cytokines such as TNF ⁇ and IL-2, may also be useful as cytotoxic agents.
  • radioactive atoms may also be cytotoxic if delivered in sufficient doses.
  • the cytotoxic moiety may comprise a radioactive atom which, in use, delivers a sufficient quantity of radioactivity to the target site so as to be cytotoxic.
  • Suitable radioactive atoms include phosphorus-32, iodine-125, iodine-131 indium-111, rhenium-186, rhenium-188 or yttrium-90, or any other isotope which emits enough energy to destroy neighbouring cells, organelles or nucleic acid.
  • the isotopes and density of radioactive atoms in the compound of the invention are such that a dose of more than 4000 cGy (preferably at least 6000, 8000 or 10000 cGy) is delivered to the target site and, preferably, to the cells at the target site and their organelles, particularly the nucleus.
  • the radioactive atom may be attached to the binding moiety in known ways.
  • EDTA or another chelating agent may be attached to the binding moiety and used to attach 111 In or 90 Y.
  • Tyrosine residues may be labelled with 125 I or 131 I.
  • the cytotoxic moiety may be a suitable indirectly cytotoxic polypeptide.
  • the indirectly cytotoxic polypeptide is a polypeptide which has enzymatic activity and can convert a relatively non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug.
  • ADEPT Antibody-Directed Enzyme Prodrug Therapy
  • the system requires that the targeting moiety locates the enzymatic portion to the desired site in the body of the patient (ie the site expressing ECSM1 or ECSM4, such as new vascular tissue associated with a tumour) and after allowing time for the enzyme to localise at the site, administering a prodrug which is a substrate for the enzyme, the end product of the catalysis being a cytotoxic compound.
  • the object of the approach is to maximise the concentration of drug at the desired site and to minimise the concentration of drug in normal tissues (see Senter, P. D. et al (1988) “Anti-tumor effects of antibody-alkaline phosphatase conjugates in combination with etoposide phosphate” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • any ECSM1 or ECSM4 binding moiety may be used in place of an anti-ECSM1 or anti-ECSM4 antibody in this type of directed enzyme prodrug therapy system.
  • the enzyme and prodrug of the system using an ECSM1 or ECSM4 targeted enzyme as described herein may be any of those previously proposed.
  • the cytotoxic substance may be any existing anti-cancer drug such as an alkylating agent; an agent which intercalates in DNA; an agent which inhibits any key enzymes such as dihydrofolate reductase, thymidine synthetase, ribonucleotide reductase, nucleoside kinases or topoisomerase; or an agent which effects cell death by interacting with any other cellular constituent.
  • Etoposide is an example of a topoisomerase inhibitor.
  • Reported prodrug systems include: a phenol mustard prodrug activated by an E. coli ⁇ -glucuronidase (Wang et al, 1992 and Roffler et al, 1991); a doxorubicin prodrug activated by a human ⁇ -glucuronidase (Bosslet et al, 1994); further doxorubicin prodrugs activated by coffee bean a-galactosidase (Azoulay et al, 1995); daunorubicin prodrugs, activated by coffee bean ⁇ -D-galactosidase (Gesson et al, 1994); a 5-fluorouridine prodrug activated by an E.
  • methotrexate prodrugs eg methotrexate-alanine activated by carboxypeptidase A (Kuefner et al, 1990, Vitols et al, 1992 and Vitols et al, 1995). These and others are included in the following table.
  • Enzyme Prodrug Carboxypeptidase G2 Derivatives of L-glutamic acid and benzoic acid mustards, aniline mustards, phenol mustards and phenylenediamine mustards; fluorinated derivatives of these Alkaline phosphatase Etoposide phosphate Mitomycin phosphate Beta-glucuronidase p-Hydroxyaniline mustard-glucuronide Epirubicin-glucuronide Penicillin-V-amidase Adriamycin-N phenoxyacetyl Penicillin-G-amidase N-(4′-hydroxyphenyl acetyl) palytoxin Doxorubicin and melphalan Beta-lactamase Nitrogen mustard-cephalosporin p-phenylenediamine; doxorubicin derivatives; vinblastine derivative-cephalosporin, cephalosporin mustard; a taxol derivative Beta-glucosidase Cyanophenylmethyl-beta-D
  • Suitable enzymes for forming part of the enzymatic portion of the invention include: exopeptidases, such as carboxypeptidases G, G1 and G2 (for glutamylated mustard prodrugs), carboxypeptidases A and B (for MTX-based prodrugs) and aminopeptidases (for 2- ⁇ -aminocyl MTC prodrugs); endopeptidases, such as eg thrombolysin (for thrombin prodrugs); hydrolases, such as phosphatases (eg alkaline phosphatase) or sulphatases (eg aryl sulphatases) (for phosphylated or sulphated prodrugs); amidases, such as penicillin amidases and arylacyl amidase; lactamases, such as ⁇ -lactamases; glycosidases, such as ⁇ -glucuronidase (for ⁇ -glucuronomide anthracyclines), ⁇ -galactosi
  • the prodrug is relatively non-toxic compared to the cytotoxic drug. Typically, it has less than 10% of the toxicity, preferably less than 1% of the toxicity as measured in a suitable in vitro cytotoxicity test.
  • each moiety of the compound is a polypeptide
  • the two portions may be linked together by any of the conventional ways of cross-linking polypeptides, such as those generally described in O'Sullivan et al (1979) Anal. Biochem. 100, 100-108.
  • the ECSM1 or ECSM4 binding moiety may be enriched with thiol groups and the further moiety reacted with a bifunctional agent capable of reacting with those thiol groups, for example the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of iodoacetic acid (NHIA) or N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP).
  • NHS iodoacetic acid
  • SPDP N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate
  • Amide and thioether bonds for example achieved with m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, are generally
  • the compound may be produced as a fusion compound by recombinant DNA techniques whereby a length of DNA comprises respective regions encoding the two moieties of the compound of the invention either adjacent one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the compound.
  • a length of DNA comprises respective regions encoding the two moieties of the compound of the invention either adjacent one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the compound.
  • the two portions of the compound may overlap wholly or partly.
  • the DNA is then expressed in a suitable host to produce a polypeptide comprising the compound of the invention.
  • the invention also provides a kit of parts (or a therapeutic system) comprising (1) a compound of the invention wherein the further moiety which is able to convert a relatively non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug and (2) a relatively non-toxic prodrug.
  • the kit of parts may comprise any of the compounds of the invention and appropriate prodrugs as herein disclosed.
  • the invention also provides a kit of parts (or a therapeutic system) comprising (1) a compound of the invention wherein the further moiety is able to bind selectively to a directly or indirectly cytotoxic moiety or to a readily detectable moiety and (2) any one of a directly or indirectly cytotoxic or a readily detectable moiety to which the further moiety of the compound is able to bind.
  • the cytotoxic moiety may be a radiosensitizer.
  • Radiosensitizers include fluoropyrimidines, thymidine analogues, hydroxyurea, gemcitabine, fludarabine, nicotinamide, halogenated pyrimidines, 3-aminobenzamide, 3-aminobenzodiamide, etanixadole, pimonidazole and misonidazole (see, for example, McGinn et al (1996) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 88, 1193-11203; Shewach & Lawrence (1996) Invest. New Drugs 14, 257-263; Horsman (1995) Acta Oncol.
  • genes into cells can radiosensitise them, for example delivery of the p53 gene or cyclin D (Lang et al (1998) J. Neurosurg. 89, 125-132; Coco Martin et al (1999) Cancer Res. 59, 1134-1140).
  • the further moiety may be one which becomes cytotoxic, or releases a cytotoxic moiety, upon irradiation.
  • the boron-10 isotope when appropriately irradiated, releases ⁇ particles which are cytotoxic (see for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,348,376 to Goldenberg; Primus et al (1996) Bioconjug. Chem. 7, 532-535).
  • the cytotoxic moiety may be one which is useful in photodynamic therapy such as photofrin (see, for example, Dougherty et al (1998) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 90, 889-905).
  • the further moiety may comprise a nucleic acid molecule which is directly or indirectly cytotoxic.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may be an antisense oligonucleotide which, upon localisation at the target site is able to enter cells and lead to their death.
  • the oligonucleotide therefore, may be one which prevents expression of an essential gene, or one which leads to a change in gene expression which causes apoptosis.
  • Suitable oligonucleotides include those directed at bcl-2 (Ziegler et al (1997) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 89, 1027-1036), and DNA polymerase a and topoisomerase II ⁇ (Lee et al (1996) Anticancer Res. 16, 1805-1811.
  • Peptide nucleic acids may be useful in place of conventional nucleic acids (see Knudsen & Nielsen (1997) Anticancer Drugs 8, 113-118).
  • the binding moiety may be comprised in a delivery vehicle for delivering nucleic acid to the target.
  • the delivery vehicle may be any suitable delivery vehicle. It may, for example, be a liposome containing nucleic acid, or it may be a virus or virus-like particle which is able to deliver nucleic acid.
  • the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is typically present on the surface of the delivery vehicle.
  • the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 such as a suitable antibody fragment, may be present in the outer surface of a liposome and the nucleic acid to be delivered may be present in the interior of the liposome.
  • a viral vector such as a retroviral or adenoviral vector
  • a retroviral or adenoviral vector is engineered so that the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is attached to or located in the surface of the viral particle thus enabling the viral particle to be targeted to the desired site.
  • Targeted delivery systems are also known such as the modified adenovirus system described in WO 94/10323 wherein, typically, the DNA is carried within the adenovirus, or adenovirus-like, particle.
  • Michael et al (1995) Gene Therapy 2, 660-668 describes modification of adenovirus to add a cell-selective moiety into a fibre protein.
  • Targeted retroviruses are also available for use in the invention; for example, sequences conferring specific binding affinities may be engineered into preexisting viral env genes (see Miller & Vile (1995) Faseb J. 9, 190-199 for a review of this and other targeted vectors for gene therapy).
  • Immunoliposomes may be used in which the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is an antibody.
  • MPB-PE N-[4 maleimidophenyl)butyryl]-phosphatidylethanolamine
  • MPB-PE is incorporated into the liposomal bilayers to allow a covalent coupling of the anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibody, or fragment thereof, to the liposomal surface.
  • the liposome is conveniently loaded with the DNA or other genetic construct for delivery to the target cells, for example, by forming the said liposomes in a solution of the DNA or other genetic construct, followed by sequential extrusion through polycarbonate membrane filters with 0.6 ⁇ m and 0.2 ⁇ m pore size under nitrogen pressures up to 0.8 MPa. After extrusion, entrapped DNA construct is separated from free DNA construct by ultracentrifugation at 80 000 ⁇ g for 45 min. Freshly prepared MPB-PE-liposomes in deoxygenated buffer are mixed with freshly prepared antibody (or fragment thereof) and the coupling reactions are carried out in a nitrogen atmosphere at 4° C. under constant end over end rotation overnight. The immunoliposomes are separated from unconjugated antibodies by ultracentrifugation at 80 000 ⁇ g for 45 min. Immunoliposomes may be injected intraperitoneally or directly into the tumour.
  • the nucleic acid delivered to the target site may be any suitable DNA which leads, directly or indirectly, to cytotoxicity.
  • the nucleic acid may encode a ribozyme which is cytotoxic to the cell, or it may encode an enzyme which is able to convert a substantially non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug (this latter system is sometime called GDEPT: Gene Directed Enzyme Prodrug Therapy).
  • Ribozymes which may be encoded in the nucleic acid to be delivered to the target are described in Cech and Herschlag “Site-specific cleavage of single stranded DNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,180,818; Altman et al “Cleavage of targeted RNA by RNAse P” U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,053, Cantin et al “Ribozyme cleavage of HIV-1 RNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,149,796; Cech et al “RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No.
  • RNA ribozyme polymerases dephosphorylases, restriction endonucleases and methods
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods; cleaves single-stranded RNA at specific site by transesterification”, U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071, all incorporated herein by reference.
  • Suitable targets for ribozymes include transcription factors such as c-fos and c-myc, and bcl-2.
  • Durai et al (1997) Anticancer Res. 17, 3307-3312 describes a hammerhead ribozyme against bcl-2.
  • EP 0 415 731 describes the GDEPT system. Similar considerations concerning the choice of enzyme and prodrug apply to the GDEPT system as to the ADEPT system described above.
  • the nucleic acid delivered to the target site may encode a directly cytotoxic polypeptide.
  • the further portion may comprise a polypeptide or a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide which is not either directly or indirectly cytotoxic but is of therapeutic benefit.
  • polypeptides include anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokines which could be of benefit in artheroselerosis, and anti-proliferative, immunomodulatory or factors influencing blood clotting may be of benefit in treating cancer.
  • the further moiety may usefully be an inhibitor of angiogenesis such as the peptides angiostatin or endostatin.
  • the further moiety may also usefully be an enzyme which converts a precursor polypeptide to angiostatin or endostatin.
  • Human matrix metallo-proteases such as macrophage elastase, gelatinase and stromolysin convert plasminogen to angiostatin (Cornelius et al (1998) J. Immunol. 161, 6845-6852). Plasminogen is a precursor of angiostatin.
  • the further moiety comprised in the compound of the invention is a readily detectable moiety.
  • a “readily detectable moiety” we include the meaning that the moiety is one which, when located at the target site following administration of the compound of the invention into a patient, may be detected, typically non-invasively from outside the body and the site of the target located.
  • the compounds of this embodiment of the invention are useful in imaging and diagnosis.
  • the readily detectable moiety is or comprises a radioactive atom which is useful in imaging.
  • Suitable radioactive atoms include technetium-99m or iodine-123 for scintigraphic studies.
  • Other readily detectable moieties include, for example, spin labels for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) such as iodine-123 again, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • the compound of the invention must have sufficient of the appropriate atomic isotopes in order for the molecule to be readily detectable.
  • the radio- or other labels may be incorporated in the compound of the invention in known ways.
  • the binding moiety is a polypeptide it may be biosynthesised or may be synthesised by chemical amino acid synthesis using suitable amino acid precursors involving, for example, fluorine-19 in place of hydrogen.
  • Labels such as 99m Tc, 123 I, 186 Rh, 188 Rh and 111 In can, for example, be attached via cysteine residues in the binding moiety.
  • Yttrium-90 can be attached via a lysine residue.
  • the IODOGEN method (Fraker er al (1978) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 80, 49-57) can be used to incorporate iodine-123.
  • Reference (“Monoclonal Antibodies in Immunoscintigraphy”, J-F Chatal, CRC Press, 1989) describes other methods in detail.
  • the further moiety is able to bind selectively to a directly or indirectly cytotoxic moiety or to a readily detectable moiety.
  • the further moiety may be any moiety which binds to a further compound or component which is cytotoxic or readily detectable.
  • the further moiety may, therefore be an antibody which selectively binds to the further compound or component, or it may be some other binding moiety such as streptavidin or biotin or the like.
  • the following examples illustrate the types of molecules that are included in the invention; other such molecules are readily apparent from the teachings herein.
  • a bispecific antibody wherein one binding site comprises the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 and the second binding site comprises a moiety which binds to, for example, an enzyme which is able to convert a substantially non-toxic prodrug to a cytotoxic drug.
  • a compound such as an antibody which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4, to which is bound biotin.
  • Avidin or streptavidin which has been labelled with a readily detectable label may be used in conjunction with the biotin labelled antibody in a two-phase imaging system wherein the biotin labelled antibody is first localised to the target site in the patient, and then the labelled avidin or streptavidin is administered to the patient.
  • Bispecific antibodies and biotin/streptavidin (avidin) systems are reviewed by Rosebrough (1996) Q J Nucl. Med. 40, 234-251.
  • the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused.
  • the compounds of the first and second aspects of the invention are useful in treating, imaging or diagnosing disease, particularly diseases in which there may be undesirable neovasculature formation, as described in more detail below.
  • the compounds are suitable for use in medicine.
  • a third aspect of the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding a compound of either the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the selective binding moiety and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused.
  • a fourth aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the compound of the invention includes those described in the first, second and third aspects.
  • the invention also includes pharmaceutical composition comprising any of an antibody, polypeptide, peptide, polynucleotide, expression vector or other agent which may be delivered to an individual as described below and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is included that the formulation is sterile and pyrogen free. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • the carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the compound of the invention and not deleterious to the recipients thereof.
  • the carriers will be water or saline which will be sterile and pyrogen free; however, other acceptable carriers may be used.
  • compositions or formulations of the invention are for parenteral administration, more particularly for intravenous administration.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • a fifth aspect of the invention provides a method of imaging vascular endothelium in the body of an individual the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety.
  • vascular endothelium is associated with angiogenesis.
  • the moiety of the compound which selectively binds ECSM4 or ECSM1 may be an antibody.
  • Preferred antibodies are as outlined above.
  • the method of imaging the vascular endothelium in an individual comprises the further step of detecting the location of the compound in the individual.
  • Detecting the compound or antibody can be achieved using methods well known in the art of clinical imaging and diagnostics. The specific method required will depend on the type of detectable label attached to the compound or antibody. For example, radioactive atoms may be detected using autoradiography or in some cases by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) as described above.
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • Imaging the vascular endothelium in the body is useful because it can provide information about the health of the body. It is particularly useful when the vascular endothelium is diseased, or is proliferating due to a cancerous growth.
  • Imaging cancer in a patient is especially useful, because it can be used to determine the size of a tumour and whether it is responding to treatment. Since metastatic disease involves new blood vessel formation, the method is useful in assessing whether metastasis has occurred.
  • the vascular endothelium is neovasculature, such as that produced in cancer.
  • a sixth aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing or prognosing in an individual a condition which involves the vascular endothelium the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety.
  • the condition may be one which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium, such as cancer, artherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, psoriasis, endometriosis, menorrhagia, haemangiomas and venous malformations.
  • vascular endothelium such as cancer, artherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, psoriasis, endometriosis, menorrhagia, haemangiomas and venous malformations.
  • the compound may comprise an antibody.
  • the antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • Preferred antibodies which bind the polypeptide ECSM4 are as outlined above.
  • the method may be one which is an aid to diagnosis.
  • the method of diagnosing, or aiding diagnosis of, a condition involving the vascular endothelium in an individual comprises the further step of detecting the location of the compound in the individual.
  • the endothelium is in neovasculature; ie, angiogenic vasculature.
  • ECSM4 or ECSM1 may not be to promote proliferation of vascular endothelial cells. Therefore the level of expression of these polypeptides within an endothelial cell may not be informative about the health of the vascular endothelium. However, the location of expression of the polypeptides may be informative, as they represent the growth of blood vessels. Abnormal cell proliferation such as cancer may be diagnosed by the detection of new vasculature.
  • a seventh aspect of the invention provides a method of treating an individual in need of treatment, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a cytotoxic or therapeutic moiety.
  • the patient in need of treatment has a proliferative disease or a condition involving the vascular endothelium.
  • Neovasculature formation is associated with cancer, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, menorrhagia, arthritis (both inflammatory and rheumatoid), macular degeneration, Paget's disease, retinopathy and its vascular complications (including proliferative and of prematurity, and diabetic), benign vascular proliferations and fibroses.
  • Kaposi's sarcoma leukaemia, lymphoma, myeloma, solid carcinomas (both primary and secondary (metastasis), vascular tumours including haemangioma (both capillary and juvenile (infantile)), haemangiomatosis and haemagioblastoma.
  • the invention comprises a method of treating a patient who has a disease in which angiogenesis contributes to pathology the method comprising the step of administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention wherein the further moiety of the compound is one which either directly or indirectly is of therapeutic benefit to the patient.
  • the disease is associated with undesirable neovasculature formation and the treatment reduces this to a useful extent.
  • tumours that may be treated by the methods of the invention include any tumours which are associated with new blood vessel production.
  • tumour is to be understood as referring to all forms of neoplastic cell growth, including tumours of the lung, liver, blood cells, skin, pancreas, stomach, colon, prostate, uterus, breast, lymph glands and bladder. Solid tumours are especially suitable.
  • blood cancers, including leukaemias and lymphomas are now also believed to involve new blood vessel formation and may be treated by the methods of the invention.
  • the further moiety is one which destroys or slows or reverses the growth of the neovasculature.
  • the compound of the invention comprises a readily detectable moiety or a directly cytotoxic moiety
  • other agents such as immunosuppressive agents and the like may be administered.
  • imaging takes place once the compound has localised at the target site.
  • the compound of the invention may be administered and allowed to localise at the target site, and then the further component administered at a suitable time thereafter.
  • the binding moiety-enzyme moiety compound is administered and localises to the target site. Once this is done, the prodrug is administered.
  • the compound may be administered first and allowed to localise at the target site, and subsequently the further component is administered.
  • a biotin-labelled anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibody is administered to the patient and, after a suitable period of time, detectably labelled streptavidin is administered. Once the streptavidin has localised to the sites where the antibody has localised (ie the target sites) imaging takes place.
  • the antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • Preferred antibodies are as outlined in the first and second aspects of the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety may be useful in determining the angiogenic status of tumours or other disease states in which angiogenesis contributes to pathology. This may be an important factor influencing the nature and outcome of future therapy.
  • An eighth aspect of the invention provides a method of introducing genetic material selectively into vascular endothelial cells the method comprising contacting the cells with a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention as described above wherein the further moiety is a nucleic acid.
  • the vascular endothelial cells may be any vascular endothelial cells such as those in tissue culture or in a living organism. It is preferred if the cells are in a living organism. It is further preferred if the organism is a human. It is still more preferred if the vascular endothelial cells are those in neovasculature, ie they are angiogenic endothelial cells.
  • the binding moiety is an antibody.
  • the antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • the antibody is one as defined above in relation to the first or second aspects of the invention.
  • the binding moiety is comprised in a delivery vehicle and preferably, the delivery vehicle is a liposome, as described in further detail above.
  • the further moiety is nucleic acid and is comprised within the liposome, also as described above.
  • the method is used in gene therapy, and the genetic material is therapeutically useful. Therapeutically useful genetic material includes that which encodes a therapeutic protein.
  • a ninth aspect of the invention provides a use of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable label in the manufacture of a diagnostic or prognostic agent for a condition which involves the vascular endothelium.
  • the compound may comprise an antibody as the moiety which selectively binds.
  • the antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • a tenth aspect of the invention provides a use of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a cytotoxic or therapeutic moiety in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition involving the vascular endothelium.
  • the compound may comprise an antibody as the moiety which selectively binds.
  • the antibody may be any suitable antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • An eleventh aspect of the invention provides a polypeptide comprising or consisting of a fragment or variant or fusion of the ECSM4 polypeptide or a fusion of said fragment or variant provided that it is not a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence given between residues 49 and 466 of FIG. 4 .
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide includes a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 or the polypeptide encoded by the nucleotide sequence of either FIG. 4 between positions 1 and 1395 or FIG. 5 between positions 2 and 948 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 is that of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention comprises but does not consist of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 .
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention does not consist of any of the amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or any of the amino acid sequences encoded by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • a twelfth aspect of the invention provides a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant or fusion thereof or a fusion of said fragment or variant.
  • the ECSM1 polypeptide includes a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 2 .
  • the ECSM1 polypeptide or fragment is not a polypeptide whose sequence is given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423 or which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • the invention includes peptides which are derived from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptides. These peptides may be considered “fragments” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptides but may be produced by de novo synthesis or by fragmentation of the polypeptide.
  • “Fragments” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide include polypeptides which comprise at least five consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide.
  • a fragment of the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence which is useful, for example, a fragment which retains activity of the polypeptide, or a fragment for use in a binding assay or is useful as a peptide for producing an antibody which is specific for the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide.
  • An activity of the ECSM4 polypeptide may be in endothelial cell repulsive guidance. Repulsive guidance may be tested in vivo by constructing appropriate transgenic or knock-out animal models, for example mice or zebrafish.
  • the fragments have at least 8 consecutive amino acids, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 12 or 15 or 20 or 30 or 40 or 50 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide.
  • fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide comprise but do not consist of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 .
  • fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide comprise but do not consist of any of the amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or any of the amino acid sequences encoded by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • fragments of ECSM4 polypeptide are ones which have portions of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 12 .
  • fragments of ECSM1 polypeptide are ones which have portions of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 2 .
  • a fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide is a fragment which has the sequence LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA, KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT, WLADTW, WLADTWRSTSGSRD, SPPTTYGYIS, GSLANGWGSASEDNAASARASLVSSSDGSFLAD or FARALAVAVD or has a sequence of at least 5 or 8 or 10 residues of any of these sequences.
  • peptides correspond to amino acids 165-181, 274-288, 311-320, 336-351, 8-13, 8-21, 307-316, 355-387 and 390-399 respectively of the human ECSM4 polypeptide shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Peptides WLADTW, WLADTWRSTSGSRD, SPPTTYGYIS, GSLANGWGSASEDNAASARASLVSSSDGSFLAD and FARALAVAVD represent conserved regions between the mouse and human homologues of the ECSM4 polypeptide, and between the ECSM4 polypeptide and the mouse dutt1 protein.
  • the peptides LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA and KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT may be useful in raising antibodies.
  • Preferred peptides are peptides of at least 5 or 8 or 10 or 12 or 15 or 20 consecutive amino acid residues from these conserved sequences.
  • Peptides of ECSM4 which affect cell migration and/or growth and/or vascular development are particularly preferred. They can be identified in suitable screening systems.
  • a fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide is a fragment which has the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP or has a sequence of at least 5 or 8 or 10 residues of any of these sequences.
  • These peptides correspond to regions of the human ECSM4 polypeptide (located at residues 4-16, 91-109, 227-236, 288-300 and 444-455 respectively in the sequence given in FIG. 12 ) which are not, or are poorly, conserved in the mouse homologue (see FIG. 14 ). As described below, such peptides may be particularly useful in raising antibodies to the human ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • residues 1-467 as shown in FIG. 12 are likely to be extracellular, and in addition to being extracellularly exposed, may include the binding site of the natural ligand.
  • fragments of ECSM4 which include or consist of a sequence within the extracellular domain of residues 1-467 of FIG. 12 may represent useful fragments for raising antibodies selective for cells expressing ECSM4 on their surface and which may also be useful in modulating the activity of the polypeptide ECSM4.
  • preferred fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide are those fragments of the polypeptide sequence of FIG. 12 which comprise at least 1, 3 or 5, amino acid residues which are not conserved when compared to the mouse ECSM4 (as shown in FIG. 13 ). More preferably at least 7, 9, 11 or 13 amino acid residues in the fragment are not conserved between human ECSM4 and mouse ECSM4, and still more preferably at least 15, 17, 19 or 21 residues of the fragment are not conserved between human ECSM4 and mouse ECSM4.
  • the sequence of such fragments may be determined from the alignment of the human and mouse amino acid sequences shown in FIG. 14 .
  • fragments of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention are particularly useful when fused to other polypeptides, such as glutathione-S-transferase (GST), green fluorescent protein (GFP), vesicular stomatitis virus glycoprotein (VSVG) or keyhole limpet haemacyanin (KLH). Fusions of the polypeptide, or fusions of fragments or variants of the polypeptide of the invention are included in the scope of the invention.
  • GST glutathione-S-transferase
  • GFP green fluorescent protein
  • VSVG vesicular stomatitis virus glycoprotein
  • KLH keyhole limpet haemacyanin
  • ECSM4 useful fragments of ECSM4 are those which are able to bind a ligand selective for ECSM4. Suitable methods for identification of ligands such as peptides or other molecules which bind ECSM4 is discussed in more detail above. Such peptides or other ECSM4-binding molecules can be used to identify the amino acid sequences present in ECSM4 which are responsible for ligand binding. Identification of those fragments of ECSM4 which, when isolated from the rest of the molecule, are still able to bind a ligand of ECSM4 can be achieved by means of a screen.
  • such a screen will comprise contacting a ligand of ECSM4 with a test fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide and determining if the test fragment binds the ligand.
  • Fragments of ECSM4 are within the scope of the invention, and may be particularly useful in medicine.
  • a fragment of ECSM4 which binds the natural ECSM4 ligand may neutralise the effect of the ligand and thereby affect endothelial cell migration, growth and/or vascular development.
  • administration of fragments of ECSM4 may be useful in the treatment of diseases or conditions where endothelial cell migration, growth and/or vascular development need to be modulated. Examples of such diseases include cancer and artherosclerosis.
  • a “fusion” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant thereof provides a molecule comprising a polypeptide of the invention and a further portion. It is preferred that the said further portion confers a desirable feature on the said molecule; for example, the portion may useful in detecting or isolating the molecule, or promoting cellular uptake of the molecule.
  • the portion may be, for example, a biotin moiety, a radioactive moiety, a fluorescent moiety, for example a small fluorophore or a green fluorescent protein (GFP) fluorophore, as well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the moiety may be an immunogenic tag, for example a Myc tag, as known to those skilled in the art or may be a lipophilic molecule or polypeptide domain that is capable of promoting cellular uptake of the molecule or the interacting polypeptide, as known to those skilled in the art.
  • a “variant” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide includes natural variants, including allelic variants and naturally-occurring mutant forms and variants with insertions, deletions and substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes do not substantially alter the activity of the said polypeptide.
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide as an endothelial specific homologue of the human roundabout 1 it may well be involved in endothelial cell repulsive guidance.
  • polypeptides which are elongated as a result of an insertion or which are truncated due to deletion of a region are included in the scope of the invention. For example, deletion of cytoplasmically-located regions may be useful in creation of “dominant negative” or “dominant positive” forms of the polypeptide. Similarly, deletion of a transmembrane region of the polypeptide may produce such forms.
  • substitution is intended combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
  • non-conservative substitution we include other substitutions, such as those where the substituted residue mimics a particular modification of the replaced residue, for example a phosphorylated tyrosine or serine may be replaced by aspartate or glutamate due to the similarity of the aspartate or glutamate side chain to a phosphorylated residue (ie they carry a negative charge at neutral pH).
  • non-conservative substitutions which are included in the term “variants” are point mutations which alter one, sometimes two, and usually no more than three amino acids. Such mutations are well known in the art of biochemistry and are usually designed to insert or remove a defined characteristic of the polypeptide. Another type of non-conservative mutation is the alteration or addition of a residue to a cysteine or lysine residue which can then be used with maleimide or succinimide cross-linking reagents to covalently conjugate the polypeptide to another moiety.
  • Non-glycosylated proteins may be mutated to convert an asparagine to the recognition motif N-X-S/T for N-linked glycosylation. Such a modification may be useful to create a tag for purification of the polypeptide using Concanavalin A-linked beads.
  • Such variants may be made using the methods of protein engineering and site-directed mutagenesis well known in the art.
  • Variants of the ECSM4 polypeptide include polypeptides comprising a sequence with at least 65% identity to the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 , preferably at least 70% or 80% or 85% or 90% identity to said sequence, and more preferably at least 95% or 98% identity to said amino acid sequence.
  • Variants of the ECSM1 polypeptide include polypeptides comprising a sequence with at least 65% identity to the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 2 , preferably at least 70% or 80% or 85% or 90% identity to said sequence, and more preferably at least 95% or 98% identity to said amino acid sequence.
  • Percent identity can be determined by, for example, the LALIGN program (Huang and Miller, Adv. Appl. Math . (1991) 12:337-357) at the Expasy facility site (http://www.ch.embnet.org/software/LALIGN_form.html) using as parameters the global alignment option, scoring matrix BLOSUM62, opening gap penalty ⁇ 14, extending gap penalty ⁇ 4.
  • a thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide encoding the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention, or the complement thereof or a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to either of these which polynucleotide is not any one of the clones corresponding to GenBank Accession No AK000805 or the ESTs whose GenBank Accession Nos are given in Table 11 or Table 12.
  • GenBank Accession No AK000805 corresponds to a cDNA sequence cloned in the vector pME18SFL3.
  • ESTs listed in Table 11 represent nucleotide sequences which can be assembled into the contig sequence shown in FIG. 5 .
  • ESTs listed in Table 12 represent nucleotide sequences which can be assembled into the mouse nucleotide cluster sequence (Mm.27782) given in FIG. 7 .
  • the polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention does not consist of any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ D No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293, or their complement.
  • the polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention is not a polynucleotide which encodes a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293
  • a fourteenth aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide encoding the ECSM1 polypeptide or the complement thereof or a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to either of these, according to the twelfth aspect of the invention provided that the polynucleotide is not one present in ATCC deposit No 209145 or the clone corresponding to GenBank Accession No AC011526 or the ESTs whose GenBank Accession Nos are given in Table 10.
  • polynucleotide is one which encodes an ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention and is not one which encodes a polypeptide whose sequence is given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423 or which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 or by the nucleic acid included in the microbiological deposit corresponding to American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) No. 209145 made on 17 Jul. 1997.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • ATCC deposit No 209145 comprises a pSport1 vector which includes a 765 base nucleotide sequence.
  • the polynucleotide sequence given in SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 is similar to the nucleotide sequence shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the sequence of SEQ ID No 32 given in WO 99/06423 may be capable of encoding part of the ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention. Due to degeneracy of the genetic code however, a polynucleotide sequence may encode the ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention without having a nucleotide sequence as given in WO 99/06423. In a similar manner, a polynucleotide sequence may encode the (full length) ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention without having the same sequence as that given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 12 . Such polynucleotides are within the scope of this invention.
  • a polynucleotide of the thirteenth aspect of the invention is preferably not one whose nucleotide sequence is given in FIG. 4
  • a polynucleotide of the fourteenth aspect of the invention is preferably not a polynucleotide which is disclosed in WO 99/06423, such as SEQ ID No 32 disclosed therein or its complement or variants or the corresponding cDNA sequence deposited under Accession No 209145 at the ATCC or a polynucleotide fragment capable of encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423.
  • a polynucleotide of the thirteenth or fourteenth aspects of the invention may encode a variant of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide as described above.
  • the insertions and/or deletions within the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide may lead to frameshift mutations which may encode truncated (or elongated) polypeptide products, and insertions, deletions or other mutations may lead to the introduction of stop codons which encode truncate polypeptide products.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention may be DNA or RNA. It is preferred if it is DNA.
  • the polynucleotide may or may not contain introns. It is preferred if it does not contain introns.
  • the polynucleotide may be single stranded or double stranded or a mixture of either.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention has at least 10 nucleotides, and preferably at least 15 nucleotides and more preferably at least 30 nucleotides. In a further preference, the polynucleotide is more than 50 nucleotides, more preferably at least 100 nucleotides, and still more preferably the polynucleotide is at least 500 nucleotides.
  • the polynucleotide may be more than 1 kb, and may comprise more than 5 kb.
  • the invention also includes a polynucleotide which is able to selectively hybridise to a polynucleotide which encodes the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant or fusion thereof, or a fusion of said variant or fragment.
  • said polynucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides, more preferably at least 15 nucleotides and still more preferably at least 30 nucleotides in length.
  • the said polynucleotide may be longer than 100 nucleotides and may be longer than 200 nucleotides, but preferably the said polynucleotide is not longer than 250 nucleotides.
  • Such polynucleotides are useful in procedures as a detection tool to demonstrate the presence of the polynucleotide in a sample.
  • a sample may be a sample of DNA, such as a bacterial colony, fixed on a membrane or filter.
  • the polynucleotide which is capable of selectively hybridising as said is not any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • DNA-DNA, DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA hybridisation may be performed in aqueous solution containing between 0.1 ⁇ SSC and 6 ⁇ SSC and at temperatures of between 55° C. and 70° C. It is well known in the art that the higher the temperature or the lower the SSC concentration the more stringent the hybridisation conditions.
  • high stringency we mean 2 ⁇ SSC and 65° C. 1 ⁇ SSC is 0.15M NaCl/0.015M sodium citrate. Polynucleotides which hybridise at high stringency are included within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • the polynucleotide can be used as a primer in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and in this capacity a polynucleotide of between 15 and 30 nucleotides is preferred.
  • a polynucleotide of between 20 and 100 nucleotides is preferred when the fragment is to be used as a mutagenic PCR primer.
  • the PCR primer when not being used to mutate a nucleic acid contains about 15 to 30 contiguous nucleotides (ie perfect matches) from the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 from the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 2 .
  • the PCR primers are used for mutagenesis, differences compared to the sequence will be present.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • PCR primers do not contain any complementary structures with each other longer than 2 bases, especially at their 3′ ends, as this feature may promote the formation of an artifactual product called “primer dimer”.
  • primer dimer When the 3′ ends of the two primers hybridize, they form a “primed template” complex, and primer extension results in a short duplex product called “primer dimer”.
  • Optimum annealing temperatures may be determined empirically and may be higher than predicted.
  • Taq DNA polymerase does have activity in the 37-55° C. region, so primer extension will occur during the annealing step and the hybrid will be stabilised.
  • concentrations of the primers are equal in conventional (symmetric) PCR and, typically, within 0.1- to 1 nM range.
  • a pair of suitable nucleic acids of the invention are used in a PCR it is convenient to detect the product by gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining.
  • a labelled oligonucleotide capable of hybridising to the amplified DNA as a probe.
  • the oligonucleotide probe hybridises to the interprimer sequence as defined by the two primers.
  • the probe may be labelled with a radionuclide such as 32 P, 33 P and 35 S using standard techniques, or may be labelled with a fluorescent dye.
  • a radionuclide such as 32 P, 33 P and 35 S
  • the amplified DNA product may be detected in solution (see for example Balaguer et al (1991) “Quantification of DNA sequences obtained by polymerase chain reaction using a bioluminescence adsorbent” Anal. Biochem. 195, 105-110 and Dilesare et al (1993) “A high-sensitivity electrochemiluminescence-based detection system for automated PCR product quantitation” BioTechniques 15, 152-157.
  • PCR products can also be detected using a probe which may have a fluorophore-quencher pair or may be attached to a solid support or may have a biotin tag or they may be detected using a combination of a capture probe and a detector probe.
  • Fluorophore-quencher pairs are particularly suited to quantitative measurements of PCR reactions (eg RT-PCR). Fluorescence polarisation using a suitable probe may also be used to detect PCR products.
  • Oligonucleotide primers can be synthesised using methods well known in the art, for example using solid-phase phosphoramidite chemistry.
  • a polynucleotide or oligonucleotide primer of the invention may contain one or more modified bases or may contain a backbone which has been modified for stability purposes or for other reasons.
  • modified bases By modified we included for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine.
  • a variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA and these are included in the scope of the invention.
  • the polynucleotides of the invention are detectably labelled. Suitable detectable labels are described in detail above.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the invention provides an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide as described above.
  • the polynucleotides are those which encode the polypeptides ECSM1 or ECSM4 or a fragment, variant or fusion thereof.
  • expression vector we mean one which is capable, in an appropriate host, of expressing a polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide.
  • Such vectors may be useful in expressing the encoded polypeptide in a host cell for production of useful quantities of the polypeptide, or may be useful in medicine.
  • Expression vectors comprising a polynucleotide according to the thirteenth or fourteenth aspects of the invention which are suitable for use in gene therapy are within the scope of the invention.
  • Administration of a gene therapy vector capable of expressing the ECSM4 polypeptide may be useful in modulating or inhibiting angiogenesis, since this polypeptide is likely to be a repulsive guidance receptor.
  • gene therapy vectors capable of expressing fragments or mutants of ECSM4 on the cell surface, which fragments or mutants are capable of binding the ECSM4 cognate ligand but are not able to convey the normal downstream signal (for example, because the necessary cytosolic portion of the polypeptide is deleted or mutated so as to not be functional or capable of binding normally interacting cellular proteins) may also be useful in modulating angiogenesis in an individual.
  • the vector is one which is suitable for use in gene therapy.
  • suitable vectors and methods of their introduction into cells are given in more detail below.
  • the gene therapy methods and vectors described in relation to the use of promoters of ECSM4 may also be used in relation to the use of ECSM4 coding sequences or antisense in gene therapy.
  • the polynucleotide comprised within the expression vector of this aspect of the invention may be one which encodes the polypeptide ECSM4 or ECSM1 or a fragment or variant thereof, or the polynucleotide may be one which is capable of selectively hybridising to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 coding region.
  • Polynucleotides which are capable of hybridising to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 coding region are useful as antisense polynucleotides which may decrease the expression level of ECSM4 or ECSM1 within a target cell.
  • the design of suitable and effective antisense polynucleotides based on a known coding sequence is known in the art of gene therapy.
  • the expression vector of this aspect of the invention is one which does not contain a polynucleotide sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293 or their complement.
  • the said vector is one which does not contain a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • viral vectors capable of cellular gene integration may be more beneficial than non-integrating alternatives (eg adenovirus derived vectors) when repeated therapy is undesirable for immunogenicity reasons.
  • therapeutic polynucleotide or “therapeutic protein” we include ECSM4 and ECSM1 coding sequences, the polypeptide product encoded by said coding sequences, and ECSM4 antisense polynucleotides.
  • the therapeutic effect of said polynucleotides or proteins may include pro-angiogenic or anti-angiogenic effects, depending on the precise therapeutic agent administered.
  • an expression vector suitable for gene therapy which comprises a polynucleotide which is antisense to at least part of the ECSM4 coding region may have anti-angiogenic activity when expressed in a host cell or patient if it suppresses expression of a molecule which is required for angiogenesis.
  • polypeptide which is required for inhibition of angiogenesis for example, because said polypeptide has endothelial cell repulsive guidance activity
  • expression of the antisense may also be anti-angiogenic.
  • the expression vector comprises a polynucleotide of the invention which polynucleotide suppresses expression of a molecule whose activity is required to decrease vascular growth (for example, because said molecule is an endothelial cell repulsive guidance molecule) or encodes a polypeptide whose activity is required for angiogenesis
  • administration of the said vector may be pro-angiogenic.
  • the highest level of expression is likely to be achieved using viral promoters, for example, the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat (Ragot et al (1993) Nature 361, 647-650; Hyde et al (1993) Nature 362, 250-255) and the adenovirus major late promoter.
  • the latter has been used successfully to drive the expression of a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene in lung epithelium (Rosenfeld et al (1992) Cell 68, 143-155). Since these promoters function in a broad range of tissues they may not be suitable to direct cell-type-specific expression unless the delivery method can be adapted to provide the specificity.
  • somatic enhancer sequences could be used to give cell-type-specific expression in an extrachromosomal setting.
  • the ECSM4 regulatory/promoter region is an example of a regulatory region capable of conferring endothelial cell selective expression, preferably selective to endothelial cells of neovasculature (ie, angiogenic endothelial cells) on an operatively linked coding region.
  • a coding region may encode an antisense polynucleotide.
  • the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase gene when transduced into cells, renders them sensitive to the drug ganciclovir, creating the option of killing the cells quickly.
  • ectotropic viruses which are species specific, may provide a safer alternative to the use of amphotropic viruses as vectors in gene therapy.
  • a human homologue of the non-human, ectotropic viral receptor is modified in such a way so as to allow recognition by the virus.
  • the modified receptor is then delivered to cells by constructing a molecule, the front end of which is specified for the targeted cells and the tail part being the altered receptor.
  • the genetically engineered ectotropic virus, carrying the therapeutic gene can be injected and will only integrate into the targeted cells.
  • Virus-derived gene transfer vectors can be adapted to recognise only specific cells so it may be possible to target to an endothelial cell, such as endothelial cells within a tumour. Similarly, it is possible to target expression of an therapeutic gene to the endothelial cell, using an endothelial cell-specific promoter such as that for the ECSM4 or ECSM1 genes.
  • One of the ECSM genes or a part of the genes or a polynucleotide comprising an antisense to the gene may be introduced into the cell in a vector such that the gene remains extrachromosomal. In such a situation, the gene will be expressed by the cell from the extrachromosomal location.
  • Vectors for introduction of genes both for recombination and for extrachromosomal maintenance are known in the art and any suitable vector may be used.
  • Methods for introducing DNA into cells such as electroporation, calcium phosphate co-precipitation and viral transduction are known in the art, and the choice of method is within the competence of the ordinary skilled person.
  • Cells transformed with the wild-type novel gene can be used as model systems to study cancer remission and drug treatments which promote such remission.
  • a variety of methods have been developed to operably link polynucleotides, especially DNA, to vectors, for example, via complementary cohesive termini.
  • complementary homopolymer tracts can be added to the DNA segment to be inserted into the vector DNA.
  • the vector and DNA segment are then joined by hydrogen bonding between the complementary homopolymeric tails to form recombinant DNA molecules.
  • Synthetic linkers containing one or more restriction sites provide an alternative method of joining the DNA segment to vectors.
  • the DNA segment generated by endonuclease restriction digestion as described earlier, is treated with bacteriophage T4 DNA polymerase or E. coli DNA polymerase I, enzymes that remove protruding, 3′-single-stranded termini with their 3′-5′-exonucleolytic activities, and fill in recessed 3′-ends with their polymerising activities.
  • the combination of these activities therefore generates blunt-ended DNA segments.
  • the blunt-ended segments are then incubated with a larger molar excess of linker molecules in the presence of an enzyme that is able to catalyse the ligation of blunt-ended DNA molecules, such as bacteriophage T4 DNA ligase.
  • an enzyme that is able to catalyse the ligation of blunt-ended DNA molecules, such as bacteriophage T4 DNA ligase.
  • the products of the reaction are DNA segments carrying-polymeric linker sequences at their ends.
  • These DNA segments are then cleaved with the appropriate restriction enzyme and ligated to an expression vector that has been cleaved with an enzyme that produces termini compatible with those of the DNA segment.
  • Synthetic linkers containing a variety of restriction endonuclease site are commercially available from a number of sources including International Biotechnologies Inc., New Haven, Conn., USA.
  • a desirable way to modify the DNA encoding the polypeptide of the invention is to use PCR.
  • This method may be used for introducing the DNA into a suitable vector, for example by engineering in suitable restriction sites, or it may be used to modify the DNA in other useful ways as is known in the art.
  • the DNA to be enzymatically amplified is flanked by two specific primers which themselves become incorporated into the amplified DNA.
  • the said specific primers may contain restriction endonuclease recognition sites which can be used for cloning into expression vectors using methods known in the art.
  • the DNA (or in the case of retroviral vectors, RNA) is then expressed in a suitable host to produce a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide of the invention.
  • the DNA encoding the polypeptide constituting the polypeptide of the invention may be used in accordance with known techniques, appropriately modified in view of the teachings contained herein, to construct an expression vector, which is then used to transform an appropriate host cell for the expression and production of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • Such techniques include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,440,859 issued 3 Apr. 1984 to Rutter et al, 4,530,901 issued 23 Jul. 1985 to Weissman, 4,582,800 issued 15 Apr. 1986 to Crowl, 4,677,063 issued 30 Jun.
  • DNA or in the case or retroviral vectors, RNA
  • encoding the polypeptide constituting the polypeptide of the invention may be joined to a wide variety of other DNA sequences for introduction into an appropriate host.
  • the companion DNA will depend upon the nature of the host, the manner of the introduction of the DNA into the host, and whether episomal maintenance or integration is desired.
  • the DNA is inserted into an expression vector, such as a plasmid, in proper orientation and correct reading frame for expression.
  • an expression vector such as a plasmid
  • the DNA may be linked to the appropriate transcriptional and translational regulatory control nucleotide sequences recognised by the desired host, although such controls are generally available in the expression vector.
  • the vector is then introduced into the host through standard techniques. Generally, not all of the hosts will be transformed by the vector. Therefore, it will be necessary to select for transformed host cells.
  • One selection technique involves incorporating into the expression vector a DNA sequence, with any necessary control elements, that codes for a selectable trait in the transformed cell, such as antibiotic resistance.
  • the gene for such selectable trait can be on another vector, which is used to co-transform the desired host cell.
  • Host cells that have been transformed by the expression vector of the invention are then cultured for a sufficient time and under appropriate conditions known to those skilled in the art in view of the teachings disclosed herein to permit the expression of the polypeptide, which can then be recovered.
  • bacteria for example, E. coli and Bacillus subtilis
  • yeasts for example Saccharomyces cerevisiae
  • filamentous fungi for example Aspergillus
  • plant cells animal cells and insect cells.
  • the vectors typically include a prokaryotic replicon, such as the ColE1 ori, for propagation in a prokaryote, even if the vector is to be used for expression in other, non-prokaryotic, cell types.
  • the vectors can also include an appropriate promoter such as a prokaryotic promoter capable of directing the expression (transcription and translation) of the genes in a bacterial host cell, such as E. coli , transformed therewith.
  • a promoter is an expression control element formed by a DNA sequence that permits binding of RNA polymerase and transcription to occur.
  • Promoter sequences compatible with exemplary bacterial hosts are typically provided in plasmid vectors containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of a DNA segment of the present invention.
  • Typical prokaryotic vector plasmids are pUC18, pUC19, pBR322 and pBR329 available from Biorad Laboratories, (Richmond, Calif., USA) and pTrc99A and pKK223-3 available from Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J., USA.
  • a typical mammalian cell vector plasmid is pSVL available from Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J., USA. This vector uses the SV40 late promoter to drive expression of cloned genes, the highest level of expression being found in T antigen-producing cells, such as COS-1 cells.
  • an inducible mammalian expression vector is pMSG, also available from Pharmacia. This vector uses the glucocorticoid-inducible promoter of the mouse mammary tumour virus long terminal repeat to drive expression of the cloned gene.
  • Useful yeast plasmid vectors are pRS403-406 and pRS413-416 and are generally available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif. 92037, USA.
  • Plasmids pRS403, pRS404, pRS405 and pRS406 are Yeast Integrating plasmids (YIps) and incorporate the yeast selectable markers HIS3, TRP1, LEU2 and URA3.
  • Plasmids pRS413-416 are Yeast Centromere plasmids (Ycps).
  • vectors and expression systems are well known in the art for use with a variety of host cells.
  • a sixteenth aspect of the invention provides a recombinant host cell comprising a polynucleotide or vector of the invention.
  • the polynucleotide of the invention includes polynucleotides encoding a compound of the third aspect of the invention (where both the moiety which selectively binds and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused) or an ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or fusion or variant thereof as defined above.
  • the host cell can be either prokaryotic or eukaryotic.
  • Bacterial cells are preferred prokaryotic host cells and typically are a strain of E. coli such as, for example, the E. coli strains DH5 available from Bethesda Research Laboratories Inc., Bethesda, Md., USA, and RR1 available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) of Rockville, Md., USA (No. ATCC 31343).
  • Preferred eukaryotic host cells include yeast, insect and mammalian cells, preferably vertebrate cells such as those from a mouse, rat, monkey or human fibroblastic and kidney cell lines.
  • Yeast host cells include YPH499, YPH500 and YPH501 which are generally available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif. 92037, USA.
  • Preferred mammalian host cells include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells available from the ATCC as CRL 1658 and 293 cells which are human embryonic kidney cells.
  • Preferred insect cells are Sf9 cells which can be transfected with baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Transformation of appropriate cell hosts with a DNA construct of the present invention is accomplished by well known methods that typically depend on the type of vector used.
  • transformation of prokaryotic host cells see, for example, Cohen et al (1972) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 69, 2110 and Sambrook et al (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Transformation of yeast cells is described in Sherman et al (1986) Methods In Yeast Genetics, A Laboratory Manual , Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. The method of Beggs (1978) Nature 275, 104-109 is also useful.
  • reagents useful in transfecting such cells for example calcium phosphate and DEAE-dextran or liposome formulations, are available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, or Life Technologies Inc., Gaithersburg, Md. 20877, USA.
  • Electroporation is also useful for transforming and/or transfecting cells and is well known in the art for transforming yeast cells, bacterial cells, insect cells and vertebrate cells.
  • bacterial species may be transformed by the methods described in Luchansky et al (1988) Mol. Microbiol. 2, 637-646 incorporated herein by reference. The greatest number of transformants is consistently recovered following electroporation of the DNA-cell mixture suspended in 2.5 PEB using 6250V per cm at 25 ⁇ FD.
  • Successfully transformed cells ie cells that contain a DNA construct of the present invention
  • cells resulting from the introduction of an expression construct of the present invention can be grown to produce the polypeptide of the invention.
  • Cells can be harvested and lysed and their DNA content examined for the presence of the DNA using a method such as that described by Southern (1975) J. Mol. Biol. 98, 503 or Berent et al (1985) Biotech. 3, 208.
  • the presence of the protein in the supernatant can be detected using antibodies as described below.
  • Samples of cells suspected of being transformed are harvested and assayed for the protein using suitable antibodies.
  • the host cell may be a host cell within an animal body.
  • transgenic animals which express a polypeptide of the first or third aspects of the invention by virtue of the presence of the transgene are included.
  • the transgenic animal is a rodent such as a mouse.
  • Transgenic animals can be made using methods well known in the art.
  • Polynucleotides encoding the polypeptide ECSM4 may be useful in generating transgenic non-human mammals wherein the ECSM4 is mutated in some way.
  • the mouse ECSM4 genomic coding region may be mutated in a mouse so as to produce an ECSM4 polypeptide which is incapable of binding its natural ligand, or incapable of correctly interacting with intracellular components.
  • Such a mutated ECSM4 polypeptide may produce a disease in the mouse which is very similar to a disease involving abnormal vascularisation in humans.
  • non-human mammals especially rodents such as mice and rats, are useful as models of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation.
  • mammals lacking the ECSM4 gene (“knock-outs”) or lacking an ECSM4 genomic coding region which is capable of being transcribed or of expressing the ECSM4 polypeptide, may be useful in providing a means of generating antibodies selective for the human ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • Such mammals, especially mice are likely to be particularly useful since the high level of homology between the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptides may prevent human ECSM4 polypeptide from being antigenic in mice who do express the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • a potentially more accurate animal model of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation may be made by addition to the genome of a transgenic animal as described above, or replacing the genomic ECSM4 of an animal with, the gene for human ECSM4 which has been mutated.
  • the human ECSM4 inserted will be under control of an endothelial selective promoter and regulatory region.
  • the promoter and regulatory regions are those of the host animal ECSM4 gene.
  • An animal who genome is modified in this way will express the dysfunctional human ECSM4, and therefore will be useful in testing the efficacy of drugs and antibodies in the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation in humans.
  • knockout or transgenic mammals are within the scope of the invention and antibodies generated using such mammals and compounds comprising them are also included within the scope of the invention.
  • a seventeenth aspect of the invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide of the invention, the method comprising expressing a polynucleotide as described above or culturing a host cell as described herein.
  • the host cell may comprise a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence includes the sequence given in FIG. 2
  • the host cell may comprise a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 and so on.
  • the polynucleotide expressed does not consist of any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 and SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • the polypeptide produced is not one with an amino acid sequence consisting of the sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides produced may differ from that which can be isolated from nature.
  • certain host cells, such as yeast or bacterial cells either do not have, or have different, post-translational modification systems which may result in the production of forms of ECSM1 or ECSM4 which may be post-translationally modified in a different way to ECSM1 or ECSM4 isolated from nature.
  • the host cell is a non-human host cell; more preferably it is not a mammalian cell.
  • the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide is produced in a eukaryotic system, such as an insect cell.
  • the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide can be produced in vitro using a commercially available in vitro translation system, such as rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheatgerm lysate (available from Promega).
  • a commercially available in vitro translation system such as rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheatgerm lysate (available from Promega).
  • the translation system is rabbit reticulocyte lysate.
  • the translation system may be coupled to a transcription system, such as the TNT transcription-translation system (Promega). This system has the advantage of producing suitable mRNA transcript from an encoding DNA polynucleotide in the same reaction as the translation.
  • the translation system can be supplemented with a source of endoplasmic reticulum-derived membranes and folding chaperones, such as dog pancreatic microsomes, to allow synthesis of the polypeptide in a native conformation.
  • a source of endoplasmic reticulum-derived membranes and folding chaperones such as dog pancreatic microsomes
  • the production method of this aspect of the invention comprises a further step of isolating the ECSM1 or ECSM4 produced from the host cell or from the in vitro translation mix.
  • the isolation employs an antibody which selectively binds the expressed polypeptide of the invention.
  • the invention comprises the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides or the variants or fragments or fusions thereof, or a fusion of said variants or fragments obtainable by the methods herein disclosed, provided that the ECSM4 polypeptide is not one which consists of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 .
  • the polypeptide is not one which consists of an amino acid sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • the ECSM1 polypeptide produced by the methods herein disclosed is not one which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No. 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • An eighteenth aspect of the invention provides an antibody capable of selectively binding to either ECSM4 or ECSM1 as defined above.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is not one which binds a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of the international patent application PCT/US98/15949.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 or a natural variant thereof but does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997.
  • an antibody which selectively binds ECSM4 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in any one of FIG. 4 , 5 , 7 , 12 or 13 or a natural variant thereof but does not bind the polypeptide represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or encoded by any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 and SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • “selectively bind” we include antibodies which bind at least 10-fold more strongly to a polypeptide of the invention (such as ECSM4 or ECSM1) than to another polypeptide; preferably at least 50-fold more strongly and more preferably at least 100-fold more strongly.
  • Such antibodies may be made by methods well known in the art using the information concerning the differences in amino acid sequence of ECSM4 or ECSM1 and another polypeptide which is not a polypeptide of the invention.
  • Antibodies which selectively bind ECSM4 may also modulate the function of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • Antibodies which mimic the effect of binding of the cognate ligand by stimulating or activating ECSM4, or which bind and thereby prevent subsequent binding and activation or stimulation of ECSM4 by the cognate ligand, and such function-modulating antibodies are included in the scope of the invention. It will be appreciated that antibodies which modulate the function are useful as a tool in research, for example in studying the effects of ECSM4 stimulation or activation, or downstream processes triggered by such stimulation. Such antibodies are also useful in medicine, for example in modulating angiogenesis in an individual. Specifically, modulation of angiogenesis by administration of such an antibody may be useful in the treatment of a disease in an individual where modulation of angiogenesis would be beneficial, such as cancer.
  • the following peptides may be useful as immunogens in the generation of antibodies, such as rabbit polyclonal sera: LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA and KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT.
  • the antibody of the invention selectively binds an amino acid sequence with the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP.
  • sequences represent amino acid sequences which are not identical between the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptide sequences.
  • the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptides display a high degree of identity, which makes the production of mouse antibodies to the human ECSM4 particularly difficult due to the lack of immunogenicity of much of the human ECSM4 sequence in mouse.
  • Amino acid sequences which are absent from the mouse ECSM4 are more likely to more be immunogenic in a mouse than those sequences which are present in the mouse ECSM4 (an alignment of the human and mouse ECSM4 amino acid sequences is shown in FIG. 14 ).
  • polypeptide fragments which contain sequences which are unique to human ECSM4 as described above are more useful than ECSM4 polypeptides whose sequence is found in both human and mouse ECSM4, in the production of antibodies which selectively bind the human ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • Antibodies generated as a result of use of amino acid sequences which are located in the extracellular portion of the ECSM4 polypeptide are likely to be useful as endothelial cell targeting molecules. Therefore, it is particularly preferred if the antibody of the invention is raised to, and preferably selectively binds, an amino acid sequence which is unique to the human ECSM4 polypeptide, which sequence is located towards the N-terminal end of the polypeptide and is found in the extracellular portion located between residues 1 and 467 of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 12 .
  • An example of an amino acid sequence which is suitable for raising antibody molecules selective for the ECSM4 extracellular region is given in FIG. 12 .
  • amino acid sequences which are unique to the human ECSM4 may be used to produce polyclonal antibodies, it is preferred if they are used to produce monoclonal antibodies.
  • Peptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues are chemically modified, before or after the peptide is synthesised may be used providing that the function of the peptide, namely the production of specific antibodies in vivo, remains substantially unchanged.
  • modifications included forming salts with acids or bases, especially physiologically acceptable organic or in organic acids and bases, forming an ester or amid of a terminal carboxyl group, and attaching amino acid protecting groups such as N-t-butoxycarbonyl. Such modifications may protect the peptide from in vivo metabolism.
  • the peptides may be present as single copies or as multiples, for example tandem repeats. Such tandem or multiple repeats may be sufficiently antigenic themselves to obviate the use of a carrier.
  • the peptide may be formed as a loop, with the N-terminal and C-terminal ends joined together, or to add one or more Cys residues to an end to increase antigenicity and/or to allow disulphide bonds to be formed.
  • a carrier preferably a polypeptide
  • the arrangement is preferably such that the peptide of the invention forms a loop.
  • a carrier function should be present in any immunogenic formulation in order to stimulate, or enhance stimulation of, the immune system. It is though that the best carriers embody (or, together with the antigen, create) a T-cell epitope.
  • the peptides may be associated, for example by cross-linking, with a separate carrier, such as serum albumins, myoglobins, bacterial toxoids and keyhole limpit haemocyanin.
  • More recently developed carriers which induce T-cell help in the immune response include the hepatitis-B core antigen (also called the nucleocapsid protein), presumed T-cell epitopes such as Thr-Ala-Ser-Gly-Val-Ala-Glu-Thr-Thr-Asn-Cys, ⁇ -galactosidase and the 163-171 peptide of interleukin-1.
  • the latter compound may variously be regarded as a carrier or as an adjuvant or as both.
  • several copies of the same or different peptides of the invention may be cross-linked to one another; in this situation there is no separate carrier as such, but a carrier function may be provided by such cross-linking.
  • cross-linking agents include those listed as such in the Sigma and Pierce catalogues, for example glutaraldehyde, carbodiimide and succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, the latter agent exploiting the —SH group on the C-terminal cysteine residue (if present).
  • the peptide is prepared by expression of a suitable nucleotide sequence in a suitable host, then it may be advantageous to express the peptide as a fusion product with a peptide sequence which acts as a carrier. Kabigen's “Ecosec” system is an example of such an arrangement.
  • Peptides may be synthesised by the Fmoc-polyamide mode of solid-phase peptide synthesis as disclosed by Lu et al (1981) J. Org. Chem. 46, 3433 and references therein. Temporary N-amino group protection is afforded by the 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) group. Repetitive cleavage of this highly base-labile protecting group is effected using 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide.
  • Side-chain functionalities may be protected as their butyl ethers (in the case of serine threonine and tyrosine), butyl esters (in the case of glutamic acid and aspartic acid), butyloxycarbonyl derivative (in the case of lysine and histidine), trityl derivative (in the case of cysteine) and 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethylbenzenesulphonyl derivative (in the case of arginine).
  • glutamine or asparagine are C-terminal residues, use is made of the 4,4′-dimethoxybenzhydryl group for protection of the side chain amido functionalities.
  • the solid-phase support is based on a polydimethyl-acrylamide polymer constituted from the three monomers dimethylacrylamide (backbone-monomer), bisacryloylethylene diamine (cross linker) and acryloylsarcosine methyl ester (functionalising agent).
  • the peptide-to-resin cleavable linked agent used is the acid-labile 4-hydroxymethyl-phenoxyacetic acid derivative. All amino acid derivatives are added as their preformed symmetrical anhydride derivatives with the exception of asparagine and glutamine, which are added using a reversed N,N-dicyclohexyl-carbodiimide/1-hydroxybenzotriazole mediated coupling procedure.
  • Any scavengers present are removed by a simple extraction procedure which on lyophilisation of the aqueous phase affords the crude peptide free of scavengers.
  • Reagents for peptide synthesis are generally available from Calbiochem-Novabiochem (UK) Ltd, Nottingham NG7 2QJ, UK. Purification may be effected by any one, or a combination of, techniques such as size exclusion chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography and (principally) reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Analysis of peptides may be carried out using thin layer chromatography, reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography, amino-acid analysis after acid hydrolysis and by fast atom bombardment (FAB) mass spectrometric analysis.
  • FAB fast atom bombardment
  • the peptide of the invention may be linked to other antigens to provide a dual effect.
  • Antibodies can be raised in an animal by immunising with an appropriate peptide. Appropriate peptides are described herein. Alternatively, with today's technology, it is possible to make antibodies as defined herein without the need to use animals. Such techniques include, for example, antibody phage display technology as is well known in the art. Appropriate peptides, as described herein, may be used to select antibodies produced in this way.
  • the antibodies which recognise ECSM1 or ECSM4 and variants or fragments thereof are useful research reagents and therapeutic agents, particularly when prepared as a compound of the invention as described above.
  • the antibodies of the invention are detectably labelled, for example they may be labelled in such a way that they may be directly or indirectly detected.
  • the antibodies are labelled with a radioactive moiety or a coloured moiety or a fluorescent moiety, or they may be linked to an enzyme.
  • the enzyme is one which can convert a non-coloured (or non-fluorescent) substrate to a coloured (or fluorescent) product.
  • the antibody may be labelled by biotin (or streptavidin) and then detected indirectly using streptavidin (or biotin) which has been labelled with a radioactive moiety or a coloured moiety or a fluorescent moiety, or the like or they may be linked to any enzyme of the type described above.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of detecting endothelial damage or activation in an individual comprising obtaining a fluid sample from the individual and detecting the presence of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 in the sample.
  • the fluid sample is blood.
  • the presence of peptide fragments derived from ECSM1 or ECSM4 are detected.
  • the presence of peptide fragments of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides are detected using an antibody selective for a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises a sequence given in either one of FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 or FIG. 12 or fragments thereof.
  • the antibody is an antibody according to the eighteenth aspect of the invention. Typically, such an antibody would be detectably labelled.
  • Detecting or diagnosing endothelial cell damage in an individual is useful in diagnosing cancer or aiding diagnosis of cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis in that individual. It may be that certain levels of apparent cell damage are detected in individuals who do not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis. It may be necessary to compare the amount of endothelial cell damage detected with amounts or levels observed in individuals who are known to have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis with the “normal” levels of apparent damage in the individual who does not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis.
  • ECSM4 or ECSM1 may be surrogate markers of angiogenesis.
  • the presence of ECSM4 or ECSM1 fragments in a sample from the individual, or more ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide fragments than in an individual who does not have a tumour, may be a means of detecting a tumour, or growth of a known tumour, in that individual.
  • detection of neovasculature by means of detecting the presence of, or a certain level of, ECSM4 or ECSM1 in a sample from an individual may be useful in determining if a treatment in that individual is being effective, and/or to what extent the treatment is effective.
  • the therapy is to treat a tumour or cancer in the individual.
  • an aspect of the invention provides a method of detecting a tumour or tumour neovasculature or cardiac disease or endometriosis or artherosclerosis in an individual comprising obtaining a fluid sample from the individual and detecting the presence of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 in the sample.
  • detection of the disease by means of detecting the presence of, or a certain level of, ECSM4 or ECSM1 in a sample from an individual may be useful in determining the efficacy of a treatment in that individual.
  • the therapy is gene therapy.
  • the efficacy of the a treatment in an individual is determined using the amount of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 found in the fluid sample of the individual and comparing it to either to the amount of ECSM1 or ECSM4 fragments in a sample from an individual who does not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artherosclerosis and/or to the amount in a sample from the individual prior to commencement of said treatment.
  • the comparison indicates the efficacy of treatment of the individual, wherein if there is no change in the amount of fragments determined before and during/after treatment this is indicative of poor efficacy of the treatment.
  • a decrease in the amount of fragments found during or after treatment compared to the amount found before treatment was started indicates some efficacy of the treatment in ameliorating the condition of the individual.
  • determination of the level of ECSM1 and or ECSM4 fragments in the blood of an individual undergoing an anti-angiogenic therapy may act as a “surrogate marker of angiogenesis”.
  • peptide fragments derived from ECSM1 or ECSM4 we mean peptides which have at least 5 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide. Typically, the fragments have at least 8 consecutive amino acids, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 12 or 15 or 20 or 30 or 40 or 50 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in an individual, the method comprising administering to the individual ESCM4 or a peptide fragment of ECSM4 or a ligand of ECSM4 or an antibody which selectively binds to ECSM4 or ECSM1.
  • the peptide fragment or ligand or antibody is one which modulates the activity or function, either directly or indirectly, of the ECSM4 polypeptide of the individual.
  • Preferred antibodies are those as described in more detail above.
  • antibodies which modulate the function of a polypeptide exposed on the cell surface are known in the art and is discussed in more detail above. Such antibodies may modulate the function by imitating the function of the natural ligand and stimulating the polypeptide into activity or function, or may modulate the polypeptide function by preventing stimulation of the polypeptide by the ligand by sterically obscuring the ligand binding site thereby preventing binding of the natural ligand.
  • Delivery of a ligand to magic roundabout might be an angiogenic inhibitor useful in therapy of cancer or other diseases involving hyper-angiogenesis.
  • introduction of the ECSM4 polypeptide to endothelial cells by gene therapy using the ECSM4 encoding polynucleotide might alter growth and migration.
  • a still further aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing a condition which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium in an individual comprising obtaining a sample containing nucleic acid from the individual and contacting said sample with a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to a nucleic acid which encodes the ECSM4 polypeptide or the ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or natural variant thereof.
  • the method may be used for aiding diagnosis.
  • a condition which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium such as cancer, artherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, psoriasis, endometriosis, menorrhagia, haemangiomas and venous malformations may be caused by a mutation in the nucleic acid which encodes the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides.
  • nucleic acid has sufficient nucleotide sequence similarity with the said human DNA or cDNA that it can hybridise under moderately or highly stringent conditions.
  • stringency of nucleic acid hybridization depends on factors such as length of nucleic acid over which hybridisation occurs, degree of identity of the hybridizing sequences and on factors such as temperature, ionic strength and CG or AT content of the sequence.
  • any nucleic acid which is capable of selectively hybridising as said is useful in the practice of the invention.
  • Nucleic acids which can selectively hybridise to the said human DNA or cDNA include nucleic acids which have >95% sequence identity, preferably those with >98%, more preferably those with >99% sequence identity, over at least a portion of the nucleic acid with the said human DNA or cDNA.
  • human genes usually contain introns such that, for example, a mRNA or cDNA derived from a gene within the said human DNA would not match perfectly along its entire length with the said human DNA but would nevertheless be a nucleic acid capable of selectively hybridising to the said human DNA.
  • the invention specifically includes nucleic acids which selectively hybridise to an ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA but may not hybridise to an ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene, or vice versa.
  • nucleic acids which span the intron-exon boundaries of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene may not be able to selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA.
  • Typical moderately or highly stringent hybridisation conditions which lead to selective hybridisation are known in the art, for example those described in Molecular Cloning, a laboratory manual, 2nd edition, Sambrook et al (eds), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., USA, incorporated herein by reference.
  • SSC saline sodium citrate
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulphate
  • the hybridisation is performed at 68° C.
  • the nylon membrane, with the nucleic acid immobilised may be washed at 68° C. in 1 ⁇ SSC or, for high stringency, 0.1 ⁇ SSC.
  • 20 ⁇ SSC may be prepared in the following way. Dissolve 175.3 g of NaCl and 88.2 g of sodium citrate in 800 ml of H 2 O. Adjust the pH to 7.0 with a few drops of a 10 N solution of NaOH. Adjust the volume to 1 litre with H 2 O. Dispense into aliquots. Sterilize by autoclaving.
  • An example of a typical hybridisation solution when a nucleic acid is immobilised on a nylon membrane and the probe is an oligonucleotide of between 15 and 50 bases is:
  • TMAC1 trimethylammonium chloride 0.01 M sodium phosphate
  • the optimal temperature for hybridization is usually chosen to be 5° C. below the T i for the given chain length.
  • T i is the irreversible melting temperature of the hybrid formed between the probe and its target sequence. Jacobs et al (1988) Nucl. Acids Res. 16, 4637 discusses the determination of T i s.
  • the recommended hybridization temperature for 17-mers in 3 M TMAC1 is 48-50° C.; for 19-mers, it is 55-57° C.; and for 20-mers, it is 58-66° C.
  • nucleic acid which selectively hybridises is also included nucleic acids which will amplify DNA from the said region of human DNA by any of the well known amplification systems such as those described in more detail below, in particular the polymerase chain reaction (PCR).
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Suitable conditions for PCR amplification include amplification in a suitable 1 ⁇ amplification buffer:
  • 10 ⁇ amplification buffer is 500 mM KCl; 100 mM Tris.Cl (pH 8.3 at room temperature); 15 mM MgCl 2 ; 0.1% gelatin.
  • a suitable denaturing agent or procedure (such as heating to 95° C.) is used in order to separate the strands of double-stranded DNA.
  • the annealing part of the amplification is between 37° C. and 60° C., preferably 50° C.
  • nucleic acid which is useful in the methods of the invention may be RNA or DNA
  • DNA is preferred.
  • nucleic acid which is useful in the methods of the invention may be double-stranded or single-stranded, single-stranded nucleic acid is preferred under some circumstances such as in nucleic acid amplification reactions.
  • the sample may be directly derived from the patient, for example, by biopsy of a tissue which may be associated with aberrant vascular development, or it may be derived from the patient from a site remote from the tissue, for example because cells from the tissue have migrated from the tissue to other parts of the body.
  • the sample may be indirectly derived from the patient in the sense that, for example, the tissue or cells therefrom may be cultivated in vitro, or cultivated in a xenograft model; or the nucleic acid sample may be one which has been replicated (whether in vitro or in vivo) from nucleic acid from the original source from the patient.
  • nucleic acid derived from the patient may have been physically within the patient, it may alternatively have been copied from nucleic acid which was physically within the patient.
  • tumour tissue may be taken from the primary tumour or from metastases.
  • a useful method of the invention includes the analysis of mutations in, or the detection of the presence or absence of, the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene in any suitable sample.
  • the sample may suitably be a freshly-obtained sample from the patient, or the sample may be an historic sample, for example a sample held in a library of samples.
  • the nucleic acid capable of selectively hybridising to the said human DNA and which is used in the methods of the invention further comprises a detectable label.
  • detecttable label any convenient radioactive label such as 32 P, 33 P or 35 S which can readily be incorporated into a nucleic acid molecule using well known methods; any convenient fluorescent or chemiluminescent label which can readily be incorporated into a nucleic acid is also included.
  • detecttable label also includes a moiety which can be detected by virtue of binding to another moiety (such as biotin which can be detected by binding to streptavidin); and a moiety, such as an enzyme, which can be detected by virtue of its ability to convert a colourless compound into a coloured compound, or vice versa (for example, alkaline phosphatase can convert colourless o-nitrophenylphosphate into coloured o-nitrophenol).
  • the nucleic acid probe may occupy a certain position in a fixed assay and whether the nucleic acid hybridises to the said region of human DNA can be determined by reference to the position of hybridisation in the fixed assay.
  • the detectable label may also be a fluorophore-quencher pair as described in Tyagi & Kramer (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14, 303-308.
  • nucleic acid which is capable of the said selective hybridisation is contacted with a nucleic acid derived from the patient under hybridising conditions.
  • Suitable hybridising conditions include those described above.
  • This method of diagnosing a condition in which vascular development is aberrant may involve sequencing of DNA at one or more of the relevant positions within the relevant region, including direct sequencing; direct sequencing of PCR-amplified exons; differential hybridisation of an oligonucleotide probe designed to hybridise at the relevant positions within the relevant region (conveniently this uses immobilised oligonucleotide probes in, so-called, “chip” systems which are well known in the art); denaturing gel electrophoresis following digestion with an appropriate restriction enzyme, preferably following amplification of the relevant DNA regions; S1 nuclease sequence analysis; non-denaturing gel electrophoresis, preferably following amplification of the relevant DNA regions; conventional RFLP (restriction fragment length polymorphism) assays; heteroduplex analysis; selective DNA amplification using oligonucleotides; fluorescent in-situ hybridisation (FISH) of interphase chromosomes; ARMS-PCR (Amplification Refractory Mutation System
  • cleavase I enzyme detecting changes in the secondary structure of single-stranded DNA resulting from changes in the primary sequence, for example, using the cleavase I enzyme.
  • This system is commercially available from GibcoBRL, Life Technologies, 3 Fountain Drive, Inchinnan Business Park, Paisley PA4 9RF, Scotland.
  • Chips are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934 (Affymetrix; probe arrays), WO 96/31622 (Oxford; probe array plus ligase or polymerase extension), and WO 95/22058 (Affymax; fluorescently marked targets bind to oligomer substrate, and location in array detected); all of these are incorporated herein by reference.
  • RFLP is used for the detection of fairly large ( ⁇ 500 bp) deletions or insertions.
  • Southern blots may be used for this method of the invention.
  • PCR amplification of smaller regions to detect small changes greater than 3-4 bp insertions or deletions may be preferred.
  • Amplified sequence may be analysed on a sequencing gel, and small changes (minimum size 3-4 bp) can be visualised.
  • Suitable primers are designed as herein described.
  • variant sites may be detected.
  • genomic DNA restriction enzyme digestion gel electrophoresis, Southern blotting, and hybridisation specific probe (for example any suitable fragment derived from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or gene).
  • restriction enzyme digestion for example, restriction enzyme digestion, gel detection by ethidium bromide, silver staining or incorporation of radionucleotide or fluorescent primer in the PCR.
  • RNA and cDNA are suitable tissue.
  • ASOs allele specific oligonucleotides
  • the mutations are detected in the exons of the gene and it is further preferred if the mutations are ones which change the coding sense. The detection of these mutations is a preferred aspect of the invention.
  • the methods of the invention also include checking for loss-of-heterozygosity (LOH; shows one copy lost).
  • LOH may be a sufficient marker for diagnosis; looking for mutation/loss of the second allele may not be necessary.
  • LOH of the gene may be detected using polymorphisms in the coding sequence, and introns, of the gene.
  • nucleic acids for use in the aforementioned methods of the invention are those selected from the group consisting of primers suitable for amplifying nucleic acid.
  • the primers are selected from the group consisting of primers which hybridise to the nucleotide sequences shown in any of the Figures which show ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA sequences. It is particularly preferred if the primers hybridise to the introns of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or if the primers are ones which will prime synthesis of DNA from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA but not from other genes or cDNAs.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • nucleic acid amplification protocols can be used in the method of the invention including the polymerase chain reaction, QB replicase and ligase chain reaction.
  • NASBA nucleic acid sequence based amplification
  • 3SR can be used as described in Compton (1991) Nature 350, 91-5-92 and AIDS (1993), Vol 7 (Suppl 2), S108 or SDA (strand displacement amplification) can be used as described in Walker et al (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20, 1691-1696.
  • the polymerase chain reaction is particularly preferred because of its simplicity.
  • the present invention provides the use of a nucleic acid which selectively hybridises to the human-derived DNA of genomic clones as described in Table 8 of Example 1 or to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene, or a mutant allele thereof, or a nucleic acid which selectively hybridises to ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or a mutant allele thereof, or their complement in a method of diagnosing a condition in which vascular development is aberrant; or in the manufacture of a reagent for carrying out these methods.
  • Preferred polynucleotides which selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 gene or cDNA are as described above in relation to a method of diagnosis.
  • the present invention provides a method of determining the presence or absence, or mutation in, the said ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene.
  • the method uses a suitable sample from a patient.
  • the methods of the invention include the detection of mutations in the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene.
  • the methods of the invention may make use of a difference in restriction enzyme cleavage sites caused by mutation.
  • a non-denaturing gel may be used to detect differing lengths of fragments resulting from digestion with an appropriate restriction enzyme.
  • an “appropriate restriction enzyme” is one which will recognise and cut the wild-type sequence and not the mutated sequence or vice versa.
  • the sequence which is recognised and cut by the restriction enzyme (or not, as the case may be) can be present as a consequence of the mutation or it can be introduced into the normal or mutant allele using mismatched oligonucleotides in the PCR reaction. It is convenient if the enzyme cuts DNA only infrequently, in other words if it recognises a sequence which occurs only rarely.
  • a pair of PCR primers are used which match (ie hybridise to) either the wild-type genotype or the mutant genotype but not both. Whether amplified DNA is produced will then indicate the wild-type or mutant genotype (and hence phenotype).
  • this method relies partly on a negative result (ie the absence of amplified DNA) which could be due to a technical failure. It therefore may be less reliable and/or requires additional control experiments.
  • a preferable method employs similar PCR primers but, as well as hybridising to only one of the wild-type or mutant sequences, they introduce a restriction site which is not otherwise there in either the wild-type or mutant sequences.
  • nucleic acids which selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA, or which selectively hybridise to the genomic clones containing ECSM4 or ECSM1 as listed in Table 8 of Example 1 are useful for a number of purposes. They can be used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA and in the RNase protection method for detecting point mutations already discussed above. The probes can be used to detect PCR amplification products. They may also be used to detect mismatches with the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or mRNA in a sample using other techniques.
  • Mismatches can be detected using either enzymes (eg S1 nuclease or resolvase), chemicals (eg hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and piperidine), or changes in electrophoretic mobility of mismatched hybrids as compared to totally matched hybrids.
  • enzymes eg S1 nuclease or resolvase
  • chemicals eg hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and piperidine
  • changes in electrophoretic mobility of mismatched hybrids as compared to totally matched hybrids are known in the art.
  • the probes are complementary to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene coding sequences, although probes to certain introns are also contemplated.
  • a battery of nucleic acid probes may be used to compose a kit for detecting loss of or mutation in the wild-type ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. The kit allows for hybridization to the entire ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. The probes may overlap
  • a riboprobe is used to detect mismatches with mRNA, it is complementary to the mRNA of the human ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene.
  • the riboprobe thus is an anti-sense probe in that it does not code for the protein encoded by the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene because it is of the opposite polarity to the sense strand.
  • the riboprobe generally will be labelled, for example, radioactively labelled which can be accomplished by any means known in the art. If the riboprobe is used to detect mismatches with DNA it can be of either polarity, sense or anti-sense. Similarly, DNA probes also may be used to detect mismatches.
  • Nucleic acid probes may also be complementary to mutant alleles of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. These are useful to detect similar mutations in other patients on the basis of hybridization rather than mismatches. As mentioned above, the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene probes can also be used in Southern hybridizations to genomic DNA to detect gross chromosomal changes such as deletions and insertions.
  • Particularly useful methods of detecting a mutation in the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes include single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP), hetero duplex analysis, polymerase chain reaction, using DNA chips and sequencing.
  • SSCP single strand conformation polymorphism
  • hetero duplex analysis polymerase chain reaction
  • any sample containing nucleic acid derived from the individual is useful in the methods of the invention. It is preferred if the nucleic acid in the sample is DNA. Thus, samples from cells may be obtained as is well known in the art, for example from blood samples or cheek cells or the like. Where the methods are being used to determine the presence or absence of a mutation in an unborn child, it is preferred if the sample is a maternal sample containing nucleic acid from the unborn child. Suitable maternal samples include the amniotic fluid of the mother, chorionic villus samples and blood samples from which foetal cells can be isolated.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a method of reducing the expression of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polynucleotide in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an agent which selectively prevents expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1.
  • the agent which selectively prevents expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1 is an antisense nucleic acid.
  • the antisense nucleic acid is not one (or is not antisense to one) whose sequence consists of the sequence represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293 or their complement, or a nucleic acid sequence which encodes a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID. No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • a further aspect thereof includes administering an antisense nucleic acid to a cell in order to prevent expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1.
  • the cell is in the body of an individual in need of prevention of expression of ESCM4 or ECSM1.
  • the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polynucleotide which is bound by an antisense molecule may be DNA or RNA.
  • Preferred antisense molecules are as described above.
  • Diseases which may be treated by reducing ECSM4 or ECSM1 expression include diseases involving aberrant or excessive vascularisation as described above.
  • Antisense nucleic acids are well known in the art and are typically single-stranded nucleic acids, which can specifically bind to a complementary nucleic acid sequence. By binding to the appropriate target sequence, an RNA-RNA, a DNA-DNA, or RNA-DNA duplex is formed. These nucleic acids are often termed “antisense” because they are complementary to the sense or coding strand of the gene. Recently, formation of a triple helix has proven possible where the oligonucleotide is bound to a DNA duplex. It was found that oligonucleotides could recognise sequences in the major groove of the DNA double helix. A triple helix was formed thereby. This suggests that it is possible to synthesise a sequence-specific molecules which specifically bind double-stranded DNA via recognition of major groove hydrogen binding sites.
  • the above oligonucleotides can inhibit the function of the target nucleic acid. This could, for example, be a result of blocking the transcription, processing, poly(A) addition, replication, translation, or promoting inhibitory mechanisms of the cells, such as promoting RNA degradations.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are prepared in the laboratory and then introduced into cells, for example by microinjection or uptake from the cell culture medium into the cells, or they are expressed in cells after transfection with plasmids or retroviruses or other vectors carrying an antisense gene.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides were first discovered to inhibit viral replication or expression in cell culture for Rous sarcoma virus, vesicular stomatitis virus, herpes simplex virus type 1, simian virus and influenza virus. Since then, inhibition of mRNA translation by antisense oligonucleotides has been studied extensively in cell-free systems including rabbit reticulocyte lysates and wheat germ extracts.
  • antisense oligonucleotides are 15 to 35 bases in length.
  • 20-mer oligonucleotides have been shown to inhibit the expression of the epidermal growth factor receptor mRNA (Witters et al, Breast Cancer Res Treat 53:41-50 (1999)) and 25-mer oligonucleotides have been shown to decrease the expression of adrenocorticotropic hormone by greater than 90% (Frankel et al, J Neurosurg 91:261-7 (1999)).
  • Oligonucleotides are subject to being degraded or inactivated by cellular endogenous nucleases.
  • modified oligonucleotides eg having altered internucleotide linkages, in which the naturally occurring phosphodiester linkages have been replaced with another linkage.
  • Agrawal et al (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 7079-7083 showed increased inhibition in tissue culture of HIV-1 using oligonucleotide phosphoramidates and phosphorothioates.
  • Oligonucleotides having artificial linkages have been shown to be resistant to degradation in vivo.
  • Shaw et al (1991) in Nucleic Acids Res. 19, 747-750 report that otherwise unmodified oligonucleotides become more resistant to nucleases in vivo when they are blocked at the 3′ end by certain capping structures and that uncapped oligonucleotide phosphorothioates are not degraded in vivo.
  • oligonucleotide is a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), although ribonucleic acid (RNA) sequences may also be synthesized and applied.
  • DNA deoxyribonucleic acid
  • RNA ribonucleic acid
  • the oligonucleotides useful in the invention preferably are designed to resist degradation by endogenous nucleolytic enzymes. In vivo degradation of oligonucleotides produces oligonucleotide breakdown products of reduced length. Such breakdown products are more likely to engage in non-specific hybridization and are less likely to be effective, relative to their full-length counterparts. Thus, it is desirable to use oligonucleotides that are resistant to degradation in the body and which are able to reach the targeted cells.
  • the present oligonucleotides can be rendered more resistant to degradation in vivo by substituting one or more internal artificial internucleotide linkages for the native phosphodiester linkages, for example, by replacing phosphate with sulphur in the linkage.
  • linkages examples include phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, sulphone, sulphate, ketyl, phosphorodithioates, various phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, bridged phosphorothioates and bridged phosphoramidates.
  • Such examples are illustrative, rather than limiting, since other internucleotide linkages are known in the art See, for example, Cohen, (1990) Trends in Biotechnology .
  • the synthesis of oligonucleotides having one or more of these linkages substituted for the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages is well known in the art, including synthetic pathways for producing oligonucleotides having mixed internucleotide linkages.
  • Oligonucleotides can be made resistant to extension by endogenous enzymes by “capping” or incorporating similar groups on the 5′ or 3′ terminal nucleotides.
  • a reagent for capping is commercially available as Amino-Link IITM from Applied BioSystems Inc, Foster City, Calif. Methods for capping are described, for example, by Shaw et al (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19, 747-750 and Agrawal et al (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88(17), 7595-7599, the teachings of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • oligonucleotides resistant to nuclease attack are for them to be “self-stabilized” as described by Tang et al (1993) Nucl. Acids Res. 21, 2729-2735 incorporated herein by reference.
  • Self-stabilized oligonucleotides have hairpin loop structures at their 3′ ends, and show increased resistance to degradation by snake venom phosphodiesterase, DNA polymerase I and fetal bovine serum.
  • the self-stabilized region of the oligonucleotide does not interfere in hybridization with complementary nucleic acids, and pharmacokinetic and stability studies in mice have shown increased in vivo persistence of self-stabilized oligonucleotides with respect to their linear counterparts.
  • the antisense compound may be adminstered systemically.
  • the inherent binding specificity of antisense oligonucleotides characteristic of base pairing is enhanced by limiting the availability of the antisense compound to its intended locus in vivo, permitting lower dosages to be used and minimising systemic effects.
  • oligonucleotides may be applied locally to achieve the desired effect.
  • the concentration of the oligonucleotides at the desired locus is much higher than if the oligonucleotides were administered systemically, and the therapeutic effect can be achieved using a significantly lower total amount.
  • the local high concentration of oligonucleotides enhances penetration of the targeted cells and effectively blocks translation of the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • the oligonucleotides can be delivered to the locus by any means appropriate for localised administration of a drug.
  • a solution of the oligonucleotides can be injected directly to the site or can be delivered by infusion using an infusion pump.
  • the oligonucleotides also can be incorporated into an implantable device which when placed at the desired site, permits the oligonucleotides to be released into the surrounding locus.
  • the oligonucleotides may be administered via a hydrogel material.
  • the hydrogel is non-inflammatory and biodegradable. Many such materials now are known, including those made from natural and synthetic polymers.
  • the method exploits a hydrogel which is liquid below body temperature but gels to form a shape-retaining semisolid hydrogel at or near body temperature.
  • Preferred hydrogel are polymers of ethylene oxide-propylene oxide repeating units. The properties of the polymer are dependent on the molecular weight of the polymer and the relative percentage of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide in the polymer.
  • Preferred hydrogels contain from about 10% to about 80% by weight ethylene oxide and from about 20% to about 90% by weight propylene oxide.
  • a particularly preferred hydrogel contains about 70% polyethylene oxide and 30% polypropylene oxide. Hydrogels which can be used are available, for example, from BASF Corp., Parsippany, N.J., under the tradename Pluronic®.
  • the hydrogel is cooled to a liquid state and the oligonucleotides are admixed into the liquid to a concentration of about 1 mg oligonucleotide per gram of hydrogel.
  • the resulting mixture then is applied onto the surface to be treated, for example by spraying or painting during surgery or using a catheter or endoscopic procedures.
  • the polymer warms, it solidifies to form a gel, and the oligonucleotides diffuse out of the gel into the surrounding cells over a period of time defined by the exact composition of the gel.
  • the oligonucleotides or other agents may be administered after surgical removal of a tumour, and may be administered to the area from which the tumour has been removed, and surrounding tissue, for example using cytoscopy to guide application of the oligonucleotides or other agents.
  • the oligonucleotides can be administered by means of other implants that are commercially available or described in the scientific literature, including liposomes, microcapsules and implantable devices.
  • implants made of biodegradable materials such as polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid and copolymers thereof, collagen, and protein polymers, or non-biodegradable materials such as ethylenevinyl acetate (EVAc), polyvinyl acetate, ethylene vinyl alcohol, and derivatives thereof can be used to locally deliver the oligonucleotides.
  • biodegradable materials such as polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid and copolymers thereof, collagen, and protein polymers
  • non-biodegradable materials such as ethylenevinyl acetate (EVAc), polyvinyl acetate, ethylene vinyl alcohol, and derivatives thereof can be used to locally deliver the oligonucleotides.
  • EVAc
  • the oligonucleotides can be incorporated into the material as it is polymerised or solidified, using melt or solvent evaporation techniques, or mechanically mixed with the material.
  • the oligonucleotides are mixed into or applied onto coatings for implantable devices such as dextran coated silica beads, stents, or catheters.
  • the dose of oligonucleotides is dependent on the size of the oligonucleotides and the purpose for which is it administered. In general, the range is calculated based on the surface area of tissue to be treated.
  • the effective dose of oligonucleotide is somewhat dependent on the length and chemical composition of the oligonucleotide but is generally in the range of about 30 to 3000 ⁇ g per square centimetre of tissue surface area.
  • the oligonucleotides may be administered to the patient systemically for both therapeutic and prophylactic purposes.
  • the oligonucleotides may be administered by any effective method, for example, parenterally (eg intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly) or by oral, nasal or other means which permit the oligonucleotides to access and circulate in the patient's bloodstream.
  • Oligonucleotides administered systemically preferably are given in addition to locally administered oligonucleotides, but also have utility in the absence of local administration.
  • a dosage in the range of from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per administration to an adult human generally will be effective for this purpose.
  • antisense agents also include larger molecules which bind to said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA or genes and substantially prevent expression of said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA or genes and substantially prevent expression of said ECSM4 or ECSM1 protein.
  • expression of an antisense molecule which is substantially complementary to said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA is envisaged as part of the invention.
  • the said larger molecules may be expressed from any suitable genetic construct as is described below and delivered to the patient.
  • the genetic construct which expresses the antisense molecule comprises at least a portion of the said ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or gene operatively linked to a promoter which can express the antisense molecule in a cell. Promoters that may be active in endothelial cells are described below.
  • the genetic construct can be DNA or RNA it is preferred if it is DNA.
  • the genetic construct is adapted for delivery to a human cell.
  • the constructs of the invention may be introduced into proliferating endothelial cells by any convenient method, for example methods involving retroviruses, so that the construct is inserted into the genome of the endothelial cell.
  • any convenient method for example methods involving retroviruses, so that the construct is inserted into the genome of the endothelial cell.
  • methods involving retroviruses for example, in Kuriyama et al (1991) Cell Struc. and Func. 16, 503-510 purified retroviruses are administered.
  • Retroviruses provide a potential means of selectively infecting proliferating endothelial cells because they can only integrate into the genome of dividing cells; most endothelial cells are in a quiescent, non-receptive stage of cell growth or, at least, are dividing much less rapidly than angiogenic cells.
  • Retroviral DNA constructs which encode said antisense agents may be made using methods well known in the art. To produce active retrovirus from such a construct it is usual to use an ecotropic psi2 packaging cell line grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% foetal calf serum (FCS).
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium
  • FCS foetal calf serum
  • Transfection of the cell line is conveniently by calcium phosphate co-precipitation, and stable transformants are selected by addition of G418 to a final concentration of 1 mg/ml (assuming the retroviral construct contains a neo R gene). Independent colonies are isolated and expanded and the culture supernatant removed, filtered through a 0.45 ⁇ m pore-size filter and stored at ⁇ 70°.
  • the retrovirus For the introduction of the retrovirus into the tumour cells, it is convenient to inject directly retroviral supernatant to which 10 ⁇ g/ml Polybrene has been added. For tumours exceeding 10 mm in diameter it is appropriate to inject between 0.1 ml and 1 ml of retroviral supernatant; preferably 0.5 ml.
  • retrovirus-producing cells which produce retroviruses are injected into specific., tissue.
  • the retrovirus-producing cells so introduced are engineered to actively produce retroviral vector particles so that continuous productions of the vector occurred within the tumour mass in situ.
  • proliferating endothelial cells can be successfully transduced in vivo if mixed with retroviral vector-producing cells.
  • Targeted retroviruses are also available for use in the invention; for example, sequences conferring specific binding affinities may be engineered into pre-existing viral env genes (see Miller & Vile (1995) Faseb J 9, 190-199 for a review of this and other targeted vectors for gene therapy).
  • Immunoliposomes are especially useful in targeting to endothelial cell types which express a cell surface protein for which antibodies are available.
  • adenoviruses carrying external DNA via an antibody-polylysine bridge see Curiel Prog. Med. Virol. 40, 1-18
  • transferrin-polycation conjugates as carriers
  • a polycation-antibody complex is formed with the DNA construct or other genetic construct of the invention, wherein the antibody is specific for either wild-type adenovirus or a variant adenovirus in which a new epitope has been introduced which binds the antibody.
  • the polycation moiety binds the DNA via electrostatic interactions with the phosphate backbone.
  • the adenovirus because it contains unaltered fibre and penton proteins, is internalised into the cell and carries into the cell with it the DNA construct of the invention. It is preferred if the polycation is polylysine.
  • the DNA may also be delivered by adenovirus wherein it is present within the adenovirus particle, for example, as described below.
  • a high-efficiency nucleic acid delivery system that uses receptor-mediated endocytosis to carry DNA macromolecules into cells is employed. This is accomplished by conjugating the iron-transport protein transferrin to polycations that bind nucleic acids.
  • Human transferrin, or the chicken homologue conalbumin, or combinations thereof is covalently linked to the small DNA-binding protein protamine or to polylysines of various sizes through a disulfide linkage. These modified transferrin molecules maintain their ability to bind their cognate receptor and to mediate efficient iron transport into the cell.
  • the transferrin-polycation molecules form electrophoretically stable complexes with DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention independent of nucleic acid size (from short oligonucleotides to DNA of 21 kilobase pairs).
  • complexes of transferrin-polycation and the DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention are supplied to the endothelial cells, a high level of expression from the construct in the cells is expected.
  • High-efficiency receptor-mediated delivery of the DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention using the endosome-disruption activity of defective or chemically inactivated adenovirus particles produced by the methods of Cotten et al (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 6094-6098 may also be used.
  • This approach appears to rely on the fact that adenoviruses are adapted to allow release of their DNA from an endosome without passage through the lysosome, and in the presence of, for example transferrin linked to the DNA construct or other genetic construct of the invention, the construct is taken up by the cell by the same route as the adenovirus particle.
  • This approach has the advantages that there is no need to use complex retroviral constructs; there is no permanent modification of the genome as occurs with retroviral infection; and the targeted expression system is coupled with a targeted delivery system, thus reducing toxicity to other cell types.
  • tumours may be desirable to locally perfuse a tumour with the suitable delivery vehicle comprising the genetic construct for a period of time; additionally or alternatively the delivery vehicle or genetic construct can be injected directly into accessible tumours.
  • naked DNA and DNA complexed with cationic and neutral lipids may also be useful in introducing the DNA of the invention into cells of the patient to be treated.
  • Non-viral approaches to gene therapy are described in Ledley (1995) Human Gene Therapy 6, 1129-1144.
  • Alternative targeted delivery systems are also known such as the modified adenovirus system described in WO 94/10323 wherein, typically, the DNA is carried within the adenovirus, or adenovirus-like, particle.
  • Michael et al (1995) Gene Therapy 2, 660-668 describes modification of adenovirus to add a cell-selective moiety into a fibre protein.
  • Mutant adenoviruses which replicate selectively in p53-deficient human tumour cells such as those described in Bischoff et al (1996) Science 274, 373-376 are also useful for delivering the genetic construct of the invention to a cell.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a virus or virus-like particle comprising a genetic construct of the invention.
  • Other suitable viruses or virus-like particles include HSV, AAV, vaccinia and parvovirus.
  • the agent which selectively prevents the function of ECSM4 or ECSM1 is a ribozyme capable of cleaving targeted ECSM4 or ECSM1 RNA or DNA.
  • a gene expressing said ribozyme may be administered in substantially the same and using substantially the same vehicles as for the antisense molecules.
  • Ribozymes which may be encoded in the genomes of the viruses or virus-like particles herein disclosed are described in Cech and Herschlag “Site-specific cleavage of single stranded DNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,180,818; Altman et al “Cleavage of targeted RNA by RNAse P” U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,053, Cantin et al “Ribozyme cleavage of HIV-1 RNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,149,796; Cech et al “RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No.
  • RNA ribozyme polymerases dephosphorylases, restriction endonucleases and methods
  • U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246 Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods; cleaves single-stranded RNA at specific site by transesterification”, U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071, all incorporated herein by reference.
  • the antisense molecule or ribozyme is expressed from a cell-specific promoter element.
  • the genetic constructs of the invention can be prepared using methods well known in the art.
  • a further aspect of the invention is a method of screening for a molecule that binds to ECSM4 or a suitable variant, fragment or fusion thereof, or a fusion of a said fragment or fusion thereof, the method comprising 1) contacting a) the ECSM4 polypeptide with b) a test molecule 2) detecting the presence of a complex containing the ECSM4 polypeptide and a test molecule, and optionally 3) identifying any test molecule bound to the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide is one as described above in respect of the eleventh aspect of the invention.
  • test molecule is a polypeptide.
  • the method is used to identify natural ligands of ECSM4.
  • the test molecule includes the natural ligand of ECSM4.
  • a particularly useful technique for the identification of natural ligands of polypeptide molecules is the yeast two-hybrid technique. This technique is well known in the art and relies on binding between a molecule and its cognate ligand to bring together two parts of a transcription complex (which are fused one to the molecule in question and other to the test ligand) which, when together, promote transcription of a reporter gene.
  • a preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention comprises use of the screening method, preferably the yeast two-hybrid system, to identify natural ligands of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • a molecule which is identifiable as binding the ECSM4 polypeptide is a further aspect of the invention.
  • a molecule which binds to ESCM4 may modulate the activation of ECSM4.
  • Suitable peptide ligands that will bind to ECSM4 may be identified using methods known in the art.
  • screening assays which are capable of high throughput operation will be particularly preferred.
  • Examples may include cell based assays and protein-protein binding assays.
  • An SPA-based (Scintillation Proximity Assay; Amersham International) system may be used.
  • an assay for identifying a compound capable of modulating the activity of a protein kinase may be performed as follows. Beads comprising scintillant and a polypeptide that may be phosphorylated may be prepared. The beads may be mixed with a sample comprising the protein kinase and 32 P-ATP or 33 P-ATP and with the test compound. Conveniently this is done in a 96-well format.
  • the plate is then counted using a suitable scintillation counter, using known parameters for 32 P or 33 P SPA assays. Only 32 P or 33 P that is in proximity to the scintillant, i.e. only that bound to the polypeptide, is detected. Variants of such an assay, for example in which the polypeptide is immobilised on the scintillant beads via binding to an antibody, may also be used.
  • FRET Fluorescence Energy Resonance Transfer
  • a polypeptide that is labelled for example with a radioactive or fluorescent label.
  • a further method of identifying a compound that is capable of binding to the ECSM4 polypeptide is one where the polypeptide is exposed to the compound and any binding of the compound to the said polypeptide is detected and/or measured.
  • the binding constant for the binding of the compound to the polypeptide may be determined.
  • Suitable methods for detecting and/or measuring (quantifying) the binding of a compound to a polypeptide are well known to those skilled in the art and may be performed, for example, using a method capable of high throughput operation, for example a chip-based method.
  • New technology, called VLSIPSTM has enabled the production of extremely small chips that contain hundreds of thousands or more of different molecular probes. These biological chips or arrays have probes arranged in arrays, each probe assigned a specific location.
  • Bio chips have been produced in which each location has a scale of, for example, ten microns.
  • the chips can be used to determine whether target molecules interact with any of the probes on the chip.
  • scanning devices can examine each location in the array and determine whether a target molecule has interacted with the probe at that location.
  • Bio chips or arrays are useful in a variety of screening techniques for obtaining information about either the probes or the target molecules.
  • a library of peptides can be used as probes to screen for drugs.
  • the peptides can be exposed to a receptor, and those probes that bind to the receptor can be identified. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,219 issued 23 Feb. 1999 to Rava et al.
  • yeast two-hybrid system Another method of targeting proteins that modulate the activity of ECSM4 is the yeast two-hybrid system, where the polypeptides of the invention can be used to “capture” ECSM4 protein binding proteins.
  • the yeast two-hybrid system is described in Fields & Song, Nature 340:245-246 (1989).
  • reagents and conditions used in the method may be chosen such that the interactions between the said and the interacting polypeptide are substantially the same as between a said naturally occurring polypeptide and a naturally occurring interacting polypeptide in vivo.
  • the ligand may be a drug-like compound or lead compound for the development of a drug-like compound.
  • drug-like compound is well known to those skilled in the art, and may include the meaning of a compound that has characteristics that may make it suitable for use in medicine, for example as the active ingredient in a medicament.
  • a drug-like compound may be a molecule that may be synthesised by the techniques of organic chemistry, less preferably by techniques of molecular biology or biochemistry, and is preferably a small molecule, which may be of less than 5000 daltons and which may be water-soluble.
  • a drug-like compound may additionally exhibit features of selective interaction with a particular protein or proteins and be bioavailable and/or able to penetrate target cellular membranes, but it will be appreciated that these features are not essential.
  • lead compound is similarly well known to those skilled in the art, and may include the meaning that the compound, whilst not itself suitable for use as a drug (for example because it is only weakly potent against its intended target, non-selective in its action, unstable, poorly soluble, difficult to synthesise or has poor bioavailability) may provide a starting-point for the design of other compounds that may have more desirable characteristics.
  • the methods may be used as “library screening” methods, a term well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the method of the invention may be used to detect (and optionally identify) a polynucleotide capable of expressing a polypeptide activator of ECSM4. Aliquots of an expression library in a suitable vector may be tested for the ability to give the required result.
  • an embodiment of this aspect of the invention provides a method of identifying a drug-like compound or lead compound for the development of a drug-like compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide ECSM4, the method comprising contacting a compound with the polypeptide or a suitable variant, fragment, derivative or fusion thereof or a fusion of a variant, fragment or derivative thereof and determining whether, for example, the enzymic activity of the said polypeptide is changed compared to the activity of the said polypeptide or said variant, fragment, derivative or fusion thereof or a fusion of a variant, fragment or derivative thereof in the absence of said compound.
  • the ECSM4 polypeptide is as described above in respect of the eleventh aspect of the invention.
  • the compound decreases the activity of said polypeptide.
  • the compound may bind substantially reversibly or substantially irreversibly to the active site of said polypeptide.
  • the compound may bind to a portion of said polypeptide that is not the active site so as to interfere with the binding of the said polypeptide to its ligand.
  • the compound may bind to a portion of said polypeptide so as to decrease said polypeptide's activity by an allosteric effect.
  • This allosteric effect may be an allosteric effect that is involved in the natural regulation of the said polypeptide's activity, for example in the activation of the said polypeptide by an “upstream activator”.
  • a still further aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a promoter and/or regulatory portion of any one of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes.
  • ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes we mean the natural genomic sequence which when transcribed is capable of encoding a polypeptide comprising the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide sequence as defined herein.
  • the natural genomic sequence of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes may contain introns.
  • the polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention is preferably one which has transcriptional promoter activity.
  • a promoter is an expression control element formed by a DNA sequence that permits binding of RNA polymerase and transcription to occur.
  • the transcriptional promoter activity is present in mammalian cells and more preferably the polynucleotide has transcriptional promoter activity in endothelial cells. In a preferred embodiment, the transcriptional promoter activity is present in endothelial cells and not in other cell types.
  • the promoter and/or regulatory portion is one which can direct endothelial cell selective expression.
  • the promoter or regulatory region of the ECSM4 gene is one which is capable of promoting transcription of an operatively-linked coding sequence in response to hypoxic conditions. More preferably, the level of transcription of the coding sequence is up-regulated in hypoxic conditions compared to the level of transcription in the absence of hypoxia.
  • hypoxia we include the physiological conditions of cancer where the inappropriate cell proliferation deprives surrounding tissue of oxygen, cardiac disease where for example a vessel occlusion may restrict the delivery of oxygen to certain tissues, and tissue necrosis where destruction of vascular tissue cells results in a reduced supply of oxygen to surrounding tissue and the consequent death of that surrounding tissue. Hypoxia is described in more detail in Hockel and Vaupel (2001) J. Nat. Can. Inst. 93: 266-276.
  • the ECSM4 promoter or regulatory region is comprised in a vector suitable for use in gene therapy for driving expression of a therapeutic gene to treat a hypoxic condition.
  • the hypoxic condition is cancer or cardiac disease.
  • a “therapeutic gene” may be any gene which provides a desired therapeutic effect.
  • the promoter sequence is located in the region 5 kb upstream of the genomic coding region of ECSM1 or ECSM4. More preferably, it is located in the region 3 kb or 2 kb or 1 kb or 500 bp upstream, and still more preferably it is located within 210 bp of the transcription start site.
  • Regulatory regions, or transcriptional elements such as enhancers are less predictable than promoters in their location relative to a gene.
  • motifs indicative of regulatory regions are well characterised and such regions affecting the level of transcription of the relevant gene can usually be identified on the basis of these motifs.
  • the function of such a region can be demonstrated by well-known methods such as mutational analysis and in vitro DNA-binding assays including DNA footprinting and gel mobility shift assays.
  • Regulatory regions influencing the transcription of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes are likely to be located within the region 20 kb or 10 kb or 7 kb 5 kb or 3 kb, or more preferably 1 kb 5′ upstream of the relevant genomic coding region or can be located within introns of the gene.
  • Sequence tagged sites and mapping intervals will be helpful in localising promoter regions, regulatory regions and physical clones.
  • the polynucleotide comprising the promoter and/or regulatory portion is operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide.
  • Methods for linking promoter polynucleotides to polypeptide coding sequences are well known in the art.
  • the polypeptide is a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • a therapeutic polypeptide may be any polypeptide which it is medically useful to express selectively in endothelial cells. Examples of such therapeutic polypeptides include anti-proliferative, immunomodulatory or blood clotting-influencing factors, or anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokines. They may also comprise anti-cancer polypeptides.
  • the polynucleotide is one suitable for use in medicine.
  • the invention includes the polynucleotide packaged and presented for use in medicine. It will be appreciated that such polynucleotides will be especially useful in gene therapy, especially where it is desirable to express a therapeutic polypeptide selectively an endothelial cell. It is preferred if the polynucleotide is one suitable for use in gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be carried out according to generally accepted methods, for example, as described by Friedman, 1991.
  • a virus or plasmid vector (see further details below), containing a copy of the gene to be expressed linked to expression control elements such as promoters and other regulatory elements influencing transcription of ECSM1 or ECSM4 as described above and capable of replicating inside endothelial cells, is prepared.
  • Suitable vectors are known, such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,252,479 and WO 93/07282.
  • the vector is then injected into the patient, either locally or systemically. If the transfected gene is not permanently incorporated into the genome of each of the targeted endothelial cells, the treatment may have to be repeated periodically.
  • Gene transfer systems known in the art may be useful in the practice of the gene therapy methods of the present invention. These include viral and nonviral transfer methods.
  • viruses have been used as gene transfer vectors, including papovaviruses, eg SV40 (Madzak et al, 1992), adenovirus (Berkner, 1992; Berkner et al, 1988; Gorziglia and Kapildan, 1992; Quantin et al, 1992; Rosenfeld et al, 1992; Wilkinson et al, 1992; Stratford-Perricaudet et al, 1990), vaccinia virus (Moss, 1.992), adeno-associated virus (Muzyczka, 1992; Ohi et al, 1990), herpesviruses including HSV and EBV (Margolskee, 1992; Johnson et al, 1992; Fink et al, 1992; Breakfield and Geller, 1987; Freese et al, 1990), and retroviruses of avi
  • Nonviral gene transfer methods known in the art include chemical techniques such as calcium phosphate coprecipitation (Graham and van der Eb, 1973; Pellicer et al, 1980); mechanical techniques, for example microinjection (Anderson et al, 1980; Gordon et al, 1980; Brinster et al, 1981; Constantini and Lacy, 1981); membrane fusion-mediated transfer via liposomes (Felgner et al, 1987; Wang and Huang, 1989; Kaneda et al, 1989; Stewart et al, 1992; Nabel et al, 1990; Lim et al, 1992); and direct DNA uptake and receptor-mediated DNA transfer (Wolff et al, 1990; Wu et al, 1991; Zenke et al, 1990; Wu et al, 1989b; Wolff et al, 1991; Wagner et al, 1990; Wagner et al, 1991; Cotten et al, 1990; Curiel et al, 1991a; Curiel et al,
  • Suitable systems include the retroviral-adenoviral hybrid system described by Feng et al (1997) Nature Biotechnology 15, 866-870, or viral systems with targeting ligands such as suitable single chain Fv fragments.
  • plasmid DNA of any size is combined with a polylysine-conjugated antibody specific to the adenovirus hexon protein, and the resulting complex is bound to an adenovirus vector.
  • the trimolecular complex is then used to infect cells.
  • the adenovirus vector permits efficient binding, internalization, and degradation of the endosome before the coupled DNA is damaged.
  • Liposome/DNA complexes have been shown to be capable of mediating direct in vivo gene transfer. While in standard liposome preparations the gene transfer process is nonspecific, localized in vivo uptake and expression have been reported in tumour deposits, for example, following direct in situ administration (Nabel, 1992).
  • Receptor-mediated gene transfer is accomplished by the conjugation of DNA (usually in the form of covalently closed supercoiled plasmid) to a protein ligand via polylysine.
  • Ligands are chosen on the basis of the presence of the corresponding ligand receptors on the cell surface of the target cell/tissue type.
  • a suitable receptor is ECSM4.
  • replacement gene therapy using a functionally wild-type gene it may be useful to monitor the treatment by detecting the presence of replacement gene mRNA or encoded replacement polypeptide, or functional gene product, at various sites in the body, including the endothelial cells, blood serum, and bodily secretions/excretions, for example urine.
  • a further aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating an individual with cancer, cardiac disease, a hypoxic condition, endometriosis or artherosclerosis comprising administering to the individual a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • a still further aspect of the invention provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide or a polynucleotide which is capable of expressing ECSM4 or a fragment or variant thereof or which comprises an ECSM4 antisense nucleic acid.
  • the therapeutic polypeptide may be any therapeutic polypeptide which is useful in treating the individual.
  • the therapeutic polypeptide is any one or more of immunomodulatory, anti-cancer, a blood-clotting-influencing factor or an anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokine.
  • Antisense nucleic acid is discussed in more detail above. Briefly, the function of an antisense nucleic acid is to inhibit the translation of a specific mRNA to which the antisense nucleic acid is complementary and able to hybridise to within a cell, at least in part.
  • the design of optimal antisense nucleic acid molecules is well known in the art of molecular biology.
  • the present invention also provides a use of a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide in the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer, cardiac disease, a hypoxic condition, endometriosis or artherosclerosis.
  • FIG. 1 The invention will now be described in more detail by reference to the following Examples and Figures herein FIG. 1 .
  • HMVEC human microvascular endothelial cells
  • HUVEC human umbilical vein endothelial cells
  • Non-endothelial cultures were as follows: normal endometrial stromal (NES) cells grown in normoxia and NES grown in hypoxia, MDA 453 and MDA 468 breast carcinoma cell lines, HeLa, FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in normoxia and FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in hypoxia, and SW480, HCT116—two colorectal epithelium cell lines.
  • ECSM1 showed complete endothelial specificity, while magic roundabout/ECSM4 was very strongly preferentially expressed in the endothelium.
  • both these novel genes appear more endothelial specific than the benchmark endothelial specific gene: von Willebrand factor.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 1 .
  • Phrap generated contig sequence for ECSM1 and amino acid sequence of the translation product are shown in Table 10.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 3 .
  • ECSM4 in vitro transcription/translation.
  • the cDNA coding for full length ECSM4 was cloned into pBluescript plasmid vector. Circular and HindIII digested plasmid were subjected to in vitro transcription/translation using TNT® T7 Quick Coupled Transcription/Translation System (Promega Corporation) incorporating 35 S Methionine as per manufacturer's instructions.
  • the reaction products were resolved by SDS PAGE and visualised by autoradiography.
  • the Luciferase plasmid was utilised as a positive control for the reaction.
  • the numbers on the left indicate the position of molecular size markers for reference.
  • the size of the band denoting ECSM4 is consistent with the calculated molecular weight of the polypeptide of 118 kDa.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 4 .
  • GenBank AK000805 human ECSM4/magic roundabout
  • FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 5 .
  • Phrap generated contig sequence for human ECSM4 (magic roundabout) ESTs and translation of the encoded polypeptide.
  • the DNA sequence is shown in the orientation as if it were a cDNA, which is opposite to that in which it was originally generated.
  • the ESTs used to generate the contig are shown in Table 11. Translation start in this sequence is at position 2 of the contig sequence, and translation finish is at position 948.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 6 .
  • GenBank Accession No AK000805 (“magic.seq”) and Phrap (“hs.111518”) generated nucleic acid sequences of human ECSM4 given in FIGS. 4 and 5 .
  • FIG. 7 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 7 .
  • FIG. 8 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 8 .
  • T30805 An alignment of the amino acid sequences of the mouse Robo1 protein (“T30805”) and human ECSM4 (“magic.pep”).
  • FIG. 9 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 9 .
  • mice Robo1 protein T30805
  • mouse ECSM4 mouse ECSM4
  • FIG. 10 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 10 .
  • mouse.pep An alignment of the amino acid sequences of human (“magic.pep”) and mouse (“mousemagic.pep”) ECSM4 proteins. Residues in bold indicate well conserved sequences. The mouse protein sequence is shown on top and the human sequence is below.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 11 .
  • polyclonal rabbit anti-sera was raised against the following peptides coupled to keyhole limpet haemocyanin: amino acids 165-181 (LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA) and 274-288 (DSVLTPEEVALCLEL) (anti-sera 1) or peptides 311-320 (TYGYISVPTA) and 336-351 (KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT) (anti-sera 2). Both anti-sera gave identical results.
  • anti-sera was affinity purified on a “Hi-Trap NHS-activated HP” column (Amersham) to which the peptides used to raise anti-sera 1 were coupled.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 12 .
  • Human ECSM4 full-length cDNA and encoded protein sequence Human ECSM4 full-length cDNA and encoded protein sequence.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 13 .
  • Mouse ECSM4 full-length cDNA (MuMR.seq) and encoded protein sequence.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 14 .
  • FIG. 15 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 15 .
  • FIG. 16 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 16 .
  • FIG. 17 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 18 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 18 .
  • FIG. 19 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 19 .
  • FIG. 20 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 20 .
  • FIG. 21 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 21 .
  • FIG. 22 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 22 .
  • FIG. 23 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 23 .
  • FIG. 24 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 24 .
  • FIG. 25 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 25 .
  • vWF von Willibrand Factor
  • FIG. 26 is a diagrammatic representation of FIG. 26 .
  • HUVEC cells were immobilised and analysed by immunohistochemistry using MGO-7 antibody (a rabbit polyclonal antibody raised against peptides MR 311 and MR 336) as the primary antibody and visualised using anti-rabbit antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase.
  • MGO-7 antibody a rabbit polyclonal antibody raised against peptides MR 311 and MR 3366
  • the arrows show expression of ECSM4 in a subset of the HUVEC cells. Note that the staining is localised primarily to the cell surface of the cells.
  • FIG. 27 Expression of magic roundabout in vivo.
  • A Expression of MR detected by in situ hybridisation in of a placental arteriole (a) and venule (b) (left, light field and right, dark field).
  • B Expression of MR in tumour endothelium. Ganglioglioma (a) ⁇ 20 and (b) ⁇ 50. Left, light field; right, dark field. Arrows highlight a vessel running diagonally down the section with an erythrocyte within it. Endothelial cells are strongly positive for MR expression.
  • Papillary bladder carcinoma (c) ⁇ 20 and (d) ⁇ 50.
  • the vascular core of the papilla of the tumour is strongly positive, particularly the ‘flat’ endothelial cells indicated by arrows.
  • a magic roundabout antisense in situ probe was generated using T3 polymerase from IMAGE EST clone 1912098 (GenBank acc. A1278949). The plasmid was linearised with Eco RI prior to probe synthesis. In situ analysis was then performed as described in Poulsom et al (1998) Eur. J. Histochemistry 42:121-132.
  • the first strategy was based the EST cluster expression analysis in the human UniGene gene index (Schuler et al, 1997). Recurrent gapped BLAST searches (Altschul et al, 1997) were performed at very high stringency against expressed sequence tags (ESTs) grouped in two pools. These two pools comprised endothelial cell and non-endothelial cell libraries derived from dbEST (Boguski et al, 1995).
  • the second strategy employed a second datamining tool: SAGEmap xProfiler.
  • SAGEmap xProfiler is a freely available on-line tool, which is a part of the NCBI's Cancer Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) (Strausberg et al, 1997, Cole et al, 1995).
  • EST cluster corresponds to a partial cDNA sequence from a large-scale cDNA sequencing project and contains a region of similarity to the intracellular domain of human roundabout homologue 1 (ROBO1).
  • a pool of endothelial and a pool of non-endothelial sequences were extracted using Sequence Retrieval System (SRS) version 5 from dbEST.
  • the endothelial pool consisted of 11,117 ESTs from nine human endothelial libraries (Table 1).
  • the non-endothelial pool included 173,137 ESTs from 108 human cell lines and microdissected tumour libraries (Table 2).
  • ESTs were extracted from dbEST release April 2000.
  • Multiple FASTA files were transformed into a BLAST searchable database using the press db programme. Table 3 shows the expression status of five known endothelial cell-specific genes in these two pools.
  • BLAST E-value was crucial for the success of BLAST identity-level searches. Too high an E-value would result in gene paralogues being reported. On the other hand, too low (stringent) an E-parameter would result in many false negatives, i.e. true positives would not be reported due to sequencing errors in EST data: ESTs are large-scale low-cost single pass sequences and have high error rate (Aaronson et al, 1996). In this work an E-value of 10e-20 was used in searches against non-endothelial EST pool and a more stringent 10e-30 value in searches against the smaller endothelial pool. These values were deemed optimal after a series of test BLAST searches.
  • Table 5 shows the status of expression of five known endothelial specific genes: von Willebrand's factor (vWF), two vascular endothelial growth factor receptors: fms-like tyrosine kinase 1 (flt1) and kinase insert domain receptor (KDR), tyrosine kinase receptor type tie (TIE1) and tyrosine kinase receptor type tek (TIE2/TEK), in these two SAGE pools.
  • vWF von Willebrand's factor
  • flt1 fms-like tyrosine kinase 1
  • KDR kinase insert domain receptor
  • TIE1 tyrosine kinase receptor type tie
  • TIE2/TEK tyrosine kinase receptor type tek
  • the xProfiler output consisted of a list of genes with a ten times higher number of tags in the endothelial than in the non-endothelial pool sorted according to the certainty of prediction. A 90% certainty threshold was applied to this list. Table 7 shows how data from the two approaches were combined. Identity-level BLAST searches were performed on mRNAs (known genes) or phrap computed contigs (EST clusters representing novel genes) to investigate how these genes were represented in the endothelial and non-endothelial pool. Subsequent experimental verification by RT-PCR ( FIG. 1 ) proved that the combined approach was 100% accurate, i.e. genes on the xProfiler list which had no matches the non-endothelial EST pool and at least one match in the endothelial pool were indeed endothelial specific.
  • tissue transcriptosomes There have been several reports of computer analysis of tissue transcriptosomes. Usually an expression profile is constructed, based on the number of tags assigned to a given gene or a class of genes (Bernstein et al, 1996, Welle et al, 1999, Bortoluzzi et al, 2000). An attempt can be made to identify tissue-specific transcripts, for example Vasmatzis et al, (1997) described three novel genes expressed exclusively in the prostate by in silico subtraction of libraries from the dbEST collection. Purpose made cDNA libraries may also be employed.
  • granulocyte-specific genes have been identified by extensive sequence analysis of cDNA libraries derived from granulocytes and eleven other tissue samples, namely a hepatocyte cell line, foetal liver, infant liver, adult liver, subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, lung, colonic mucosa, keratinocytes, cornea and retina (Itoh et al, 1998).
  • SAGE tags are sometimes called small ESTs (usually 10-11 bp in length). Their major advantage is that they can be unambiguously located within the cDNA: they are immediately adjacent to the most 3′ NlaIII restriction site. Though, there are only two endothelial CGAP SAGE libraries available at the moment, they contain an impressive total of ⁇ 111,000 tags—an approximately 10 times bigger dataset than the ⁇ 11,117 sequences in the endothelial EST pool. The combined approach proved very accurate (Table 8, FIG. 1 ) when verified by RT-PCR.
  • this screening approach has allowed the identification of novel endothelial cell specific genes and known genes whose expression was not known to be specific to endothelial cells. This identification both advances our understanding of endothelial cell biology and provides new pharmaceutical targets for imaging, diagnosing and treating medical conditions involving the endothelium.
  • Sequences were extracted from the dbEST database accessed locally at the HGMP centre using the Sequence Retrieval System (SRS version 5) getz command. This was done repeatedly using a PERL script for all the libraries in the endothelial and non-endothelial subsets, and sequences were merged into two multiple-FASTA files.
  • SRS version 5 Sequence Retrieval System
  • UniGene gene transcript index was screened against the EST division of GenBank, dbEST. Both UniGene and dbEST were developed at the National Centre for Biotechnology Information (NCBI). UniGene is a collection of EST clusters corresponding to putative unique genes. It currently consists of four datasets: human, mouse, rat and zebrafish. The human dataset is comprised of approximately 90,000 clusters (UniGene Build #111 May 2000).
  • BLAST identity searches we aimed to identify those UniGene genes that have transcripts in the endothelial- and not in the non-endothelial cell-type dbEST libraries. Throughout the project, University of Washington blast2 which is a gapped version was used as BLAST implementation. The E-value was set to 10e-20 in searches against the non-endothelial EST pool and to 10e-30 in searches against the smaller endothelial pool.
  • xProfiler enables an on-line user to perform a differential comparison of any combination of forty seven serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE) libraries with a total of 2,300,000 SAGE tags using a dedicated statistical algorithm (Chen et al, 1998).
  • SAGE serial analysis of gene expression
  • xProfiler can be accessed on: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SAGE/sagexpsetup.cgi.
  • SAGE itself is a quantitative expression technology in which genes are identified by typically a 10 or 11 bp sequence tag adjacent to the cDNA's most 3′ NlaIII restriction site (Velculescu et al, 1995).
  • the two available endothelial cell libraries (SAGE_Duke_HMVEC and SAGE_Duke_HMVEC+VEGF) defined pool A and twenty-four (see Table 4 for list) non-endothelial libraries together built pool B.
  • the approach was verified by establishing the status of expression of the five reference endothelial specific genes in the two SAGE pools (Table 5) using Gene to Tag Mapping (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SAGE/SAGEcid.cgi). Subsequently, xProfiler was used to select genes differentially expressed between the pools A and B.
  • the xProfiler output consisted of a list of genes with a ten fold difference in the number of tags in the endothelial compared to the non-endothelial pool sorted according to the certainty of prediction. A 90% certainty threshold was applied to this list.
  • DDD Digital Differential Display
  • EST expression data source library info
  • SAGEmap xProfiler Five out of nine endothelial and sixty-four out of hundred and eight non-endothelial cell libraries used in our BLAST-oriented approach were available for on-line analysis using DDD (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/CGAP/info/ddd.cgi).
  • annexin A2 actin gamma 1, ribosomal protein large P0, plasminogen activator inhibitor type I, thymosin beta 4, peptidyloprolyl isomerase A, ribosomal protein L13a, laminin receptor 1 (ribosomal protein SA), eukaryotic translation elongation factor 1 alpha 1, vimentin, ferritin heavy polypeptide, ribosomal protein L3, ribosomal protein S18, ribosomal protein L19, tumour protein translationally-controlled 1.
  • NIX Internet interface for multi-application analysis of large unknown nucleotide sequences was used. For further information on NIX see http://www.hgmp.mrc.ac.uk/NIX/. Alignment of ECSM1 against AC005795 was obtained using the NCBI interface to the Human Genome Interface: the NCBI Map Viewer. For further information on the NCBI Map Viewer see http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genome/guide/.
  • HMVEC human microvascular endothelial cells
  • HUVEC human umbilical vein endothelial cells
  • Non-endothelial cultures were as follows: normal endometrial stromal (NES) cells grown in normoxia and NES grown in hypoxia, MDA 453 and MDA 468 breast carcinoma cell lines, HeLa, FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in normoxia and FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in hypoxia, and SW480, HCT116—two colorectal epithelium cell lines.
  • NES normal endometrial stromal
  • Non-endothelial dbEST libraries 1. Activated T-cells I 2. Activated T-cells II 3. Activated T-cells III 4. Activated T-cells IV 5. Activated T-cells IX 6. Activated T-cells V 7. Activated T-cells VI 8. Activated T-cells VII 9. Activated T-cells VIII 10. Activated T-cells X 11. Activated T-cells XI 12. Activated T-cells XII 13. Activated T-cells XX 14. CAMA1Ee cell line I 15. CAMA1Ee cell line II 16. CCRF-CEM cells, cyclohexamide treated I 17.
  • CdnA library of activated B cell line 3D5 18. Chromosome 7 HeLa cDNA Library 19. Colon carcinoma (Caco-2) cell line I 20. Colon carcinoma (Caco-2) cell line II 21. Colon carcinoma (HCC) cell line 22. Colon carcinoma (HCC) cell line II 23. HCC cell line (matastasis to liver in mouse) 24. HCC cell line (matastasis to liver in mouse) II 25. HeLa cDNA (T. Noma) 26. HeLa SRIG (Synthetic retinoids induced genes) 27. Homo sapiens monocyte-derived macrophages 28. HSC172 cells I 29. HSC172 cells II 30. Human 23132 gastric carcinoma cell line 31.
  • Human breast cancer cell line Bcap 37 32. Human cell line A431 subclone 33. Human cell line AGZY-83a 34. Human cell line PCI-O6A 35. Human cell line PCI-O6B 36. Human cell line SK-N-MC 37. Human cell line TF-1 (D. L. Ma) 38. Human exocervical cells (CGLee) 39. Human fibrosarcoma cell line HT1080 40. Human fibrosarcoma cell line HT1080-6TGc5 41. Human gastric cancer SGC-7901 cell line 42. Human GM-CSF-deprived TF-1 cell line (Liu, Hongtao) 43. Human HeLa (Y. Wang) 44. Human HeLa cells (M. Lovett) 45.
  • Human Jurkat cell line mRNA (Thiele, K.) 46. Human K562 erythroleukemic cells 47. Human lung cancer cell line A549.A549 48. Human nasopharyngeal carcinoma cell line HNE1 49. Human neuroblastoma SK-ER3 cells (M. Garnier) 50. Human newborn melanocytes (T. Vogt) 51. Human pancreatic cancer cell line Patu 8988t 52. Human primary melanocytes mRNA (I. M. Eisenbarth) 53. Human promyclocytic HL60 cell line (S. Herblot) 54. Human retina cell line ARPE-19 55. Human salivary gland cell line HSG 56. Human White blood cells 57. Jurkat T-cells I 58.
  • SAGE_HCT116 Colon cell line derived from colorectal carcinoma SAGE_Caco_2 Colon, colorectal carcinoma cell line SAGE_Duke_H392 Brain, Duke glioblastoma multiforme cell line SAGE_SW837 Colon, cancer cell line SAGE_RKO Colon, cancer cell line SAGE_NHA(5th) Brain, normal human astrocyte cells harvested at passage 5 SAGE_ES2-1 Ovarian Clear cell carcinoma cell line ES-2, poorly differentiated SAGE_OVCA432-2 Ovary, carcinoma cell line OVCA432 SAGE_OV1063-3 Ovary, carcinoma cell line OV1063 SAGE_Duke_mhh-1 Brain, c-myc negative medulloblastoma cell line mhh-1 SAGE_Duke_H341 Brain, c-myc positive medulloblastoma cell line H341 S
  • TIE1 and TIE2/TEK have multiple hits in the non-endothelial pool (most in normal or carcinoma cell lines of ovarian origin).
  • vWF is most endothelial specific having 80 hits in the endothelial pool and only one hit in the non-endothelial pool.
  • melanogaster gene notchless a novel WD40 repeat containing protein that modulates Notch signalling activity TIE2/TEK receptor endothelial tyrosine kinase Hs.89640 2 BCL2 associated X protein (BAX) Hs.159428 2 Sepiapterin reductase mRNA Hs.160100 2 Retinoic acid receptor beta (RARB) Hs.171495 2 ST2 receptor: a homolog of the interleukin 1 Hs.66 1 receptor Mitogen activated protein kinase 8 (MAPK8) Hs.859 1 ERG gene related to the ETS oncogene Hs.45514 1 PP35 similar to E. coli yhdg and R.
  • MAX interleukin 1 Hs.66 1 receptor Mitogen activated protein kinase 8
  • xProfiler differential analysis was combined with data from the UniGene/EST screen achieving 100% certainty of prediction.
  • xProfiler's output lists genes with 10-times higher number of tags in the endothelial than in the non-endothelial pool of SAGE-CGAP libraries. Hits corresponding to these genes in the endothelial and non-endothelial EST pools were identified by identity-level BLAST searches for mRNA (known genes) or phrap computed contig sequences (EST clusters representing novel genes). Genes are sorted according to the number of hits in the non-endothelial EST pool. Known and predicted novel endothelial specific genes are in bold.
  • ESTs belonging to ECSM1 contig sequence are as follows: EST SEQUENCES(30) AI540508, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2209821, Uterus, 3′read, 2.1 kb AI870175, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2424998, Uterus, 3′read, 1.7 kb AI978643, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2491824, Uterus, 3′read, 1.3 kb AI473856, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2044374, Lymph, 3′read AI037900, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1657707, Wholeembryo, 3′read, 1.2 kb AI417620, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2115082, 3′read, 1.0 kb AA147817, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590062, 3′read AA968592, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1578323, 3′read, 0.7 k
  • ISH In situ hybridisation
  • ISH analysis of colorectal liver metastasis biopsies showed that expression of ECSM4 was restricted to vascular endothelial cells of the tumour vessels only ( FIGS. 17 and 18 ). No expression was detected in the surrounding normal tissue. Furthermore the enhanced expression in the vicinity of the necrotic tissues ( FIG. 13 , necrotic tissue is indicated by the bright signal labelled *) is indicative and consistent with induction of ECSM4 expression by hypoxia. As such, ECSM4 may be a novel hypoxia regulated gene.
  • Sections were examined under conventional or reflected light dark-field conditions (Olympus BH2 with epi-illumination) under a x5, x10 or x20 objective that allowed individual auto-radiographic silver grains to be seen as bright objects on a dark background.
  • Antibodies capable of selectively binding the ECSM4 polypeptide were generated and used in immunohistochemistry to demonstrate the presence of ECSM4 polypeptide in a range of cell types ( FIGS. 21 to 26 ). Tissue samples were prepared by standard techniques in the art of immunohistochemistry.
  • the peptides MR 165, MR 311 and MR 336 were fused to Keyhole Limpet Haemocyanin (KLH) before immunisation of rabbits for production of polyclonal antibodies.
  • KLH Keyhole Limpet Haemocyanin
  • the antibody MGO-5 was derived from rabbits immunised with the peptide MR 165
  • MGO-7 was derived from rabbits immunised with a mixture of MR 311 and MR 336.
  • the sequence of the peptides used to generated the polyclonal antibodies is shown below with their reference within the amino acid sequence of full length human ECSM4 as shown in FIG. 12 .
  • MR 165 LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA (681-697)
  • MR 274 DSVLTPEEVALCLEL (790-804)
  • MR 311 TYGYISVPTA (827-836)
  • MR 336 KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT (852-867)
  • the magic roundabout EST sequence identified in the bioinformatics search for endothelial specific transcripts was used to isolate a cDNA of 3800 base pairs in length from a human heart cDNA library.
  • a screen using gene specific primers showed the gene to be present in libraries from heart, adult and foetal brain, liver, lung, kidney, muscle, placenta and small intestine but absent from peripheral blood leukocytes, spleen and testis. Highest expression was in the placental library.
  • Comparison of the magic roundabout sequence to that of roundabout revealed a transmembrane protein with homology throughout but absence of some extracellular domains.
  • MR has two immunoglobulin and two fibronectin domains in the extracellular domain compared to five immunoglobulin and two fibronectin domains in the extracellular domains of the neuronal specific roundabouts.
  • a transmembrane domain was identified by (i) using the transmembrane predicting software PRED-TMR and (ii) using an alignment between human MR and human ROBO1 peptide sequences. Both methods identified the same residues as the transmembrane region of human MR as amino acids 468-490.
  • aa 1-467 are extracellular and aa 491-1007 are intracellular.
  • the intracellular domain contains a putative proline rich region that is homologous to those in roundabout that are thought to couple to c-abl (Bashaw et al (2000) Cell 101: 703-715).
  • ECSM4 In situ hybridisation was used to characterise expression of ECSM4 in vivo. Expression of ECSM4 was found to be very restricted (Table 13), with no signal detectable in many tissues including neuronal tissue. In contrast, strong expression was detected in pacenta and a range of tumours including those of the brain, bladder and colonic metastasis to the liver ( FIG. 27 ). Expression within tumours was restricted to the tumour vasculature. Immuno-histochemical staining of placenta confirmed endothelial specific expression of the protein.
  • ECSM4 expression in endothelial but not other cell lines such as fibroblasts (normal endometrial and FEK4), colon carcinoma (SW480 and HCT116), breast carcinoma (MDA453 and MDA468) and HeLa cells. Ribonuclease protection analysis has confirmed and extended this ( FIG. 11 a ). ECSM4 expression was seen to be restricted to endothelium (three different isolates) and absent from fibroblast, carcinoma and neuronal cells. Induction of ECSM4 in hypoxia in endothelial (but not non-endothelial cells) was seen when expression of ECSM4 was analysed using two different RNase protection probes.

Abstract

The present invention relates to endothelial cell-specific genes and encoded polypeptides and materials and uses thereof in the imaging, diagnosis and treatment of conditions involving the vascular endothelium.

Description

  • The present invention relates to genes whose expression is selective for the endothelium and use of these genes or gene products, or molecules which bind thereto, in imaging, diagnosis and treatment of conditions involving the vascular endothelium.
  • The endothelium plays a central role in many physiological and pathological processes and it is known to be an exceptionally active transcriptional site. Approximately 1,000 distinct genes are expressed in an endothelial cell. In contrast red blood cells were found to express 8, platelets 22 and smooth muscle 127 separate genes (Adams et al, 1995). Known endothelial specific genes attract much attention from both basic research and the clinical community. For example, the endothelial specific tyrosine kinases Tie, TIE2/TEK, KDR, and flt1 are crucial players in the regulation of vascular integrity, endothelium-mediated inflammatory processes and angiogenesis (Sato et al, 1993, Sato et al, 1995, Fong et al, 1995, Shalaby et al, 1995, Alello et al, 1995). Angiogenesis is now widely recognised as a rate-limiting process for the growth of solid tumours. It is also implicated in the formation of atherosclerotic plaques and restenosis. Finally endothelium plays a central role in the complex and dynamic system regulating coagulation and hemostasis.
  • Of the many distinct genes expressed in an endothelial cell, not all are entirely endothelial cell selective and so the genes and their products, and molecules which bind thereto are not generally useful in the imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease. Thus, there remains a need for endothelial cell specific or selective molecules.
  • We report here identification of two highly endothelial selective genes which we have called: endothelial cell-specific molecule 1 (ECSM1) and magic roundabout (endothelial cell-specific molecule 4; ECSM4). The terms ECSM1 and ECSM4 are also used to indicate, as the context will make clear, the cDNA and polypeptides encoded by the genes. These genes, and especially ECSM4, are surprisingly specific in their cell expression profile. ECSM4, for example, shows similar endothelial-cell selectivity to the marker currently accepted in the art as the best endothelial cell marker (von Willibrand Factor). Clearly, such a high level of endothelial cell specificity is both unprecedented and unexpected.
  • ECSM1 (UniGene entry Hs.13957) has no protein or nucleotide homologues. It is most likely to code for a small protein of 103 aa (the longest and most up-stream open reading frame which was identified in the contig sequence). ECSM1 contains two sequence tagged sites which are unique and definite within the genome (STS sites; dbSTS G26129 and G28043) and localise to chromosome 19. A polynucleotide comprising the complement of part of the ECSM1 gene is described in WO 99/06423 (Human Genome Sciences) (termed “gene 22”; page 31-32) as being expressed primarily in umbilical cord endothelial cells and to a lesser extent in human adipose tissue. However, WO 99/06423 discloses an open reading frame (ORF) in the polynucleotide which encodes a polypeptide of only 45 amino acids. According to our analyses, this does not represent the correct polypeptide of 103 amino acids, as the actual start codon in ECSM1 is further 5′ than the one identified in WO 99/06423.
  • The human magic roundabout (ECSM4) cDNA clone with a long ORF of more than 417 aa (GenBank Accession No AK000805) and described in WO 99/46281 as a 3716 nucleotide sequence was identified by BLAST searches for the Hs.111518 contig. This sequence is rich in prolines and has several regions of low amino acid complexity. BLAST PRODOM search (protein families database at HGMP, UK) identified a 120 bp region of homology to the cytoplasmic domain conserved family of transmembrane receptors involved in repulsive axon guidance (ROBO1 DUTT1 protein family, E=4e-07). Homology was extended to 468 aa (E=1.3e-09) when a more rigorous analysis was performed using search (Smith and Waterman 1981) but the region of similarity was still contained to the cytoplasmic domain. The ROBO1 DUTT1 family comprises the human roundabout homologue 1 (ROBO1), the mouse gene DUTT1 and the rat ROBO1 (Kidd et al, 1998, Brose et al, 1999). Because of this region of homology we called the gene represented by Hs. 111518 “magic roundabout” (ECSM4). Additionally, BLAST SBASE (protein domain database at HGMP) suggested a region of similarity to the domain of the intracellular neural cell adhesion molecule long domain form precursor (E=2e-11). It should be noted that the true protein product for magic roundabout is likely to be larger than the 417 aa coded in the AK000805 clone since the ORF has no apparent up-stream limit, and size comparison to human roundabout 1 (1651 aa) suggests a much bigger protein. This is confirmed in FIG. 3 which shows the translation product of human ECSM4 to be around 118 kDa. However, ECSM4 is smaller than other members of the roundabout family, sharing only two of the five Ig domains and two of the three fibronectin domains in the extracellular region. The intracellular putative proline rich region that is homologous to those in roundabout are thought to couple to c-abl. FIG. 12 shows the full length amino acid sequence of human ECSM4 (1105aa), and the sequence of the mouse homologue is shown in FIG. 13. Nucleotide coding sequences which display around 99% identity to the ECSM4 nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 12 are disclosed in WO 99/11293 and WO 99/53051.
  • Additional sequences which display homology to the ECSM4 polypeptide or polynucleotide sequence are disclosed in EP 1 074 617, WO 00/53756, WO 99/46281, WO 01/23523 and WO 99/11293. However, none of these publications disclose that the sequences are selectively expressed in the vascular endothelium, nor suggest that they may be so expressed.
  • Recently intriguing associations between neuronal differentiation genes and endothelial cells have been discovered. For example, a neuronal receptor for vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) neuropilin 1 (Soker et al, 1998) was identified. VEGF was traditionally regarded as an exclusively endothelial growth factor. Processes similar to neuronal axon guidance are now being implicated in guiding migration of endothelial cells during angiogenic capillary sprouting. Thus ephrinB ligands and EphB receptors are involved in demarcation of arterial and venous domains (Adams et al, 1999). It is possible that magic roundabout (ECSM4) may be an endothelial specific homologue of the human roundabout 1 involved in endothelial cell repulsive guidance, presumably with a different ligand since similarity is contained within the cytoplasmic i.e. effector region and guidance receptors are known to have highly modular architecture (Bashaw and Goodman 1999).
  • However, to date there has been no mention of the existence of an endothelial counterpart, nor the expression pattern of the magic roundabout (ECSM4) gene being restricted to endothelial cells especially angiogenic endothelial cells, nor of any function of the encoded polypeptide.
  • It should be noted that a surprising result of our RT-PCR analysis, described in Example 1, was that genes identified here appear to show endothelial specificity (FIG. 1) comparable with the classic endothelial marker von Willebrand factor (vWF). Expression of known endothelial specific genes is not usually 100% restricted to the endothelial cell. Data presented herein shows the quite unanticipated finding that ECSM4 is not expressed at detectable levels (at least using the methods described in the examples) in cell types other than endothelial cells, given the less than 100% selectivity of known endothelial cell markers. Ribonuclease protection analysis has confirmed and extended this observation (FIG. 14 a). ECSM4 expression was seen to be restricted to endothelium (three different isolates) and absent from fibroblast, carcinoma and neuronal cells. KDR and FLT1 are both expressed in the male and female reproductive tract: on spermatogenic cells (Obermair et al, 1999), trophoblasts, and in decidua (Clark et al, 1996). KDR has been shown to define haematopoietic stem cells (Ziegler et al, 1999). FLT1 is also present on monocytes. In addition to endothelial cells vWF is strongly expressed in megakaryocytes (Sporn et al, 1985, Nichols et al, 1985), and in consequence present on platelets. Similarly, multimerin is present both in endothelial cells Hayward et al, 1993) and platelets (Hayward et al, 1998).
  • Generally speaking, endothelial and haematopoietic cells descend from same 25 embryonic precursors: haemangioblasts and many cellular markers are shared between these two cell lineages (for review see Suda et al, 2000). Hence, the finding that the genes ECSM1 and ECSM4 are not expressed in cells other than those of the vascular endothelium is highly surprising.
  • Determination of genes whose expression is selective for the vascular endothelium allows selective targeting to these cells and thereby the specific delivery of molecules for imaging, diagnosis, prognosis, treatment, prevention and evaluation of therapies for conditions associated with normal or aberrant vascular growth.
  • A first aspect of the invention provides a compound comprising (i) a moiety which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM4 and (ii) a further moiety.
  • By “the polypeptide ECSM4” we include a polypeptide whose sequence comprises or consists of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or 5 or 7 or 12 or 13 or whose sequence is encoded by the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 4 between nucleotides 1 and 1395 or between nucleotides 2 and 948 of FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or between nucleotides 71 and 3442 of FIG. 12 or between nucleotides 6 and 3050 of FIG. 13 and natural variants thereof. Preferably, the ECSM4 polypeptide is one whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 12.
  • By “the polypeptide ECSM4” we include a polypeptide represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or the polypeptide represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO99/11293.
  • By “the polypeptide ECSM4” we also include any naturally occurring polypeptide which comprises a consecutive 50 amino acid residue portion or natural variants thereof of the polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 4 or 5 or 7 or 12 or 13. Preferably, the polypeptide is a human polypeptide.
  • Embodiments and features of this aspect of the invention are as described in more detail below.
  • A second aspect of the invention provides a compound comprising (i) a moiety which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 and (ii) a further moiety.
  • Preferably, in the first and second aspects of the invention, the binding moiety and further moiety are covalently attached.
  • By “the polypeptide ECSM1” we include a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises or consists of the sequence given in FIG. 2 and natural variants thereof.
  • By “the polypeptide ECSM1” we also include any naturally occurring polypeptides which comprises a consecutive 50 amino acid residue portion or natural variants thereof of the polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 2. Preferably, the polypeptide is a human polypeptide.
  • Preferably, the polypeptide ECSM1 amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 but does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • By “natural variants” we include, for example, allelic variants. Typically, these will vary from the given sequence by only one or two or three, and typically no more than 10 or 20 amino acid residues. Typically, the variants have conservative substitutions.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the first or second aspects of the invention, the moiety capable of selectively binding to the specified polypeptide is an antibody.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 or a natural variant thereof is not one which binds a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 or a natural variant thereof but which polypeptide does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM4 is one which selectively binds a polypeptide with the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP or a sequence which is located in the extracellular portion of ECSM4. As described in more detail below, these sequences represent amino acid sequences which are only found in the human ECSM4 and are not found in the mouse ECSM4 polypeptide sequence.
  • Preferably, the moiety which selectively binds ECSM4, such as an antibody, is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in any one of FIG. 4, 5, 7, 12 or 13 or a natural variant thereof but does not bind the polypeptide represented by any one of SEQ ID. No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or encoded by any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 and SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • By “antibody” we include not only whole immunoglobulin molecules but also fragments thereof such as Fab, F(ab′)2, Fv and other fragments thereof that retain the antigen-binding site. Similarly the term “antibody” includes genetically engineered derivatives of antibodies such as single chain Fv molecules (scFv) and domain antibodies (dAbs). The term also includes antibody-like molecules which may be produced using phage-display techniques or other random selection techniques for molecules which bind to ECSM1 or ECSM4.
  • The variable heavy (VH) and variable light (VL) domains of the antibody are involved in antigen recognition, a fact first recognised by early protease digestion experiments. Further confirmation was found by “humanisation” of rodent antibodies. Variable domains of rodent origin may be fused to constant domains of human origin such that the resultant antibody retains the antigenic specificity of the rodent parented antibody (Morrison et al (1984) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 6851-6855).
  • That antigenic specificity is conferred by variable domains and is independent of the constant domains is known from experiments involving the bacterial expression of antibody fragments, all containing one or more variable domains. These molecules include Fab-like molecules (setter et al (1988) Science 240, 1041); Fv molecules (Skerra et al (1988) Science 240, 1038); single-chain Fv (ScFv) molecules where the VH and VL partner domains are linked via a flexible oligopeptide (Bird et al (1988) Science 242, 423; Huston et al (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 5879) and single domain antibodies (dabs) comprising isolated V domains (Ward et al (1989) Nature 341, 544). A general review of the techniques involved in the synthesis of antibody fragments which retain their specific binding sites is to be found in Winter & Milstein (1991) Nature 349, 293-299.
  • By “ScFv molecules” we mean molecules wherein the VH and VL partner domains are linked via a flexible oligopeptide.
  • The advantages of using antibody fragments, rather than whole antibodies, are several-fold. The smaller size of the fragments may lead to improved pharmacological properties, such as better penetration to the target site. Effector functions of whole antibodies, such as complement binding, are removed. Fab, Fv, ScFv and dAb antibody fragments can all be expressed in and secreted from E. coli thus allowing the facile production of large amounts of the said fragments.
  • Whole antibodies, and F(ab′)2 fragments are “bivalent”. By “bivalent” we mean that the said antibodies and F(ab′)2 fragments have two antigen combining sites. In contrast, Fab, Fv, ScFv and dAb fragments are monovalent, having only one antigen combining site.
  • Although the antibody may be a polyclonal antibody, it is preferred if it is a monoclonal antibody. In some circumstance, particularly if the antibody is going to be administered repeatedly to a human patient, it is preferred if the monoclonal antibody is a human monoclonal antibody or a humanised monoclonal antibody.
  • Suitable monoclonal antibodies which are reactive as said may be prepared by known techniques, for example those disclosed in “Monoclonal Antibodies; A manual of techniques”, H Zola (CRC Press, 1988) and in “Monoclonal Hybridoma Antibodies: Techniques and Application”, SGR Hurrell (CRC Press, 1982). Polyclonal antibodies may be produced which are polyspecific or monospecific. It is preferred that they are monospecific.
  • Chimeric antibodies are discussed by Neuberger et al (1998, 8th International Biotechnology Symposium Part 2, 792-799).
  • Suitably prepared non-human antibodies can be “humanised” in known ways, for example by inserting the CDR regions of mouse antibodies into the framework of human antibodies.
  • The antibodies may be human antibodies in the sense that they have the amino acid sequence of human anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibodies but they may be prepared using methods known in the art that do not require immunisation of humans. For example, transgenic mice are available which contain, in essence, human immunoglobulin genes (see Vaughan et al (1998) Nature Biotechnol. 16, 535-539.
  • In an alternative embodiment, the moiety capable of selectively binding to a polypeptide is a peptide. The ECSM4/magic roundabout polypeptide shows homology with the Drosophila, mouse and human roundabout proteins, which are cell surface receptors for secreted Slit proteins (Li et al (1996) Cell 96:807-818). Any cognate ligand for ECSM4/magic roundabout which is capable of selectively binding the region of the polypeptide which is located extracellularly may be useful. The extracellular region of ECSM4 is likely to be located within residues 1-467 of the ECSM4 polypeptide sequence given in FIG. 12. It is believed that certain peptides may be cognate ligands for ECSM4. Such a peptide will be a suitable moiety for selectively binding ECSM4/magic roundabout. Peptides binding ECSM4 can be identified by means of a screen. A suitable method or screen for identifying peptides or other molecules which selectively bind ECSM4 may comprise contacting the ECSM4 polypeptide with a test peptide or other molecule under conditions where binding can occur, and then determining if the test molecule or peptide has bound ECSM4. Methods of detecting binding between two moieties are well known in the art of biochemistry. Preferably, the known technique of phage display is used to identify peptides or other ligand molecules which bind to ECSM4. An alternative method includes the yeast two hybrid system.
  • Peptides or other agents which selectively bind ECSM4 include those which modulate or block the function of ECSM4.
  • Suitable peptides may be synthesised as described in more detail below.
  • The further moiety may be any further moiety which confers on the compound a useful property with respect to the treatment or imaging or diagnosis of diseases or other conditions or states which involve undesirable neovasculature formation. Such diseases or other conditions or states are described in more detail below. In particular, the further moiety is one which is useful in killing or imaging neovasculature associated with the growth of a tumour. Preferably, the further moiety is one which is able to kill the endothelial cells to which the compound is targeted.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention the further moiety is directly or indirectly cytotoxic. In particular the further moiety is preferably directly or indirectly toxic to cells in neovasculature or cells which are in close proximity to and associated with neovasculature.
  • By “directly cytotoxic” we include the meaning that the moiety is one which on its own is cytotoxic. By “indirectly cytotoxic” we include the meaning that the moiety is one which, although is not itself cytotoxic, can induce cytotoxicity, for example by its action on a further molecule or by further action on it.
  • In one embodiment the cytotoxic moiety is a cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agent. Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents are well known in the art.
  • Cytotoxic chemotherapeutic agents, such as anticancer agents, include: alkylating agents including; nitrogen mustards such as mechlorethamine (HN2), cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan (L-sarcolysin) and chlorambucil; ethylenimines and methylmelamines such as hexamethylmelamine, thiotepa; alkyl sulphonates such as busulfan; nitrosoureas such as carmustine (BCNU), lomustine (CCNU), semustine (methyl-CCNU) and streptozocin (streptozotocin); and triazenes such as decarbazine (DTIC; dimethyltriazenoimidazole-carboxamide); Antimetabolites including folic acid analogues such as methotrexate (amethopterin); pyrimidine analogues such as fluorouracil (5-fluorouracil; 5-FU), floxuridine (fluorodeoxyuridine; FUdR) and cytarabine (cytosine arabinoside); and purine analogues and related inhibitors such as mercaptopurine (6-mercaptopurine; 6-MP), thioguanine (6-ioguanine; TG) and pentostatin (2′-deoxycoformycin). Natural Products including vinca alkaloids such as vinblastine (VLB) and vincristine; epipodophyllotoxins such as etoposide and teniposide; antibiotics such as dactinomycin (actinomycin D), daunorubicin (daunomycin; rubidomycin), doxorubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin (mithramycin) and mitomycin (mitomycin C); enzymes such as L-asparaginase; and biological response modifiers such as interferon alphenomes. Miscellaneous agents including platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin (cis-DDP) and carboplatin; anthracenedione such as mitoxantrone and anthracycline; substituted urea such as hydroxyurea; methyl hydrazine derivative such as procarbazine (N-methylhydrazine, MIH); and adrenocortical suppressant such as mitotane (o,p′-DDD) and aminoglutethimide; taxol and analogues/derivatives; and hormone agonists/antagonists such as flutamide and tamoxifen.
  • Various of these agents have previously been attached to antibodies and other target site-delivery agents, and so compounds of the invention comprising these agents may readily be made by the person skilled in the art. For example, carbodiimide conjugation (Bauminger & Wilchek (1980) Methods Enzymol. 70, 151-159; incorporated herein by reference) may be used to conjugate a variety of agents, including doxorubicin, to antibodies or peptides.
  • Carbodiimides comprise a group of compounds that have the general formula R—N═C═N—R′, where R′ and R′ can be aliphatic or aromatic, and are used for synthesis of peptide bonds. The preparative procedure is simple, relatively fast, and is carried out under mild conditions. Carbodiimide compounds attack carboxylic groups to change them into reactive sites for free amino groups.
  • The water soluble carbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (EDC) is particularly useful for conjugating a functional moiety to a binding moiety and may be used to conjugate doxorubicin to tumor homing peptides. The conjugation of doxorubicin and a binding moiety requires the presence of an amino group, which is provided by doxorubicin, and a carboxyl group, which is provided by the binding moiety such as an antibody or peptide.
  • In addition to using carbodiimides for the direct formation of peptide bonds, EDC also can be used to prepare active esters such as N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) ester. The NHS ester, which binds only to amino groups, then can be used to induce the formation of an amide bond with the single amino group of the doxorubicin. The use of EDC and NHS in combination is commonly used for conjugation in order to increase yield of conjugate formation (Bauminger & Wilchek, supra, 1980).
  • Other methods for conjugating a functional moiety to a binding moiety also can be used. For example, sodium periodate oxidation followed by reductive alkylation of appropriate reactants can be used, as can glutaraldehyde cross-linking. However, it is recognised that, regardless of which method of producing a conjugate of the invention is selected, a determination must be made that the binding moiety maintains its targeting ability and that the functional moiety maintains its relevant function.
  • In a further embodiment of the invention, the cytotoxic moiety is a cytotoxic peptide or polypeptide moiety by which we include any moiety which leads to cell death. Cytotoxic peptide and polypeptide moieties are well known in the art and include, for example, ricin, abrin, Pseudomonas exotoxin, tissue factor and the like. Methods for linking them to targeting moieties such as antibodies are also known in the art. The use of ricin as a cytotoxic agent is described in Burrows & Thorpe (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90, 8996-9000, incorporated herein by reference, and the use of tissue factor, which leads to localised blood clotting and infarction of a tumour, has been described by Ran et al (1998) Cancer Res. 58, 4646-4653 and Huang et al (1997) Science 275, 547-550. Tsai et al (1995) Dis. Colon Rectum 38, 1067-1074 describes the abrin A chain conjugated to a monoclonal antibody and is incorporated herein by reference. Other ribosome inactivating proteins are described as cytotoxic agents in WO 96/06641. Pseudomonas exotoxin may also be used as the cytotoxic polypeptide moiety (see, for example, Aiello et al (1995) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92, 10457-10461; incorporated herein by reference).
  • Certain cytokines, such as TNFα and IL-2, may also be useful as cytotoxic agents.
  • Certain radioactive atoms may also be cytotoxic if delivered in sufficient doses. Thus, the cytotoxic moiety may comprise a radioactive atom which, in use, delivers a sufficient quantity of radioactivity to the target site so as to be cytotoxic. Suitable radioactive atoms include phosphorus-32, iodine-125, iodine-131 indium-111, rhenium-186, rhenium-188 or yttrium-90, or any other isotope which emits enough energy to destroy neighbouring cells, organelles or nucleic acid. Preferably, the isotopes and density of radioactive atoms in the compound of the invention are such that a dose of more than 4000 cGy (preferably at least 6000, 8000 or 10000 cGy) is delivered to the target site and, preferably, to the cells at the target site and their organelles, particularly the nucleus.
  • The radioactive atom may be attached to the binding moiety in known ways. For example EDTA or another chelating agent may be attached to the binding moiety and used to attach 111In or 90Y. Tyrosine residues may be labelled with 125I or 131I.
  • The cytotoxic moiety may be a suitable indirectly cytotoxic polypeptide. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the indirectly cytotoxic polypeptide is a polypeptide which has enzymatic activity and can convert a relatively non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug. When the targeting moiety is an antibody this type of system is often referred to as ADEPT (Antibody-Directed Enzyme Prodrug Therapy). The system requires that the targeting moiety locates the enzymatic portion to the desired site in the body of the patient (ie the site expressing ECSM1 or ECSM4, such as new vascular tissue associated with a tumour) and after allowing time for the enzyme to localise at the site, administering a prodrug which is a substrate for the enzyme, the end product of the catalysis being a cytotoxic compound. The object of the approach is to maximise the concentration of drug at the desired site and to minimise the concentration of drug in normal tissues (see Senter, P. D. et al (1988) “Anti-tumor effects of antibody-alkaline phosphatase conjugates in combination with etoposide phosphate” Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 4842-4846; Bagshawe (1987) Br. J. Cancer 56, 531-2; and Bagshawe, K. D. et al (1988) “A cytotoxic agent can be generated selectively at cancer sites” Br. J. Cancer. 58, 700-703.)
  • Clearly, any ECSM1 or ECSM4 binding moiety may be used in place of an anti-ECSM1 or anti-ECSM4 antibody in this type of directed enzyme prodrug therapy system.
  • The enzyme and prodrug of the system using an ECSM1 or ECSM4 targeted enzyme as described herein may be any of those previously proposed. The cytotoxic substance may be any existing anti-cancer drug such as an alkylating agent; an agent which intercalates in DNA; an agent which inhibits any key enzymes such as dihydrofolate reductase, thymidine synthetase, ribonucleotide reductase, nucleoside kinases or topoisomerase; or an agent which effects cell death by interacting with any other cellular constituent. Etoposide is an example of a topoisomerase inhibitor.
  • Reported prodrug systems include: a phenol mustard prodrug activated by an E. coli β-glucuronidase (Wang et al, 1992 and Roffler et al, 1991); a doxorubicin prodrug activated by a human β-glucuronidase (Bosslet et al, 1994); further doxorubicin prodrugs activated by coffee bean a-galactosidase (Azoulay et al, 1995); daunorubicin prodrugs, activated by coffee bean α-D-galactosidase (Gesson et al, 1994); a 5-fluorouridine prodrug activated by an E. coli β-D-galactosidase (Abraham et al, 1994); and methotrexate prodrugs (eg methotrexate-alanine) activated by carboxypeptidase A (Kuefner et al, 1990, Vitols et al, 1992 and Vitols et al, 1995). These and others are included in the following table.
  • Enzyme Prodrug
    Carboxypeptidase G2 Derivatives of L-glutamic acid and benzoic
    acid mustards, aniline mustards, phenol
    mustards and phenylenediamine mustards;
    fluorinated derivatives of these
    Alkaline phosphatase Etoposide phosphate
    Mitomycin phosphate
    Beta-glucuronidase p-Hydroxyaniline mustard-glucuronide
    Epirubicin-glucuronide
    Penicillin-V-amidase Adriamycin-N phenoxyacetyl
    Penicillin-G-amidase N-(4′-hydroxyphenyl acetyl) palytoxin
    Doxorubicin and melphalan
    Beta-lactamase Nitrogen mustard-cephalosporin
    p-phenylenediamine; doxorubicin derivatives;
    vinblastine derivative-cephalosporin,
    cephalosporin mustard; a taxol derivative
    Beta-glucosidase Cyanophenylmethyl-beta-D-gluco-
    pyranosiduronic acid
    Nitroreductase 5-(Azaridin-1-yl-)-2,4-dinitrobenzamide
    Cytosine deaminase 5-Fluorocytosine
    Carboxypeptidase A Methotrexate-alanine

    (This table is adapted from Bagshawe (1995) Drug Dev. Res. 34, 220-230, from which full references for these various systems may be obtained; the taxol derivative is described in Rodrigues, M. L. et al (1995) Chemistry & Biology 2, 223).
  • Suitable enzymes for forming part of the enzymatic portion of the invention include: exopeptidases, such as carboxypeptidases G, G1 and G2 (for glutamylated mustard prodrugs), carboxypeptidases A and B (for MTX-based prodrugs) and aminopeptidases (for 2-α-aminocyl MTC prodrugs); endopeptidases, such as eg thrombolysin (for thrombin prodrugs); hydrolases, such as phosphatases (eg alkaline phosphatase) or sulphatases (eg aryl sulphatases) (for phosphylated or sulphated prodrugs); amidases, such as penicillin amidases and arylacyl amidase; lactamases, such as β-lactamases; glycosidases, such as β-glucuronidase (for β-glucuronomide anthracyclines), α-galactosidase (for amygdalin) and β-galactosidase (for β-galactose anthracycline); deaminases, such as cytosine deaminase (for 5FC); kinases, such as urokinase and thymidine kinase (for gancyclovir); reductases, such as nitroreductase (for CB1954 and analogues), azoreductase (for azobenzene mustards) and DT-diaphorase (for CB1954); oxidases, such as glucose oxidase (for glucose), xanthine oxidase (for xanthine) and lactoperoxidase; DL-racemases, catalytic antibodies and cyclodextrins.
  • The prodrug is relatively non-toxic compared to the cytotoxic drug. Typically, it has less than 10% of the toxicity, preferably less than 1% of the toxicity as measured in a suitable in vitro cytotoxicity test.
  • It is likely that the moiety which is able to convert a prodrug to a cytotoxic drug will be active in isolation from the rest of the compound but it is necessary only for it to be active when (a) it is in combination with the rest of the compound and (b) the compound is attached to, adjacent to or internalised in target cells.
  • When each moiety of the compound is a polypeptide, the two portions may be linked together by any of the conventional ways of cross-linking polypeptides, such as those generally described in O'Sullivan et al (1979) Anal. Biochem. 100, 100-108. For example, the ECSM1 or ECSM4 binding moiety may be enriched with thiol groups and the further moiety reacted with a bifunctional agent capable of reacting with those thiol groups, for example the N-hydroxysuccinimide ester of iodoacetic acid (NHIA) or N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio)propionate (SPDP). Amide and thioether bonds, for example achieved with m-maleimidobenzoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, are generally more stable in vivo than disulphide bonds.
  • Alternatively, the compound may be produced as a fusion compound by recombinant DNA techniques whereby a length of DNA comprises respective regions encoding the two moieties of the compound of the invention either adjacent one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide which does not destroy the desired properties of the compound. Conceivably, the two portions of the compound may overlap wholly or partly.
  • The DNA is then expressed in a suitable host to produce a polypeptide comprising the compound of the invention.
  • The invention also provides a kit of parts (or a therapeutic system) comprising (1) a compound of the invention wherein the further moiety which is able to convert a relatively non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug and (2) a relatively non-toxic prodrug. The kit of parts may comprise any of the compounds of the invention and appropriate prodrugs as herein disclosed.
  • The invention also provides a kit of parts (or a therapeutic system) comprising (1) a compound of the invention wherein the further moiety is able to bind selectively to a directly or indirectly cytotoxic moiety or to a readily detectable moiety and (2) any one of a directly or indirectly cytotoxic or a readily detectable moiety to which the further moiety of the compound is able to bind.
  • The cytotoxic moiety may be a radiosensitizer. Radiosensitizers include fluoropyrimidines, thymidine analogues, hydroxyurea, gemcitabine, fludarabine, nicotinamide, halogenated pyrimidines, 3-aminobenzamide, 3-aminobenzodiamide, etanixadole, pimonidazole and misonidazole (see, for example, McGinn et al (1996) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 88, 1193-11203; Shewach & Lawrence (1996) Invest. New Drugs 14, 257-263; Horsman (1995) Acta Oncol. 34, 571-587; Shenoy & Singh (1992) Clin. Invest. 10, 533-551; Mitchell et al (1989) Int. J. Radiat. Biol 56, 827-836; Iliakis & Kurtzman (1989) Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 16, 1235-1241; Brown (1989) Int. J. Radial. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 16, 987-993; Brown (1985) Cancer 55, 2222-2228).
  • Also, delivery of genes into cells can radiosensitise them, for example delivery of the p53 gene or cyclin D (Lang et al (1998) J. Neurosurg. 89, 125-132; Coco Martin et al (1999) Cancer Res. 59, 1134-1140).
  • The further moiety may be one which becomes cytotoxic, or releases a cytotoxic moiety, upon irradiation. For example, the boron-10 isotope, when appropriately irradiated, releases α particles which are cytotoxic (see for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,348,376 to Goldenberg; Primus et al (1996) Bioconjug. Chem. 7, 532-535).
  • Similarly, the cytotoxic moiety may be one which is useful in photodynamic therapy such as photofrin (see, for example, Dougherty et al (1998) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 90, 889-905).
  • The further moiety may comprise a nucleic acid molecule which is directly or indirectly cytotoxic. For example, the nucleic acid molecule may be an antisense oligonucleotide which, upon localisation at the target site is able to enter cells and lead to their death. The oligonucleotide, therefore, may be one which prevents expression of an essential gene, or one which leads to a change in gene expression which causes apoptosis.
  • Examples of suitable oligonucleotides include those directed at bcl-2 (Ziegler et al (1997) J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 89, 1027-1036), and DNA polymerase a and topoisomerase IIα (Lee et al (1996) Anticancer Res. 16, 1805-1811.
  • Peptide nucleic acids may be useful in place of conventional nucleic acids (see Knudsen & Nielsen (1997) Anticancer Drugs 8, 113-118).
  • In a further embodiment, the binding moiety may be comprised in a delivery vehicle for delivering nucleic acid to the target. The delivery vehicle may be any suitable delivery vehicle. It may, for example, be a liposome containing nucleic acid, or it may be a virus or virus-like particle which is able to deliver nucleic acid. In these cases, the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is typically present on the surface of the delivery vehicle. For example, the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4, such as a suitable antibody fragment, may be present in the outer surface of a liposome and the nucleic acid to be delivered may be present in the interior of the liposome. As another example, a viral vector, such as a retroviral or adenoviral vector, is engineered so that the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is attached to or located in the surface of the viral particle thus enabling the viral particle to be targeted to the desired site. Targeted delivery systems are also known such as the modified adenovirus system described in WO 94/10323 wherein, typically, the DNA is carried within the adenovirus, or adenovirus-like, particle. Michael et al (1995) Gene Therapy 2, 660-668 describes modification of adenovirus to add a cell-selective moiety into a fibre protein. Targeted retroviruses are also available for use in the invention; for example, sequences conferring specific binding affinities may be engineered into preexisting viral env genes (see Miller & Vile (1995) Faseb J. 9, 190-199 for a review of this and other targeted vectors for gene therapy).
  • Immunoliposomes (antibody-directed liposomes) may be used in which the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 is an antibody. For the preparation of immuno-liposomes MPB-PE (N-[4 maleimidophenyl)butyryl]-phosphatidylethanolamine) is synthesised according to the method of Martin & Papahadjopoulos (1982) J. Biol. Chem. 257, 286-288. MPB-PE is incorporated into the liposomal bilayers to allow a covalent coupling of the anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibody, or fragment thereof, to the liposomal surface. The liposome is conveniently loaded with the DNA or other genetic construct for delivery to the target cells, for example, by forming the said liposomes in a solution of the DNA or other genetic construct, followed by sequential extrusion through polycarbonate membrane filters with 0.6 μm and 0.2 μm pore size under nitrogen pressures up to 0.8 MPa. After extrusion, entrapped DNA construct is separated from free DNA construct by ultracentrifugation at 80 000×g for 45 min. Freshly prepared MPB-PE-liposomes in deoxygenated buffer are mixed with freshly prepared antibody (or fragment thereof) and the coupling reactions are carried out in a nitrogen atmosphere at 4° C. under constant end over end rotation overnight. The immunoliposomes are separated from unconjugated antibodies by ultracentrifugation at 80 000×g for 45 min. Immunoliposomes may be injected intraperitoneally or directly into the tumour.
  • The nucleic acid delivered to the target site may be any suitable DNA which leads, directly or indirectly, to cytotoxicity. For example, the nucleic acid may encode a ribozyme which is cytotoxic to the cell, or it may encode an enzyme which is able to convert a substantially non-toxic prodrug into a cytotoxic drug (this latter system is sometime called GDEPT: Gene Directed Enzyme Prodrug Therapy).
  • Ribozymes which may be encoded in the nucleic acid to be delivered to the target are described in Cech and Herschlag “Site-specific cleavage of single stranded DNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,180,818; Altman et al “Cleavage of targeted RNA by RNAse P” U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,053, Cantin et al “Ribozyme cleavage of HIV-1 RNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,149,796; Cech et al “RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742; Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246; and Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods; cleaves single-stranded RNA at specific site by transesterification”, U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071, all incorporated herein by reference. Suitable targets for ribozymes include transcription factors such as c-fos and c-myc, and bcl-2. Durai et al (1997) Anticancer Res. 17, 3307-3312 describes a hammerhead ribozyme against bcl-2.
  • EP 0 415 731 describes the GDEPT system. Similar considerations concerning the choice of enzyme and prodrug apply to the GDEPT system as to the ADEPT system described above.
  • The nucleic acid delivered to the target site may encode a directly cytotoxic polypeptide.
  • Alternatively, the further portion may comprise a polypeptide or a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide which is not either directly or indirectly cytotoxic but is of therapeutic benefit. Examples of such polypeptides include anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokines which could be of benefit in artheroselerosis, and anti-proliferative, immunomodulatory or factors influencing blood clotting may be of benefit in treating cancer.
  • The further moiety may usefully be an inhibitor of angiogenesis such as the peptides angiostatin or endostatin. The further moiety may also usefully be an enzyme which converts a precursor polypeptide to angiostatin or endostatin. Human matrix metallo-proteases such as macrophage elastase, gelatinase and stromolysin convert plasminogen to angiostatin (Cornelius et al (1998) J. Immunol. 161, 6845-6852). Plasminogen is a precursor of angiostatin.
  • In a further embodiment of the invention, the further moiety comprised in the compound of the invention is a readily detectable moiety.
  • By a “readily detectable moiety” we include the meaning that the moiety is one which, when located at the target site following administration of the compound of the invention into a patient, may be detected, typically non-invasively from outside the body and the site of the target located. Thus, the compounds of this embodiment of the invention are useful in imaging and diagnosis.
  • Typically, the readily detectable moiety is or comprises a radioactive atom which is useful in imaging. Suitable radioactive atoms include technetium-99m or iodine-123 for scintigraphic studies. Other readily detectable moieties include, for example, spin labels for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) such as iodine-123 again, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron. Clearly, the compound of the invention must have sufficient of the appropriate atomic isotopes in order for the molecule to be readily detectable.
  • The radio- or other labels may be incorporated in the compound of the invention in known ways. For example, if the binding moiety is a polypeptide it may be biosynthesised or may be synthesised by chemical amino acid synthesis using suitable amino acid precursors involving, for example, fluorine-19 in place of hydrogen. Labels such as 99mTc, 123I, 186Rh, 188Rh and 111In can, for example, be attached via cysteine residues in the binding moiety. Yttrium-90 can be attached via a lysine residue. The IODOGEN method (Fraker er al (1978) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 80, 49-57) can be used to incorporate iodine-123. Reference (“Monoclonal Antibodies in Immunoscintigraphy”, J-F Chatal, CRC Press, 1989) describes other methods in detail.
  • In a further preferred embodiment of the invention the further moiety is able to bind selectively to a directly or indirectly cytotoxic moiety or to a readily detectable moiety. Thus, in this embodiment, the further moiety may be any moiety which binds to a further compound or component which is cytotoxic or readily detectable.
  • The further moiety may, therefore be an antibody which selectively binds to the further compound or component, or it may be some other binding moiety such as streptavidin or biotin or the like. The following examples illustrate the types of molecules that are included in the invention; other such molecules are readily apparent from the teachings herein.
  • A bispecific antibody wherein one binding site comprises the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 and the second binding site comprises a moiety which binds to, for example, an enzyme which is able to convert a substantially non-toxic prodrug to a cytotoxic drug.
  • A compound, such as an antibody which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4, to which is bound biotin. Avidin or streptavidin which has been labelled with a readily detectable label may be used in conjunction with the biotin labelled antibody in a two-phase imaging system wherein the biotin labelled antibody is first localised to the target site in the patient, and then the labelled avidin or streptavidin is administered to the patient. Bispecific antibodies and biotin/streptavidin (avidin) systems are reviewed by Rosebrough (1996) Q J Nucl. Med. 40, 234-251.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the moiety which selectively binds to ECSM1 or ECSM4 and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused.
  • The compounds of the first and second aspects of the invention are useful in treating, imaging or diagnosing disease, particularly diseases in which there may be undesirable neovasculature formation, as described in more detail below.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the first and second aspects of the invention, the compounds are suitable for use in medicine.
  • A third aspect of the invention provides a nucleic acid molecule encoding a compound of either the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the selective binding moiety and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused.
  • Methods of linking polynucleotides are described in more detail below.
  • A fourth aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compound of the invention includes those described in the first, second and third aspects. The invention also includes pharmaceutical composition comprising any of an antibody, polypeptide, peptide, polynucleotide, expression vector or other agent which may be delivered to an individual as described below and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • By “pharmaceutically acceptable” is included that the formulation is sterile and pyrogen free. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers are well known in the art of pharmacy.
  • The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the compound of the invention and not deleterious to the recipients thereof. Typically, the carriers will be water or saline which will be sterile and pyrogen free; however, other acceptable carriers may be used.
  • Typically the pharmaceutical compositions or formulations of the invention are for parenteral administration, more particularly for intravenous administration.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • A fifth aspect of the invention provides a method of imaging vascular endothelium in the body of an individual the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety.
  • Typically the vascular endothelium is associated with angiogenesis.
  • As discussed above in relation to the first and second aspects of the invention, the moiety of the compound which selectively binds ECSM4 or ECSM1 may be an antibody. Preferred antibodies are as outlined above.
  • In a preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention, the method of imaging the vascular endothelium in an individual comprises the further step of detecting the location of the compound in the individual.
  • Detecting the compound or antibody can be achieved using methods well known in the art of clinical imaging and diagnostics. The specific method required will depend on the type of detectable label attached to the compound or antibody. For example, radioactive atoms may be detected using autoradiography or in some cases by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) as described above.
  • Imaging the vascular endothelium in the body is useful because it can provide information about the health of the body. It is particularly useful when the vascular endothelium is diseased, or is proliferating due to a cancerous growth.
  • Imaging cancer in a patient is especially useful, because it can be used to determine the size of a tumour and whether it is responding to treatment. Since metastatic disease involves new blood vessel formation, the method is useful in assessing whether metastasis has occurred.
  • Hence, in a preferred embodiment of the fifth aspect of the invention, the vascular endothelium is neovasculature, such as that produced in cancer.
  • A sixth aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing or prognosing in an individual a condition which involves the vascular endothelium the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety.
  • The condition may be one which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium, such as cancer, artherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, psoriasis, endometriosis, menorrhagia, haemangiomas and venous malformations.
  • As discussed in relation to the first and second aspects of the invention, the compound may comprise an antibody. The antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required. Preferred antibodies which bind the polypeptide ECSM4 are as outlined above.
  • The method may be one which is an aid to diagnosis.
  • In a preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention, the method of diagnosing, or aiding diagnosis of, a condition involving the vascular endothelium in an individual comprises the further step of detecting the location of the compound in the individual. Preferably the endothelium is in neovasculature; ie, angiogenic vasculature.
  • The function of ECSM4 or ECSM1 may not be to promote proliferation of vascular endothelial cells. Therefore the level of expression of these polypeptides within an endothelial cell may not be informative about the health of the vascular endothelium. However, the location of expression of the polypeptides may be informative, as they represent the growth of blood vessels. Abnormal cell proliferation such as cancer may be diagnosed by the detection of new vasculature.
  • A seventh aspect of the invention provides a method of treating an individual in need of treatment, the method comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound according to the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a cytotoxic or therapeutic moiety.
  • In one embodiment of this aspect, the patient in need of treatment has a proliferative disease or a condition involving the vascular endothelium.
  • A number of diseases and conditions involve undesirable neovasculature formation. Neovasculature formation is associated with cancer, psoriasis, atherosclerosis, menorrhagia, arthritis (both inflammatory and rheumatoid), macular degeneration, Paget's disease, retinopathy and its vascular complications (including proliferative and of prematurity, and diabetic), benign vascular proliferations and fibroses.
  • By cancer is included Kaposi's sarcoma, leukaemia, lymphoma, myeloma, solid carcinomas (both primary and secondary (metastasis), vascular tumours including haemangioma (both capillary and juvenile (infantile)), haemangiomatosis and haemagioblastoma.
  • Thus, the invention comprises a method of treating a patient who has a disease in which angiogenesis contributes to pathology the method comprising the step of administering to the patient an effective amount of a compound of the first or second aspect of the invention wherein the further moiety of the compound is one which either directly or indirectly is of therapeutic benefit to the patient.
  • Typically, the disease is associated with undesirable neovasculature formation and the treatment reduces this to a useful extent.
  • The tumours that may be treated by the methods of the invention include any tumours which are associated with new blood vessel production.
  • The term “tumour” is to be understood as referring to all forms of neoplastic cell growth, including tumours of the lung, liver, blood cells, skin, pancreas, stomach, colon, prostate, uterus, breast, lymph glands and bladder. Solid tumours are especially suitable. However, blood cancers, including leukaemias and lymphomas are now also believed to involve new blood vessel formation and may be treated by the methods of the invention.
  • Typically in the above-mentioned methods of treatment, the further moiety is one which destroys or slows or reverses the growth of the neovasculature.
  • It will readily be appreciated that, depending on the particular compound used in imaging, diagnosis or treatment, the timing of administration may vary and the number of other components used in therapeutic systems disclosed herein may vary.
  • For example, in the case where the compound of the invention comprises a readily detectable moiety or a directly cytotoxic moiety, it may be that only the compound, in a suitable formulation, is administered to the patient. Of course, other agents such as immunosuppressive agents and the like may be administered.
  • In respect of compounds which are detectably labelled, imaging takes place once the compound has localised at the target site.
  • However, if the compound is one which requires a further component in order to be useful for treatment, imaging or diagnosis, the compound of the invention may be administered and allowed to localise at the target site, and then the further component administered at a suitable time thereafter.
  • For example, in respect of the ADEPT and ADEPT-like systems above, the binding moiety-enzyme moiety compound is administered and localises to the target site. Once this is done, the prodrug is administered.
  • Similarly, for example, in respect of the compounds wherein the further moiety comprised in the compound is one which binds a further component, the compound may be administered first and allowed to localise at the target site, and subsequently the further component is administered.
  • Thus, in one embodiment a biotin-labelled anti-ECSM1 or -ECSM4 antibody is administered to the patient and, after a suitable period of time, detectably labelled streptavidin is administered. Once the streptavidin has localised to the sites where the antibody has localised (ie the target sites) imaging takes place.
  • Where the compound whose moiety which selectively binds is an antibody, the antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required. Preferred antibodies are as outlined in the first and second aspects of the invention.
  • It is believed that the compounds of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable moiety may be useful in determining the angiogenic status of tumours or other disease states in which angiogenesis contributes to pathology. This may be an important factor influencing the nature and outcome of future therapy.
  • An eighth aspect of the invention provides a method of introducing genetic material selectively into vascular endothelial cells the method comprising contacting the cells with a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention as described above wherein the further moiety is a nucleic acid.
  • The vascular endothelial cells may be any vascular endothelial cells such as those in tissue culture or in a living organism. It is preferred if the cells are in a living organism. It is further preferred if the organism is a human. It is still more preferred if the vascular endothelial cells are those in neovasculature, ie they are angiogenic endothelial cells.
  • Preferably, the binding moiety is an antibody. The antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required. Preferably, the antibody is one as defined above in relation to the first or second aspects of the invention. Typically, the binding moiety is comprised in a delivery vehicle and preferably, the delivery vehicle is a liposome, as described in further detail above. In this embodiment, the further moiety is nucleic acid and is comprised within the liposome, also as described above. Typically, the method is used in gene therapy, and the genetic material is therapeutically useful. Therapeutically useful genetic material includes that which encodes a therapeutic protein.
  • A ninth aspect of the invention provides a use of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a readily detectable label in the manufacture of a diagnostic or prognostic agent for a condition which involves the vascular endothelium.
  • As discussed above, the compound may comprise an antibody as the moiety which selectively binds. The antibody may be any antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • A tenth aspect of the invention provides a use of a compound according to either of the first or second aspects of the invention wherein the further moiety is a cytotoxic or therapeutic moiety in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a condition involving the vascular endothelium.
  • Conditions which involve the vascular endothelium are described above.
  • As described above, the compound may comprise an antibody as the moiety which selectively binds. The antibody may be any suitable antibody which selectively binds the polypeptide ECSM1 or ECSM4 as required.
  • An eleventh aspect of the invention provides a polypeptide comprising or consisting of a fragment or variant or fusion of the ECSM4 polypeptide or a fusion of said fragment or variant provided that it is not a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence given between residues 49 and 466 of FIG. 4.
  • The ECSM4 polypeptide includes a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 or the polypeptide encoded by the nucleotide sequence of either FIG. 4 between positions 1 and 1395 or FIG. 5 between positions 2 and 948 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 is that of the ECSM4 polypeptide. Preferably, the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention comprises but does not consist of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4.
  • Preferably, the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention does not consist of any of the amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or any of the amino acid sequences encoded by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • A twelfth aspect of the invention provides a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant or fusion thereof or a fusion of said fragment or variant.
  • The ECSM1 polypeptide includes a polypeptide comprising or consisting of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 2. Preferably, the ECSM1 polypeptide or fragment is not a polypeptide whose sequence is given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423 or which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • The invention includes peptides which are derived from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptides. These peptides may be considered “fragments” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptides but may be produced by de novo synthesis or by fragmentation of the polypeptide.
  • “Fragments” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide include polypeptides which comprise at least five consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide. Preferably, a fragment of the polypeptide comprises an amino acid sequence which is useful, for example, a fragment which retains activity of the polypeptide, or a fragment for use in a binding assay or is useful as a peptide for producing an antibody which is specific for the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide. An activity of the ECSM4 polypeptide may be in endothelial cell repulsive guidance. Repulsive guidance may be tested in vivo by constructing appropriate transgenic or knock-out animal models, for example mice or zebrafish. It may also be tested in vivo on cell migration assays such as Boyden chamber or video microscopy. Typically, the fragments have at least 8 consecutive amino acids, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 12 or 15 or 20 or 30 or 40 or 50 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide. Preferably, fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide comprise but do not consist of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13. Preferably, fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide comprise but do not consist of any of the amino acid sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or any of the amino acid sequences encoded by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • Typically, the fragments of ECSM4 polypeptide are ones which have portions of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 12.
  • Typically, the fragments of ECSM1 polypeptide are ones which have portions of the amino acid sequence shown in FIG. 2.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the thirteenth aspect of the invention, a fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide is a fragment which has the sequence LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA, KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT, WLADTW, WLADTWRSTSGSRD, SPPTTYGYIS, GSLANGWGSASEDNAASARASLVSSSDGSFLAD or FARALAVAVD or has a sequence of at least 5 or 8 or 10 residues of any of these sequences. These peptides correspond to amino acids 165-181, 274-288, 311-320, 336-351, 8-13, 8-21, 307-316, 355-387 and 390-399 respectively of the human ECSM4 polypeptide shown in FIG. 4. Peptides WLADTW, WLADTWRSTSGSRD, SPPTTYGYIS, GSLANGWGSASEDNAASARASLVSSSDGSFLAD and FARALAVAVD represent conserved regions between the mouse and human homologues of the ECSM4 polypeptide, and between the ECSM4 polypeptide and the mouse dutt1 protein. The peptides LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA and KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT may be useful in raising antibodies.
  • Preferred peptides are peptides of at least 5 or 8 or 10 or 12 or 15 or 20 consecutive amino acid residues from these conserved sequences. Peptides of ECSM4 which affect cell migration and/or growth and/or vascular development are particularly preferred. They can be identified in suitable screening systems.
  • In a further preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention, a fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide is a fragment which has the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP or has a sequence of at least 5 or 8 or 10 residues of any of these sequences. These peptides correspond to regions of the human ECSM4 polypeptide (located at residues 4-16, 91-109, 227-236, 288-300 and 444-455 respectively in the sequence given in FIG. 12) which are not, or are poorly, conserved in the mouse homologue (see FIG. 14). As described below, such peptides may be particularly useful in raising antibodies to the human ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • According to the transmembrane domain predicting software program called PRED-TMR (available at the internet site http://www.biophys.biol.uoa.gr) and an amino acid sequence alignment with the human protein Robo1 (whose transmembrane region is known), residues 1-467 as shown in FIG. 12 are likely to be extracellular, and in addition to being extracellularly exposed, may include the binding site of the natural ligand. Hence fragments of ECSM4 which include or consist of a sequence within the extracellular domain of residues 1-467 of FIG. 12 may represent useful fragments for raising antibodies selective for cells expressing ECSM4 on their surface and which may also be useful in modulating the activity of the polypeptide ECSM4.
  • Hence, preferred fragments of the ECSM4 polypeptide are those fragments of the polypeptide sequence of FIG. 12 which comprise at least 1, 3 or 5, amino acid residues which are not conserved when compared to the mouse ECSM4 (as shown in FIG. 13). More preferably at least 7, 9, 11 or 13 amino acid residues in the fragment are not conserved between human ECSM4 and mouse ECSM4, and still more preferably at least 15, 17, 19 or 21 residues of the fragment are not conserved between human ECSM4 and mouse ECSM4. The sequence of such fragments may be determined from the alignment of the human and mouse amino acid sequences shown in FIG. 14.
  • It will be appreciated that fragments of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention are particularly useful when fused to other polypeptides, such as glutathione-S-transferase (GST), green fluorescent protein (GFP), vesicular stomatitis virus glycoprotein (VSVG) or keyhole limpet haemacyanin (KLH). Fusions of the polypeptide, or fusions of fragments or variants of the polypeptide of the invention are included in the scope of the invention.
  • Other useful fragments of ECSM4 are those which are able to bind a ligand selective for ECSM4. Suitable methods for identification of ligands such as peptides or other molecules which bind ECSM4 is discussed in more detail above. Such peptides or other ECSM4-binding molecules can be used to identify the amino acid sequences present in ECSM4 which are responsible for ligand binding. Identification of those fragments of ECSM4 which, when isolated from the rest of the molecule, are still able to bind a ligand of ECSM4 can be achieved by means of a screen. Typically, such a screen will comprise contacting a ligand of ECSM4 with a test fragment of the ECSM4 polypeptide and determining if the test fragment binds the ligand. Fragments of ECSM4 are within the scope of the invention, and may be particularly useful in medicine. A fragment of ECSM4 which binds the natural ECSM4 ligand may neutralise the effect of the ligand and thereby affect endothelial cell migration, growth and/or vascular development. Hence, administration of fragments of ECSM4 may be useful in the treatment of diseases or conditions where endothelial cell migration, growth and/or vascular development need to be modulated. Examples of such diseases include cancer and artherosclerosis.
  • A “fusion” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant thereof provides a molecule comprising a polypeptide of the invention and a further portion. It is preferred that the said further portion confers a desirable feature on the said molecule; for example, the portion may useful in detecting or isolating the molecule, or promoting cellular uptake of the molecule. The portion may be, for example, a biotin moiety, a radioactive moiety, a fluorescent moiety, for example a small fluorophore or a green fluorescent protein (GFP) fluorophore, as well known to those skilled in the art. The moiety may be an immunogenic tag, for example a Myc tag, as known to those skilled in the art or may be a lipophilic molecule or polypeptide domain that is capable of promoting cellular uptake of the molecule or the interacting polypeptide, as known to those skilled in the art.
  • A “variant” of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide includes natural variants, including allelic variants and naturally-occurring mutant forms and variants with insertions, deletions and substitutions, either conservative or non-conservative, where such changes do not substantially alter the activity of the said polypeptide. In the case of the ECSM4 polypeptide, as an endothelial specific homologue of the human roundabout 1 it may well be involved in endothelial cell repulsive guidance. In addition, polypeptides which are elongated as a result of an insertion or which are truncated due to deletion of a region are included in the scope of the invention. For example, deletion of cytoplasmically-located regions may be useful in creation of “dominant negative” or “dominant positive” forms of the polypeptide. Similarly, deletion of a transmembrane region of the polypeptide may produce such forms.
  • By “conservative substitution” is intended combinations such as Gly, Ala; Val, Ile, Leu; Asp, Glu; Asn, Gln; Ser, Thr; Lys, Arg; and Phe, Tyr.
  • By “non-conservative substitution” we include other substitutions, such as those where the substituted residue mimics a particular modification of the replaced residue, for example a phosphorylated tyrosine or serine may be replaced by aspartate or glutamate due to the similarity of the aspartate or glutamate side chain to a phosphorylated residue (ie they carry a negative charge at neutral pH).
  • Further non-conservative substitutions which are included in the term “variants” are point mutations which alter one, sometimes two, and usually no more than three amino acids. Such mutations are well known in the art of biochemistry and are usually designed to insert or remove a defined characteristic of the polypeptide. Another type of non-conservative mutation is the alteration or addition of a residue to a cysteine or lysine residue which can then be used with maleimide or succinimide cross-linking reagents to covalently conjugate the polypeptide to another moiety. Non-glycosylated proteins may be mutated to convert an asparagine to the recognition motif N-X-S/T for N-linked glycosylation. Such a modification may be useful to create a tag for purification of the polypeptide using Concanavalin A-linked beads.
  • Such variants may be made using the methods of protein engineering and site-directed mutagenesis well known in the art.
  • Variants of the ECSM4 polypeptide include polypeptides comprising a sequence with at least 65% identity to the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13, preferably at least 70% or 80% or 85% or 90% identity to said sequence, and more preferably at least 95% or 98% identity to said amino acid sequence.
  • Variants of the ECSM1 polypeptide include polypeptides comprising a sequence with at least 65% identity to the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 2, preferably at least 70% or 80% or 85% or 90% identity to said sequence, and more preferably at least 95% or 98% identity to said amino acid sequence.
  • Percent identity can be determined by, for example, the LALIGN program (Huang and Miller, Adv. Appl. Math. (1991) 12:337-357) at the Expasy facility site (http://www.ch.embnet.org/software/LALIGN_form.html) using as parameters the global alignment option, scoring matrix BLOSUM62, opening gap penalty −14, extending gap penalty −4.
  • A thirteenth aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide encoding the ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention, or the complement thereof or a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to either of these which polynucleotide is not any one of the clones corresponding to GenBank Accession No AK000805 or the ESTs whose GenBank Accession Nos are given in Table 11 or Table 12.
  • GenBank Accession No AK000805 corresponds to a cDNA sequence cloned in the vector pME18SFL3. ESTs listed in Table 11 represent nucleotide sequences which can be assembled into the contig sequence shown in FIG. 5. ESTs listed in Table 12 represent nucleotide sequences which can be assembled into the mouse nucleotide cluster sequence (Mm.27782) given in FIG. 7.
  • Preferably, the polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention does not consist of any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ D No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293, or their complement.
  • Also preferably, the polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention is not a polynucleotide which encodes a polypeptide consisting of the amino acid sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293
  • Polynucleotides of the thirteenth aspect of the invention are described in more detail below.
  • A fourteenth aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide encoding the ECSM1 polypeptide or the complement thereof or a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to either of these, according to the twelfth aspect of the invention provided that the polynucleotide is not one present in ATCC deposit No 209145 or the clone corresponding to GenBank Accession No AC011526 or the ESTs whose GenBank Accession Nos are given in Table 10.
  • By “encoding a polypeptide according to the twelfth aspect of the invention” we mean that the polynucleotide is one which encodes an ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention and is not one which encodes a polypeptide whose sequence is given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423 or which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 or by the nucleic acid included in the microbiological deposit corresponding to American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) No. 209145 made on 17 Jul. 1997.
  • ATCC deposit No 209145 comprises a pSport1 vector which includes a 765 base nucleotide sequence.
  • The polynucleotide sequence given in SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 is similar to the nucleotide sequence shown in FIG. 2. The sequence of SEQ ID No 32 given in WO 99/06423 may be capable of encoding part of the ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention. Due to degeneracy of the genetic code however, a polynucleotide sequence may encode the ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention without having a nucleotide sequence as given in WO 99/06423. In a similar manner, a polynucleotide sequence may encode the (full length) ECSM4 polypeptide of the invention without having the same sequence as that given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 12. Such polynucleotides are within the scope of this invention.
  • Hence, it will be appreciated that a polynucleotide of the thirteenth aspect of the invention is preferably not one whose nucleotide sequence is given in FIG. 4, and that a polynucleotide of the fourteenth aspect of the invention is preferably not a polynucleotide which is disclosed in WO 99/06423, such as SEQ ID No 32 disclosed therein or its complement or variants or the corresponding cDNA sequence deposited under Accession No 209145 at the ATCC or a polynucleotide fragment capable of encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in SEQ ID No 120 of WO 99/06423.
  • A polynucleotide of the thirteenth or fourteenth aspects of the invention may encode a variant of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide as described above. In addition, the insertions and/or deletions within the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide may lead to frameshift mutations which may encode truncated (or elongated) polypeptide products, and insertions, deletions or other mutations may lead to the introduction of stop codons which encode truncate polypeptide products.
  • The polynucleotide of the invention may be DNA or RNA. It is preferred if it is DNA.
  • The polynucleotide may or may not contain introns. It is preferred if it does not contain introns.
  • The polynucleotide may be single stranded or double stranded or a mixture of either.
  • The polynucleotide of the invention has at least 10 nucleotides, and preferably at least 15 nucleotides and more preferably at least 30 nucleotides. In a further preference, the polynucleotide is more than 50 nucleotides, more preferably at least 100 nucleotides, and still more preferably the polynucleotide is at least 500 nucleotides. The polynucleotide may be more than 1 kb, and may comprise more than 5 kb.
  • The invention also includes a polynucleotide which is able to selectively hybridise to a polynucleotide which encodes the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or variant or fusion thereof, or a fusion of said variant or fragment. Preferably, said polynucleotide is at least 10 nucleotides, more preferably at least 15 nucleotides and still more preferably at least 30 nucleotides in length. The said polynucleotide may be longer than 100 nucleotides and may be longer than 200 nucleotides, but preferably the said polynucleotide is not longer than 250 nucleotides. Such polynucleotides are useful in procedures as a detection tool to demonstrate the presence of the polynucleotide in a sample. Such a sample may be a sample of DNA, such as a bacterial colony, fixed on a membrane or filter.
  • Preferably, the polynucleotide which is capable of selectively hybridising as said is not any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00 53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • By “selectively hybridise” we mean that the polynucleotide hybridises under conditions of high stringency. DNA-DNA, DNA-RNA and RNA-RNA hybridisation may be performed in aqueous solution containing between 0.1×SSC and 6×SSC and at temperatures of between 55° C. and 70° C. It is well known in the art that the higher the temperature or the lower the SSC concentration the more stringent the hybridisation conditions. By “high stringency” we mean 2×SSC and 65° C. 1×SSC is 0.15M NaCl/0.015M sodium citrate. Polynucleotides which hybridise at high stringency are included within the scope of the claimed invention.
  • In another embodiment, the polynucleotide can be used as a primer in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and in this capacity a polynucleotide of between 15 and 30 nucleotides is preferred. A polynucleotide of between 20 and 100 nucleotides is preferred when the fragment is to be used as a mutagenic PCR primer. It is particularly preferred if the PCR primer (when not being used to mutate a nucleic acid) contains about 15 to 30 contiguous nucleotides (ie perfect matches) from the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 or FIG. 13 from the nucleotide sequence given in FIG. 2. Clearly, if the PCR primers are used for mutagenesis, differences compared to the sequence will be present.
  • Primers which are suitable for use in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR; Saiki et al (1988) Science 239, 487-491) are preferred. Suitable PCR primers may have the following properties:
  • It is well known that the sequence at the 5′ end of the oligonucleotide need not match the target sequence to be amplified.
  • It is usual that the PCR primers do not contain any complementary structures with each other longer than 2 bases, especially at their 3′ ends, as this feature may promote the formation of an artifactual product called “primer dimer”. When the 3′ ends of the two primers hybridize, they form a “primed template” complex, and primer extension results in a short duplex product called “primer dimer”.
  • Internal secondary structure should be avoided in primers. For symmetric PCR, a 40-60% G+C content is often recommended for both primers, with no long stretches of any one base. The classical melting temperature calculations used in conjunction with DNA probe hybridization studies often predict that a given primer should anneal at a specific temperature or that the 72° C. extension temperature will dissociate the primer/template hybrid prematurely. In practice, the hybrids are more effective in the PCR process than generally predicted by simple Tm calculations.
  • Optimum annealing temperatures may be determined empirically and may be higher than predicted. Taq DNA polymerase does have activity in the 37-55° C. region, so primer extension will occur during the annealing step and the hybrid will be stabilised. The concentrations of the primers are equal in conventional (symmetric) PCR and, typically, within 0.1- to 1 nM range.
  • When a pair of suitable nucleic acids of the invention are used in a PCR it is convenient to detect the product by gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining. As an alternative to detecting the product of DNA amplification using agarose gel electrophoresis and ethidium bromide staining of the DNA, it is convenient to use a labelled oligonucleotide capable of hybridising to the amplified DNA as a probe. When the amplification is by a PCR the oligonucleotide probe hybridises to the interprimer sequence as defined by the two primers. The probe may be labelled with a radionuclide such as 32P, 33P and 35S using standard techniques, or may be labelled with a fluorescent dye. When the oligonucleotide probe is fluorescently labelled, the amplified DNA product may be detected in solution (see for example Balaguer et al (1991) “Quantification of DNA sequences obtained by polymerase chain reaction using a bioluminescence adsorbent” Anal. Biochem. 195, 105-110 and Dilesare et al (1993) “A high-sensitivity electrochemiluminescence-based detection system for automated PCR product quantitation” BioTechniques 15, 152-157.
  • PCR products can also be detected using a probe which may have a fluorophore-quencher pair or may be attached to a solid support or may have a biotin tag or they may be detected using a combination of a capture probe and a detector probe.
  • Fluorophore-quencher pairs are particularly suited to quantitative measurements of PCR reactions (eg RT-PCR). Fluorescence polarisation using a suitable probe may also be used to detect PCR products.
  • Oligonucleotide primers can be synthesised using methods well known in the art, for example using solid-phase phosphoramidite chemistry.
  • A polynucleotide or oligonucleotide primer of the invention may contain one or more modified bases or may contain a backbone which has been modified for stability purposes or for other reasons. By modified we included for example, tritylated bases and unusual bases such as inosine. A variety of modifications can be made to DNA and RNA and these are included in the scope of the invention.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the polynucleotides of the invention are detectably labelled. Suitable detectable labels are described in detail above.
  • A fifteenth aspect of the invention provides an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide as described above. Typically, the polynucleotides are those which encode the polypeptides ECSM1 or ECSM4 or a fragment, variant or fusion thereof.
  • By “expression vector” we mean one which is capable, in an appropriate host, of expressing a polypeptide encoded by the polynucleotide.
  • Such vectors may be useful in expressing the encoded polypeptide in a host cell for production of useful quantities of the polypeptide, or may be useful in medicine. Expression vectors comprising a polynucleotide according to the thirteenth or fourteenth aspects of the invention which are suitable for use in gene therapy are within the scope of the invention. Administration of a gene therapy vector capable of expressing the ECSM4 polypeptide may be useful in modulating or inhibiting angiogenesis, since this polypeptide is likely to be a repulsive guidance receptor. Similarly, gene therapy vectors capable of expressing fragments or mutants of ECSM4 on the cell surface, which fragments or mutants are capable of binding the ECSM4 cognate ligand but are not able to convey the normal downstream signal (for example, because the necessary cytosolic portion of the polypeptide is deleted or mutated so as to not be functional or capable of binding normally interacting cellular proteins) may also be useful in modulating angiogenesis in an individual.
  • Hence, in a preferred embodiment, the vector is one which is suitable for use in gene therapy. Examples of suitable vectors and methods of their introduction into cells are given in more detail below. In particular, the gene therapy methods and vectors described in relation to the use of promoters of ECSM4 may also be used in relation to the use of ECSM4 coding sequences or antisense in gene therapy.
  • It will be appreciated that the polynucleotide comprised within the expression vector of this aspect of the invention may be one which encodes the polypeptide ECSM4 or ECSM1 or a fragment or variant thereof, or the polynucleotide may be one which is capable of selectively hybridising to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 coding region. Polynucleotides which are capable of hybridising to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 coding region are useful as antisense polynucleotides which may decrease the expression level of ECSM4 or ECSM1 within a target cell. The design of suitable and effective antisense polynucleotides based on a known coding sequence is known in the art of gene therapy.
  • Preferably, the expression vector of this aspect of the invention is one which does not contain a polynucleotide sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293 or their complement. Also preferably, the said vector is one which does not contain a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • Both the amount of therapeutic protein or therapeutic polynucleotide produced and the duration of production are important issues in gene therapy. Consequently, the use of viral vectors capable of cellular gene integration (eg retroviral vectors) may be more beneficial than non-integrating alternatives (eg adenovirus derived vectors) when repeated therapy is undesirable for immunogenicity reasons.
  • By “therapeutic polynucleotide” or “therapeutic protein” we include ECSM4 and ECSM1 coding sequences, the polypeptide product encoded by said coding sequences, and ECSM4 antisense polynucleotides. The therapeutic effect of said polynucleotides or proteins may include pro-angiogenic or anti-angiogenic effects, depending on the precise therapeutic agent administered. For example, an expression vector suitable for gene therapy which comprises a polynucleotide which is antisense to at least part of the ECSM4 coding region may have anti-angiogenic activity when expressed in a host cell or patient if it suppresses expression of a molecule which is required for angiogenesis. If the polynucleotide comprised within the expression vector encodes a polypeptide which is required for inhibition of angiogenesis (for example, because said polypeptide has endothelial cell repulsive guidance activity), then expression of the antisense may also be anti-angiogenic.
  • Conversely, if said the expression vector comprises a polynucleotide of the invention which polynucleotide suppresses expression of a molecule whose activity is required to decrease vascular growth (for example, because said molecule is an endothelial cell repulsive guidance molecule) or encodes a polypeptide whose activity is required for angiogenesis, administration of the said vector may be pro-angiogenic.
  • Where the therapeutic gene is maintained extrachromosomally, the highest level of expression is likely to be achieved using viral promoters, for example, the Rous sarcoma virus long terminal repeat (Ragot et al (1993) Nature 361, 647-650; Hyde et al (1993) Nature 362, 250-255) and the adenovirus major late promoter. The latter has been used successfully to drive the expression of a cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene in lung epithelium (Rosenfeld et al (1992) Cell 68, 143-155). Since these promoters function in a broad range of tissues they may not be suitable to direct cell-type-specific expression unless the delivery method can be adapted to provide the specificity. However, somatic enhancer sequences could be used to give cell-type-specific expression in an extrachromosomal setting.
  • As described in more detail below, the ECSM4 regulatory/promoter region is an example of a regulatory region capable of conferring endothelial cell selective expression, preferably selective to endothelial cells of neovasculature (ie, angiogenic endothelial cells) on an operatively linked coding region. As outlined above, such a coding region may encode an antisense polynucleotide.
  • Where withdrawal of the gene-vector construct is not possible, it may be necessary to add a suicide gene to the system to abort toxic reactions rapidly. The herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase gene, when transduced into cells, renders them sensitive to the drug ganciclovir, creating the option of killing the cells quickly.
  • The use of ectotropic viruses, which are species specific, may provide a safer alternative to the use of amphotropic viruses as vectors in gene therapy. In this approach, a human homologue of the non-human, ectotropic viral receptor is modified in such a way so as to allow recognition by the virus. The modified receptor is then delivered to cells by constructing a molecule, the front end of which is specified for the targeted cells and the tail part being the altered receptor. Following delivery of the receptor to its target, the genetically engineered ectotropic virus, carrying the therapeutic gene, can be injected and will only integrate into the targeted cells.
  • Virus-derived gene transfer vectors can be adapted to recognise only specific cells so it may be possible to target to an endothelial cell, such as endothelial cells within a tumour. Similarly, it is possible to target expression of an therapeutic gene to the endothelial cell, using an endothelial cell-specific promoter such as that for the ECSM4 or ECSM1 genes.
  • One of the ECSM genes or a part of the genes or a polynucleotide comprising an antisense to the gene may be introduced into the cell in a vector such that the gene remains extrachromosomal. In such a situation, the gene will be expressed by the cell from the extrachromosomal location. Vectors for introduction of genes both for recombination and for extrachromosomal maintenance are known in the art and any suitable vector may be used. Methods for introducing DNA into cells such as electroporation, calcium phosphate co-precipitation and viral transduction are known in the art, and the choice of method is within the competence of the ordinary skilled person. Cells transformed with the wild-type novel gene can be used as model systems to study cancer remission and drug treatments which promote such remission.
  • A variety of methods have been developed to operably link polynucleotides, especially DNA, to vectors, for example, via complementary cohesive termini. For instance, complementary homopolymer tracts can be added to the DNA segment to be inserted into the vector DNA. The vector and DNA segment are then joined by hydrogen bonding between the complementary homopolymeric tails to form recombinant DNA molecules.
  • Synthetic linkers containing one or more restriction sites provide an alternative method of joining the DNA segment to vectors. The DNA segment, generated by endonuclease restriction digestion as described earlier, is treated with bacteriophage T4 DNA polymerase or E. coli DNA polymerase I, enzymes that remove protruding, 3′-single-stranded termini with their 3′-5′-exonucleolytic activities, and fill in recessed 3′-ends with their polymerising activities.
  • The combination of these activities therefore generates blunt-ended DNA segments. The blunt-ended segments are then incubated with a larger molar excess of linker molecules in the presence of an enzyme that is able to catalyse the ligation of blunt-ended DNA molecules, such as bacteriophage T4 DNA ligase. Thus, the products of the reaction are DNA segments carrying-polymeric linker sequences at their ends. These DNA segments are then cleaved with the appropriate restriction enzyme and ligated to an expression vector that has been cleaved with an enzyme that produces termini compatible with those of the DNA segment.
  • Synthetic linkers containing a variety of restriction endonuclease site are commercially available from a number of sources including International Biotechnologies Inc., New Haven, Conn., USA.
  • A desirable way to modify the DNA encoding the polypeptide of the invention is to use PCR. This method may be used for introducing the DNA into a suitable vector, for example by engineering in suitable restriction sites, or it may be used to modify the DNA in other useful ways as is known in the art.
  • In this method the DNA to be enzymatically amplified is flanked by two specific primers which themselves become incorporated into the amplified DNA. The said specific primers may contain restriction endonuclease recognition sites which can be used for cloning into expression vectors using methods known in the art.
  • The DNA (or in the case of retroviral vectors, RNA) is then expressed in a suitable host to produce a polypeptide comprising the polypeptide of the invention. Thus, the DNA encoding the polypeptide constituting the polypeptide of the invention may be used in accordance with known techniques, appropriately modified in view of the teachings contained herein, to construct an expression vector, which is then used to transform an appropriate host cell for the expression and production of the polypeptide of the invention. Such techniques include those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,440,859 issued 3 Apr. 1984 to Rutter et al, 4,530,901 issued 23 Jul. 1985 to Weissman, 4,582,800 issued 15 Apr. 1986 to Crowl, 4,677,063 issued 30 Jun. 1987 to Mark et al, 4,678,751 issued 7 Jul. 1987 to Goeddel, 4,704,362 issued 3 Nov. 1987 to Itakura et al, 4,710,463 issued 1 Dec. 1987 to Murray, 4,757,006 issued 12 Jul. 1988 to Toole, Jr. et al, 4,766,075 issued 23 Aug. 1988 to Goeddel et al and 4,810,648 issued 7 Mar. 1989 to Stalker, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • The DNA (or in the case or retroviral vectors, RNA) encoding the polypeptide constituting the polypeptide of the invention may be joined to a wide variety of other DNA sequences for introduction into an appropriate host. The companion DNA will depend upon the nature of the host, the manner of the introduction of the DNA into the host, and whether episomal maintenance or integration is desired.
  • Generally, the DNA is inserted into an expression vector, such as a plasmid, in proper orientation and correct reading frame for expression. If necessary, the DNA may be linked to the appropriate transcriptional and translational regulatory control nucleotide sequences recognised by the desired host, although such controls are generally available in the expression vector. The vector is then introduced into the host through standard techniques. Generally, not all of the hosts will be transformed by the vector. Therefore, it will be necessary to select for transformed host cells. One selection technique involves incorporating into the expression vector a DNA sequence, with any necessary control elements, that codes for a selectable trait in the transformed cell, such as antibiotic resistance. Alternatively, the gene for such selectable trait can be on another vector, which is used to co-transform the desired host cell.
  • Host cells that have been transformed by the expression vector of the invention are then cultured for a sufficient time and under appropriate conditions known to those skilled in the art in view of the teachings disclosed herein to permit the expression of the polypeptide, which can then be recovered.
  • Many expression systems are known, including bacteria (for example, E. coli and Bacillus subtilis), yeasts (for example Saccharomyces cerevisiae), filamentous fungi (for example Aspergillus), plant cells, animal cells and insect cells.
  • The vectors typically include a prokaryotic replicon, such as the ColE1 ori, for propagation in a prokaryote, even if the vector is to be used for expression in other, non-prokaryotic, cell types. The vectors can also include an appropriate promoter such as a prokaryotic promoter capable of directing the expression (transcription and translation) of the genes in a bacterial host cell, such as E. coli, transformed therewith.
  • A promoter is an expression control element formed by a DNA sequence that permits binding of RNA polymerase and transcription to occur. Promoter sequences compatible with exemplary bacterial hosts are typically provided in plasmid vectors containing convenient restriction sites for insertion of a DNA segment of the present invention.
  • Typical prokaryotic vector plasmids are pUC18, pUC19, pBR322 and pBR329 available from Biorad Laboratories, (Richmond, Calif., USA) and pTrc99A and pKK223-3 available from Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J., USA.
  • A typical mammalian cell vector plasmid is pSVL available from Pharmacia, Piscataway, N. J., USA. This vector uses the SV40 late promoter to drive expression of cloned genes, the highest level of expression being found in T antigen-producing cells, such as COS-1 cells.
  • An example of an inducible mammalian expression vector is pMSG, also available from Pharmacia. This vector uses the glucocorticoid-inducible promoter of the mouse mammary tumour virus long terminal repeat to drive expression of the cloned gene.
  • Useful yeast plasmid vectors are pRS403-406 and pRS413-416 and are generally available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif. 92037, USA. Plasmids pRS403, pRS404, pRS405 and pRS406 are Yeast Integrating plasmids (YIps) and incorporate the yeast selectable markers HIS3, TRP1, LEU2 and URA3. Plasmids pRS413-416 are Yeast Centromere plasmids (Ycps).
  • Other vectors and expression systems are well known in the art for use with a variety of host cells.
  • A sixteenth aspect of the invention provides a recombinant host cell comprising a polynucleotide or vector of the invention.
  • The polynucleotide of the invention includes polynucleotides encoding a compound of the third aspect of the invention (where both the moiety which selectively binds and the further moiety are polypeptides which are fused) or an ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide of the invention or a fragment or fusion or variant thereof as defined above.
  • The host cell can be either prokaryotic or eukaryotic. Bacterial cells are preferred prokaryotic host cells and typically are a strain of E. coli such as, for example, the E. coli strains DH5 available from Bethesda Research Laboratories Inc., Bethesda, Md., USA, and RR1 available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) of Rockville, Md., USA (No. ATCC 31343). Preferred eukaryotic host cells include yeast, insect and mammalian cells, preferably vertebrate cells such as those from a mouse, rat, monkey or human fibroblastic and kidney cell lines. Yeast host cells include YPH499, YPH500 and YPH501 which are generally available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, La Jolla, Calif. 92037, USA. Preferred mammalian host cells include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells available from the ATCC as CRL 1658 and 293 cells which are human embryonic kidney cells. Preferred insect cells are Sf9 cells which can be transfected with baculovirus expression vectors.
  • Transformation of appropriate cell hosts with a DNA construct of the present invention is accomplished by well known methods that typically depend on the type of vector used. With regard to transformation of prokaryotic host cells, see, for example, Cohen et al (1972) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 69, 2110 and Sambrook et al (1989) Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Transformation of yeast cells is described in Sherman et al (1986) Methods In Yeast Genetics, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. The method of Beggs (1978) Nature 275, 104-109 is also useful. With regard to vertebrate cells, reagents useful in transfecting such cells, for example calcium phosphate and DEAE-dextran or liposome formulations, are available from Stratagene Cloning Systems, or Life Technologies Inc., Gaithersburg, Md. 20877, USA.
  • Electroporation is also useful for transforming and/or transfecting cells and is well known in the art for transforming yeast cells, bacterial cells, insect cells and vertebrate cells.
  • For example, many bacterial species may be transformed by the methods described in Luchansky et al (1988) Mol. Microbiol. 2, 637-646 incorporated herein by reference. The greatest number of transformants is consistently recovered following electroporation of the DNA-cell mixture suspended in 2.5 PEB using 6250V per cm at 25 μFD.
  • Methods for transformation of yeast by electroporation are disclosed in Becker & Guarente (1990) Methods Enzymol. 194, 182.
  • Successfully transformed cells, ie cells that contain a DNA construct of the present invention, can be identified by well-known techniques. For example, cells resulting from the introduction of an expression construct of the present invention can be grown to produce the polypeptide of the invention. Cells can be harvested and lysed and their DNA content examined for the presence of the DNA using a method such as that described by Southern (1975) J. Mol. Biol. 98, 503 or Berent et al (1985) Biotech. 3, 208. Alternatively, the presence of the protein in the supernatant can be detected using antibodies as described below.
  • In addition to directly assaying for the presence of recombinant DNA, successful transformation can be confirmed by well known immunological methods when the recombinant DNA is capable of directing the expression of the protein. For example, cells successfully transformed with an expression vector produce proteins displaying appropriate antigenicity.
  • Samples of cells suspected of being transformed are harvested and assayed for the protein using suitable antibodies.
  • The host cell may be a host cell within an animal body. Thus, transgenic animals which express a polypeptide of the first or third aspects of the invention by virtue of the presence of the transgene are included. Preferably, the transgenic animal is a rodent such as a mouse. Transgenic animals can be made using methods well known in the art.
  • Polynucleotides encoding the polypeptide ECSM4 may be useful in generating transgenic non-human mammals wherein the ECSM4 is mutated in some way. For example, the mouse ECSM4 genomic coding region may be mutated in a mouse so as to produce an ECSM4 polypeptide which is incapable of binding its natural ligand, or incapable of correctly interacting with intracellular components. Such a mutated ECSM4 polypeptide may produce a disease in the mouse which is very similar to a disease involving abnormal vascularisation in humans.
  • Hence, non-human mammals, especially rodents such as mice and rats, are useful as models of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation.
  • Alternatively, mammals lacking the ECSM4 gene (“knock-outs”) or lacking an ECSM4 genomic coding region which is capable of being transcribed or of expressing the ECSM4 polypeptide, may be useful in providing a means of generating antibodies selective for the human ECSM4 polypeptide. Such mammals, especially mice, are likely to be particularly useful since the high level of homology between the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptides may prevent human ECSM4 polypeptide from being antigenic in mice who do express the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • A potentially more accurate animal model of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation may be made by addition to the genome of a transgenic animal as described above, or replacing the genomic ECSM4 of an animal with, the gene for human ECSM4 which has been mutated. Suitably, the human ECSM4 inserted will be under control of an endothelial selective promoter and regulatory region. Preferably, the promoter and regulatory regions are those of the host animal ECSM4 gene. An animal who genome is modified in this way will express the dysfunctional human ECSM4, and therefore will be useful in testing the efficacy of drugs and antibodies in the diagnosis, prognosis and treatment of diseases involving abnormal vascularisation in humans.
  • Such knockout or transgenic mammals are within the scope of the invention and antibodies generated using such mammals and compounds comprising them are also included within the scope of the invention.
  • A seventeenth aspect of the invention provides a method of producing a polypeptide of the invention, the method comprising expressing a polynucleotide as described above or culturing a host cell as described herein.
  • It will be appreciated that in order to produce the ECSM1 polypeptide, the host cell may comprise a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence includes the sequence given in FIG. 2, and that in order to produce the ECSM4 polypeptide the host cell may comprise a polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is given in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 or FIG. 12 and so on.
  • Preferably, the polynucleotide expressed does not consist of any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 and SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • Also preferably, the polypeptide produced is not one with an amino acid sequence consisting of the sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • Methods of cultivating host cells and isolating recombinant proteins are well known in the art. It will be appreciated that, depending on the host cell, the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides produced may differ from that which can be isolated from nature. For example, certain host cells, such as yeast or bacterial cells, either do not have, or have different, post-translational modification systems which may result in the production of forms of ECSM1 or ECSM4 which may be post-translationally modified in a different way to ECSM1 or ECSM4 isolated from nature. In order to obtain ECSM1 or ECSM4 which is post-translationally modified in a different way to human ECSM1 or ECSM4 it is preferred if the host cell is a non-human host cell; more preferably it is not a mammalian cell.
  • It is preferred that the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide is produced in a eukaryotic system, such as an insect cell.
  • According to a less preferred embodiment, the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide can be produced in vitro using a commercially available in vitro translation system, such as rabbit reticulocyte lysate or wheatgerm lysate (available from Promega). Preferably, the translation system is rabbit reticulocyte lysate. Conveniently, the translation system may be coupled to a transcription system, such as the TNT transcription-translation system (Promega). This system has the advantage of producing suitable mRNA transcript from an encoding DNA polynucleotide in the same reaction as the translation. Conveniently, where the expressed polypeptide comprises one or more transmembrane domains, the translation system can be supplemented with a source of endoplasmic reticulum-derived membranes and folding chaperones, such as dog pancreatic microsomes, to allow synthesis of the polypeptide in a native conformation.
  • Preferably, the production method of this aspect of the invention comprises a further step of isolating the ECSM1 or ECSM4 produced from the host cell or from the in vitro translation mix. Preferably, the isolation employs an antibody which selectively binds the expressed polypeptide of the invention.
  • It will be understood that the invention comprises the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides or the variants or fragments or fusions thereof, or a fusion of said variants or fragments obtainable by the methods herein disclosed, provided that the ECSM4 polypeptide is not one which consists of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 4. Preferably, the polypeptide is not one which consists of an amino acid sequence represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293. Preferably, the ECSM1 polypeptide produced by the methods herein disclosed is not one which is encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No. 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of WO 99/06423.
  • An eighteenth aspect of the invention provides an antibody capable of selectively binding to either ECSM4 or ECSM1 as defined above.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is not one which binds a polypeptide encoded by SEQ ID No 32 of WO 99/06423 or encoded by the nucleic acid of ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997 for the purposes of the international patent application PCT/US98/15949.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM1 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in FIG. 2 or a natural variant thereof but does not comprise the amino acid sequence encoded by ATCC deposit No 209145 made on Jul. 17, 1997.
  • Preferably, an antibody which selectively binds ECSM4 is one which binds a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises the sequence given in any one of FIG. 4, 5, 7, 12 or 13 or a natural variant thereof but does not bind the polypeptide represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293, or encoded by any one of the nucleotide sequences represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 and SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293.
  • By “selectively bind” we include antibodies which bind at least 10-fold more strongly to a polypeptide of the invention (such as ECSM4 or ECSM1) than to another polypeptide; preferably at least 50-fold more strongly and more preferably at least 100-fold more strongly. Such antibodies may be made by methods well known in the art using the information concerning the differences in amino acid sequence of ECSM4 or ECSM1 and another polypeptide which is not a polypeptide of the invention.
  • Antibodies which selectively bind ECSM4 may also modulate the function of the ECSM4 polypeptide. Antibodies which mimic the effect of binding of the cognate ligand by stimulating or activating ECSM4, or which bind and thereby prevent subsequent binding and activation or stimulation of ECSM4 by the cognate ligand, and such function-modulating antibodies are included in the scope of the invention. It will be appreciated that antibodies which modulate the function are useful as a tool in research, for example in studying the effects of ECSM4 stimulation or activation, or downstream processes triggered by such stimulation. Such antibodies are also useful in medicine, for example in modulating angiogenesis in an individual. Specifically, modulation of angiogenesis by administration of such an antibody may be useful in the treatment of a disease in an individual where modulation of angiogenesis would be beneficial, such as cancer.
  • The following peptides may be useful as immunogens in the generation of antibodies, such as rabbit polyclonal sera: LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA and KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT.
  • In a preferred embodiment of this aspect, the antibody of the invention selectively binds an amino acid sequence with the sequence GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP. These sequences represent amino acid sequences which are not identical between the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptide sequences. Generally, the human and mouse ECSM4 polypeptides display a high degree of identity, which makes the production of mouse antibodies to the human ECSM4 particularly difficult due to the lack of immunogenicity of much of the human ECSM4 sequence in mouse. Amino acid sequences which are absent from the mouse ECSM4 are more likely to more be immunogenic in a mouse than those sequences which are present in the mouse ECSM4 (an alignment of the human and mouse ECSM4 amino acid sequences is shown in FIG. 14). Hence, polypeptide fragments which contain sequences which are unique to human ECSM4 as described above are more useful than ECSM4 polypeptides whose sequence is found in both human and mouse ECSM4, in the production of antibodies which selectively bind the human ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • Antibodies generated as a result of use of amino acid sequences which are located in the extracellular portion of the ECSM4 polypeptide are likely to be useful as endothelial cell targeting molecules. Therefore, it is particularly preferred if the antibody of the invention is raised to, and preferably selectively binds, an amino acid sequence which is unique to the human ECSM4 polypeptide, which sequence is located towards the N-terminal end of the polypeptide and is found in the extracellular portion located between residues 1 and 467 of the amino acid sequence given in FIG. 12. An example of an amino acid sequence which is suitable for raising antibody molecules selective for the ECSM4 extracellular region is given in FIG. 12.
  • Although the amino acid sequences which are unique to the human ECSM4 may be used to produce polyclonal antibodies, it is preferred if they are used to produce monoclonal antibodies.
  • Peptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues are chemically modified, before or after the peptide is synthesised, may be used providing that the function of the peptide, namely the production of specific antibodies in vivo, remains substantially unchanged. Such modifications included forming salts with acids or bases, especially physiologically acceptable organic or in organic acids and bases, forming an ester or amid of a terminal carboxyl group, and attaching amino acid protecting groups such as N-t-butoxycarbonyl. Such modifications may protect the peptide from in vivo metabolism. The peptides may be present as single copies or as multiples, for example tandem repeats. Such tandem or multiple repeats may be sufficiently antigenic themselves to obviate the use of a carrier. It may be advantageous for the peptide to be formed as a loop, with the N-terminal and C-terminal ends joined together, or to add one or more Cys residues to an end to increase antigenicity and/or to allow disulphide bonds to be formed. If the peptide is covalently linked to a carrier, preferably a polypeptide, then the arrangement is preferably such that the peptide of the invention forms a loop.
  • According to current immunological theories, a carrier function should be present in any immunogenic formulation in order to stimulate, or enhance stimulation of, the immune system. It is though that the best carriers embody (or, together with the antigen, create) a T-cell epitope. The peptides may be associated, for example by cross-linking, with a separate carrier, such as serum albumins, myoglobins, bacterial toxoids and keyhole limpit haemocyanin. More recently developed carriers which induce T-cell help in the immune response include the hepatitis-B core antigen (also called the nucleocapsid protein), presumed T-cell epitopes such as Thr-Ala-Ser-Gly-Val-Ala-Glu-Thr-Thr-Asn-Cys, β-galactosidase and the 163-171 peptide of interleukin-1. The latter compound may variously be regarded as a carrier or as an adjuvant or as both. Alternatively, several copies of the same or different peptides of the invention may be cross-linked to one another; in this situation there is no separate carrier as such, but a carrier function may be provided by such cross-linking. Suitably cross-linking agents include those listed as such in the Sigma and Pierce catalogues, for example glutaraldehyde, carbodiimide and succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, the latter agent exploiting the —SH group on the C-terminal cysteine residue (if present).
  • If the peptide is prepared by expression of a suitable nucleotide sequence in a suitable host, then it may be advantageous to express the peptide as a fusion product with a peptide sequence which acts as a carrier. Kabigen's “Ecosec” system is an example of such an arrangement.
  • Peptides may be synthesised by the Fmoc-polyamide mode of solid-phase peptide synthesis as disclosed by Lu et al (1981) J. Org. Chem. 46, 3433 and references therein. Temporary N-amino group protection is afforded by the 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) group. Repetitive cleavage of this highly base-labile protecting group is effected using 20% piperidine in N,N-dimethylformamide. Side-chain functionalities may be protected as their butyl ethers (in the case of serine threonine and tyrosine), butyl esters (in the case of glutamic acid and aspartic acid), butyloxycarbonyl derivative (in the case of lysine and histidine), trityl derivative (in the case of cysteine) and 4-methoxy-2,3,6-trimethylbenzenesulphonyl derivative (in the case of arginine). Where glutamine or asparagine are C-terminal residues, use is made of the 4,4′-dimethoxybenzhydryl group for protection of the side chain amido functionalities. The solid-phase support is based on a polydimethyl-acrylamide polymer constituted from the three monomers dimethylacrylamide (backbone-monomer), bisacryloylethylene diamine (cross linker) and acryloylsarcosine methyl ester (functionalising agent). The peptide-to-resin cleavable linked agent used is the acid-labile 4-hydroxymethyl-phenoxyacetic acid derivative. All amino acid derivatives are added as their preformed symmetrical anhydride derivatives with the exception of asparagine and glutamine, which are added using a reversed N,N-dicyclohexyl-carbodiimide/1-hydroxybenzotriazole mediated coupling procedure. All coupling and deprotection reactions are monitored using ninhydrin, trinitrobenzene sulphonic acid or isotin test procedures. Upon completion of synthesis, peptides are cleaved from the resin support with concomitant removal of side-chain protecting groups by treatment with 95% trifluoroacetic acid containing a 50% scavenger mix. Scavengers commonly used are ethanedithiol, phenol, anisole and water, the exact choice depending on the constituent amino acids of the peptide being synthesised. Trifluoroacetic acid is removed by evaporation in vacuo, with subsequent trituration with diethyl ether affording the crude peptide. Any scavengers present are removed by a simple extraction procedure which on lyophilisation of the aqueous phase affords the crude peptide free of scavengers. Reagents for peptide synthesis are generally available from Calbiochem-Novabiochem (UK) Ltd, Nottingham NG7 2QJ, UK. Purification may be effected by any one, or a combination of, techniques such as size exclusion chromatography, ion-exchange chromatography and (principally) reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Analysis of peptides may be carried out using thin layer chromatography, reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography, amino-acid analysis after acid hydrolysis and by fast atom bombardment (FAB) mass spectrometric analysis.
  • The peptide of the invention may be linked to other antigens to provide a dual effect.
  • Included in the scope of the invention is a method of producing an antibody according to this aspect of the invention.
  • Antibodies can be raised in an animal by immunising with an appropriate peptide. Appropriate peptides are described herein. Alternatively, with today's technology, it is possible to make antibodies as defined herein without the need to use animals. Such techniques include, for example, antibody phage display technology as is well known in the art. Appropriate peptides, as described herein, may be used to select antibodies produced in this way.
  • It will be appreciated that, with the advancements in antibody technology, it may not be necessary to immunise an animal in order to produce an antibody. Synthetic systems, such as phage display libraries, may be used. The use of such systems is included in the methods of the invention and the products of such systems are “antibodies” for the purposes of the invention.
  • It will be appreciated that such antibodies which recognise ECSM1 or ECSM4 and variants or fragments thereof are useful research reagents and therapeutic agents, particularly when prepared as a compound of the invention as described above. Suitably, the antibodies of the invention are detectably labelled, for example they may be labelled in such a way that they may be directly or indirectly detected. Conveniently, the antibodies are labelled with a radioactive moiety or a coloured moiety or a fluorescent moiety, or they may be linked to an enzyme. Typically, the enzyme is one which can convert a non-coloured (or non-fluorescent) substrate to a coloured (or fluorescent) product. The antibody may be labelled by biotin (or streptavidin) and then detected indirectly using streptavidin (or biotin) which has been labelled with a radioactive moiety or a coloured moiety or a fluorescent moiety, or the like or they may be linked to any enzyme of the type described above.
  • A nineteenth aspect of the invention provides a method of detecting endothelial damage or activation in an individual comprising obtaining a fluid sample from the individual and detecting the presence of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 in the sample.
  • Preferably, the fluid sample is blood. Typically, the presence of peptide fragments derived from ECSM1 or ECSM4 are detected.
  • In a preferred embodiment of this aspect, the presence of peptide fragments of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides are detected using an antibody selective for a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence comprises a sequence given in either one of FIG. 2 or FIG. 4 or FIG. 12 or fragments thereof. Preferably, the antibody is an antibody according to the eighteenth aspect of the invention. Typically, such an antibody would be detectably labelled.
  • Detecting or diagnosing endothelial cell damage in an individual is useful in diagnosing cancer or aiding diagnosis of cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis in that individual. It may be that certain levels of apparent cell damage are detected in individuals who do not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis. It may be necessary to compare the amount of endothelial cell damage detected with amounts or levels observed in individuals who are known to have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis with the “normal” levels of apparent damage in the individual who does not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artheroslcerosis.
  • Hence, detection of endothelial damage or activation in an individual may be useful as a means of detecting the presence or extent or growth rate of a tumour in that individual. The detection of vessel damage is an indirect report of the formation of tumour neovasculature. In this way, ECSM4 or ECSM1 may be surrogate markers of angiogenesis. The presence of ECSM4 or ECSM1 fragments in a sample from the individual, or more ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide fragments than in an individual who does not have a tumour, may be a means of detecting a tumour, or growth of a known tumour, in that individual.
  • Furthermore, it will be appreciated that detection of neovasculature by means of detecting the presence of, or a certain level of, ECSM4 or ECSM1 in a sample from an individual may be useful in determining if a treatment in that individual is being effective, and/or to what extent the treatment is effective. Preferably the therapy is to treat a tumour or cancer in the individual.
  • Hence, an aspect of the invention provides a method of detecting a tumour or tumour neovasculature or cardiac disease or endometriosis or artherosclerosis in an individual comprising obtaining a fluid sample from the individual and detecting the presence of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 in the sample.
  • As described above in relation to detecting or diagnosing endothelial cell damage, detection of the disease (such as a tumour or cardiac disease etc) by means of detecting the presence of, or a certain level of, ECSM4 or ECSM1 in a sample from an individual may be useful in determining the efficacy of a treatment in that individual.
  • In one embodiment, the therapy is gene therapy.
  • Preferably, the efficacy of the a treatment in an individual is determined using the amount of fragments of ECSM1 or ECSM4 found in the fluid sample of the individual and comparing it to either to the amount of ECSM1 or ECSM4 fragments in a sample from an individual who does not have cancer, cardiac disease, endometriosis or artherosclerosis and/or to the amount in a sample from the individual prior to commencement of said treatment. The comparison indicates the efficacy of treatment of the individual, wherein if there is no change in the amount of fragments determined before and during/after treatment this is indicative of poor efficacy of the treatment. A decrease in the amount of fragments found during or after treatment compared to the amount found before treatment was started indicates some efficacy of the treatment in ameliorating the condition of the individual.
  • Current methods of assessing the efficacy of various anti-angiogenic therapies being tested in clinical trials are invasive. The selective expression of ECSM4 on endothelial cells of angiogenic blood vessels means that detecting the presence, absence, increase or decrease in the level of ECSM1 or ECSM4 in a subject undergoing therapy is a means of determining the efficacy of the therapy in that subject without the need, or with a reduced need, for invasive biopsies, scans and the such like.
  • Hence, determination of the level of ECSM1 and or ECSM4 fragments in the blood of an individual undergoing an anti-angiogenic therapy (such as cancer therapy) may act as a “surrogate marker of angiogenesis”.
  • By “peptide fragments derived from ECSM1 or ECSM4” we mean peptides which have at least 5 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide. Typically, the fragments have at least 8 consecutive amino acids, preferably at least 10, more preferably at least 12 or 15 or 20 or 30 or 40 or 50 consecutive amino acids of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polypeptide.
  • Methods for detecting the presence of fragments of peptides derived from larger polypeptides are known in the art.
  • A further aspect of the invention provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in an individual, the method comprising administering to the individual ESCM4 or a peptide fragment of ECSM4 or a ligand of ECSM4 or an antibody which selectively binds to ECSM4 or ECSM1.
  • Preferably, the peptide fragment or ligand or antibody is one which modulates the activity or function, either directly or indirectly, of the ECSM4 polypeptide of the individual.
  • Preferred antibodies are those as described in more detail above.
  • The production of antibodies which modulate the function of a polypeptide exposed on the cell surface is known in the art and is discussed in more detail above. Such antibodies may modulate the function by imitating the function of the natural ligand and stimulating the polypeptide into activity or function, or may modulate the polypeptide function by preventing stimulation of the polypeptide by the ligand by sterically obscuring the ligand binding site thereby preventing binding of the natural ligand.
  • Delivery of a ligand to magic roundabout might be an angiogenic inhibitor useful in therapy of cancer or other diseases involving hyper-angiogenesis. Also, introduction of the ECSM4 polypeptide to endothelial cells by gene therapy using the ECSM4 encoding polynucleotide might alter growth and migration.
  • A still further aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing a condition which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium in an individual comprising obtaining a sample containing nucleic acid from the individual and contacting said sample with a polynucleotide which selectively hybridises to a nucleic acid which encodes the ECSM4 polypeptide or the ECSM1 polypeptide or a fragment or natural variant thereof.
  • The method may be used for aiding diagnosis.
  • A condition which involves aberrant or excessive growth of vascular endothelium such as cancer, artherosclerosis, restenosis, diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, psoriasis, endometriosis, menorrhagia, haemangiomas and venous malformations may be caused by a mutation in the nucleic acid which encodes the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptides.
  • By “selectively hybridising” is meant that the nucleic acid has sufficient nucleotide sequence similarity with the said human DNA or cDNA that it can hybridise under moderately or highly stringent conditions. As is well known in the art, the stringency of nucleic acid hybridization depends on factors such as length of nucleic acid over which hybridisation occurs, degree of identity of the hybridizing sequences and on factors such as temperature, ionic strength and CG or AT content of the sequence. Thus, any nucleic acid which is capable of selectively hybridising as said is useful in the practice of the invention.
  • Nucleic acids which can selectively hybridise to the said human DNA or cDNA include nucleic acids which have >95% sequence identity, preferably those with >98%, more preferably those with >99% sequence identity, over at least a portion of the nucleic acid with the said human DNA or cDNA. As is well known, human genes usually contain introns such that, for example, a mRNA or cDNA derived from a gene within the said human DNA would not match perfectly along its entire length with the said human DNA but would nevertheless be a nucleic acid capable of selectively hybridising to the said human DNA. Thus, the invention specifically includes nucleic acids which selectively hybridise to an ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA but may not hybridise to an ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene, or vice versa. For example, nucleic acids which span the intron-exon boundaries of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene may not be able to selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA.
  • Typical moderately or highly stringent hybridisation conditions which lead to selective hybridisation are known in the art, for example those described in Molecular Cloning, a laboratory manual, 2nd edition, Sambrook et al (eds), Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y., USA, incorporated herein by reference.
  • An example of a typical hybridisation solution when a nucleic acid is immobilised on a nylon membrane and the probe nucleic acid is ≧500 bases or base pairs is:
  • 6×SSC (saline sodium citrate)
    0.5% sodium dodecyl sulphate (SDS)
    100 μg/ml denatured, fragmented salmon sperm DNA
  • The hybridisation is performed at 68° C. The nylon membrane, with the nucleic acid immobilised, may be washed at 68° C. in 1×SSC or, for high stringency, 0.1×SSC.
  • 20×SSC may be prepared in the following way. Dissolve 175.3 g of NaCl and 88.2 g of sodium citrate in 800 ml of H2O. Adjust the pH to 7.0 with a few drops of a 10 N solution of NaOH. Adjust the volume to 1 litre with H2O. Dispense into aliquots. Sterilize by autoclaving.
  • An example of a typical hybridisation solution when a nucleic acid is immobilised on a nylon membrane and the probe is an oligonucleotide of between 15 and 50 bases is:
  • 3.0 M trimethylammonium chloride (TMAC1)
    0.01 M sodium phosphate (pH 6.8)
  • 1 mm EDTA (pH 7.6) 0.5% SDS
  • 100 μg/ml denatured, fragmented salmon sperm DNA
    0.1% nonfat dried milk
  • The optimal temperature for hybridization is usually chosen to be 5° C. below the Ti for the given chain length. Ti is the irreversible melting temperature of the hybrid formed between the probe and its target sequence. Jacobs et al (1988) Nucl. Acids Res. 16, 4637 discusses the determination of Tis. The recommended hybridization temperature for 17-mers in 3 M TMAC1 is 48-50° C.; for 19-mers, it is 55-57° C.; and for 20-mers, it is 58-66° C.
  • By “nucleic acid which selectively hybridises” is also included nucleic acids which will amplify DNA from the said region of human DNA by any of the well known amplification systems such as those described in more detail below, in particular the polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Suitable conditions for PCR amplification include amplification in a suitable 1× amplification buffer:
  • 10× amplification buffer is 500 mM KCl; 100 mM Tris.Cl (pH 8.3 at room temperature); 15 mM MgCl2; 0.1% gelatin.
  • A suitable denaturing agent or procedure (such as heating to 95° C.) is used in order to separate the strands of double-stranded DNA.
  • Suitably, the annealing part of the amplification is between 37° C. and 60° C., preferably 50° C.
  • Although the nucleic acid which is useful in the methods of the invention may be RNA or DNA, DNA is preferred. Although the nucleic acid which is useful in the methods of the invention may be double-stranded or single-stranded, single-stranded nucleic acid is preferred under some circumstances such as in nucleic acid amplification reactions.
  • The sample may be directly derived from the patient, for example, by biopsy of a tissue which may be associated with aberrant vascular development, or it may be derived from the patient from a site remote from the tissue, for example because cells from the tissue have migrated from the tissue to other parts of the body. Alternatively, the sample may be indirectly derived from the patient in the sense that, for example, the tissue or cells therefrom may be cultivated in vitro, or cultivated in a xenograft model; or the nucleic acid sample may be one which has been replicated (whether in vitro or in vivo) from nucleic acid from the original source from the patient. Thus, although the nucleic acid derived from the patient may have been physically within the patient, it may alternatively have been copied from nucleic acid which was physically within the patient. When aberrant vascular development is believed to be associated with a tumour, tumour tissue may be taken from the primary tumour or from metastases.
  • It will be appreciated that a useful method of the invention includes the analysis of mutations in, or the detection of the presence or absence of, the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene in any suitable sample. The sample may suitably be a freshly-obtained sample from the patient, or the sample may be an historic sample, for example a sample held in a library of samples.
  • Conveniently, the nucleic acid capable of selectively hybridising to the said human DNA and which is used in the methods of the invention further comprises a detectable label.
  • By “detectable label” is included any convenient radioactive label such as 32P, 33P or 35S which can readily be incorporated into a nucleic acid molecule using well known methods; any convenient fluorescent or chemiluminescent label which can readily be incorporated into a nucleic acid is also included. In addition the term “detectable label” also includes a moiety which can be detected by virtue of binding to another moiety (such as biotin which can be detected by binding to streptavidin); and a moiety, such as an enzyme, which can be detected by virtue of its ability to convert a colourless compound into a coloured compound, or vice versa (for example, alkaline phosphatase can convert colourless o-nitrophenylphosphate into coloured o-nitrophenol). Conveniently, the nucleic acid probe may occupy a certain position in a fixed assay and whether the nucleic acid hybridises to the said region of human DNA can be determined by reference to the position of hybridisation in the fixed assay. The detectable label may also be a fluorophore-quencher pair as described in Tyagi & Kramer (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14, 303-308.
  • Conveniently, in this method of diagnosis of a condition in which vascular development is aberrant the nucleic acid which is capable of the said selective hybridisation (whether labelled with a detectable label or not) is contacted with a nucleic acid derived from the patient under hybridising conditions. Suitable hybridising conditions include those described above.
  • This method of diagnosing a condition in which vascular development is aberrant may involve sequencing of DNA at one or more of the relevant positions within the relevant region, including direct sequencing; direct sequencing of PCR-amplified exons; differential hybridisation of an oligonucleotide probe designed to hybridise at the relevant positions within the relevant region (conveniently this uses immobilised oligonucleotide probes in, so-called, “chip” systems which are well known in the art); denaturing gel electrophoresis following digestion with an appropriate restriction enzyme, preferably following amplification of the relevant DNA regions; S1 nuclease sequence analysis; non-denaturing gel electrophoresis, preferably following amplification of the relevant DNA regions; conventional RFLP (restriction fragment length polymorphism) assays; heteroduplex analysis; selective DNA amplification using oligonucleotides; fluorescent in-situ hybridisation (FISH) of interphase chromosomes; ARMS-PCR (Amplification Refractory Mutation System-PCR) for specific mutations; cleavage at mismatch sites in hybridised nucleic acids (the cleavage being chemical or enzymic); SSCP single strand conformational polymorphism or DGGE (discontinuous or denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis); analysis to detect mismatch in annealed normal/mutant PCR-amplified DNA; and protein truncation assay (translation and transcription of exons—if a mutation introduces a stop codon a truncated protein product will result). Other methods may be employed such as detecting changes in the secondary structure of single-stranded DNA resulting from changes in the primary sequence, for example, using the cleavase I enzyme. This system is commercially available from GibcoBRL, Life Technologies, 3 Fountain Drive, Inchinnan Business Park, Paisley PA4 9RF, Scotland.
  • It will be appreciated that the methods of the invention may also be carried out on “DNA chips”. Such “chips” are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,445,934 (Affymetrix; probe arrays), WO 96/31622 (Oxford; probe array plus ligase or polymerase extension), and WO 95/22058 (Affymax; fluorescently marked targets bind to oligomer substrate, and location in array detected); all of these are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Detailed methods of mutation detection are described in “Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection” 1996, ed. Landegren, Oxford University Press on behalf of HUGO (Human Genome Organisation).
  • It is preferred if RFLP is used for the detection of fairly large (≧500 bp) deletions or insertions. Southern blots may be used for this method of the invention.
  • PCR amplification of smaller regions (maximum 300 bp) to detect small changes greater than 3-4 bp insertions or deletions may be preferred. Amplified sequence may be analysed on a sequencing gel, and small changes (minimum size 3-4 bp) can be visualised. Suitable primers are designed as herein described.
  • In addition, using either Southern blot analysis or PCR restriction enzyme variant sites may be detected. For example, for analysing variant sites in genomic DNA restriction enzyme digestion, gel electrophoresis, Southern blotting, and hybridisation specific probe (for example any suitable fragment derived from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or gene).
  • For example, for analysing variant sites using PCR DNA amplification, restriction enzyme digestion, gel detection by ethidium bromide, silver staining or incorporation of radionucleotide or fluorescent primer in the PCR.
  • Other suitable methods include the development of allele specific oligonucleotides (ASOs) for specific mutational events. Similar methods are used on RNA and cDNA for the suitable tissue.
  • Whilst it is useful to detect mutations in any part of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene, it is preferred if the mutations are detected in the exons of the gene and it is further preferred if the mutations are ones which change the coding sense. The detection of these mutations is a preferred aspect of the invention.
  • The methods of the invention also include checking for loss-of-heterozygosity (LOH; shows one copy lost). LOH may be a sufficient marker for diagnosis; looking for mutation/loss of the second allele may not be necessary. LOH of the gene may be detected using polymorphisms in the coding sequence, and introns, of the gene.
  • Particularly preferred nucleic acids for use in the aforementioned methods of the invention are those selected from the group consisting of primers suitable for amplifying nucleic acid.
  • Suitably, the primers are selected from the group consisting of primers which hybridise to the nucleotide sequences shown in any of the Figures which show ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA sequences. It is particularly preferred if the primers hybridise to the introns of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or if the primers are ones which will prime synthesis of DNA from the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA but not from other genes or cDNAs.
  • Primers which are suitable for use in a polymerase chain reaction (PCR; Saiki et al (1988) Science 239, 487-491) are preferred. Suitable PCR primers and methods of detecting products of PCR reactions are described in detail above.
  • Any of the nucleic acid amplification protocols can be used in the method of the invention including the polymerase chain reaction, QB replicase and ligase chain reaction. Also, NASBA (nucleic acid sequence based amplification), also called 3SR, can be used as described in Compton (1991) Nature 350, 91-5-92 and AIDS (1993), Vol 7 (Suppl 2), S108 or SDA (strand displacement amplification) can be used as described in Walker et al (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20, 1691-1696. The polymerase chain reaction is particularly preferred because of its simplicity.
  • The present invention provides the use of a nucleic acid which selectively hybridises to the human-derived DNA of genomic clones as described in Table 8 of Example 1 or to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene, or a mutant allele thereof, or a nucleic acid which selectively hybridises to ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or a mutant allele thereof, or their complement in a method of diagnosing a condition in which vascular development is aberrant; or in the manufacture of a reagent for carrying out these methods.
  • Preferred polynucleotides which selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 gene or cDNA are as described above in relation to a method of diagnosis.
  • Also, the present invention provides a method of determining the presence or absence, or mutation in, the said ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. Preferably, the method uses a suitable sample from a patient.
  • The methods of the invention include the detection of mutations in the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene.
  • The methods of the invention may make use of a difference in restriction enzyme cleavage sites caused by mutation. A non-denaturing gel may be used to detect differing lengths of fragments resulting from digestion with an appropriate restriction enzyme.
  • An “appropriate restriction enzyme” is one which will recognise and cut the wild-type sequence and not the mutated sequence or vice versa. The sequence which is recognised and cut by the restriction enzyme (or not, as the case may be) can be present as a consequence of the mutation or it can be introduced into the normal or mutant allele using mismatched oligonucleotides in the PCR reaction. It is convenient if the enzyme cuts DNA only infrequently, in other words if it recognises a sequence which occurs only rarely.
  • In another method, a pair of PCR primers are used which match (ie hybridise to) either the wild-type genotype or the mutant genotype but not both. Whether amplified DNA is produced will then indicate the wild-type or mutant genotype (and hence phenotype). However, this method relies partly on a negative result (ie the absence of amplified DNA) which could be due to a technical failure. It therefore may be less reliable and/or requires additional control experiments.
  • A preferable method employs similar PCR primers but, as well as hybridising to only one of the wild-type or mutant sequences, they introduce a restriction site which is not otherwise there in either the wild-type or mutant sequences.
  • The nucleic acids which selectively hybridise to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or cDNA, or which selectively hybridise to the genomic clones containing ECSM4 or ECSM1 as listed in Table 8 of Example 1 are useful for a number of purposes. They can be used in Southern hybridization to genomic DNA and in the RNase protection method for detecting point mutations already discussed above. The probes can be used to detect PCR amplification products. They may also be used to detect mismatches with the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene or mRNA in a sample using other techniques. Mismatches can be detected using either enzymes (eg S1 nuclease or resolvase), chemicals (eg hydroxylamine or osmium tetroxide and piperidine), or changes in electrophoretic mobility of mismatched hybrids as compared to totally matched hybrids. These techniques are known in the art. Generally, the probes are complementary to the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene coding sequences, although probes to certain introns are also contemplated. A battery of nucleic acid probes may be used to compose a kit for detecting loss of or mutation in the wild-type ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. The kit allows for hybridization to the entire ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. The probes may overlap with each other or be contiguous.
  • If a riboprobe is used to detect mismatches with mRNA, it is complementary to the mRNA of the human ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. The riboprobe thus is an anti-sense probe in that it does not code for the protein encoded by the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene because it is of the opposite polarity to the sense strand. The riboprobe generally will be labelled, for example, radioactively labelled which can be accomplished by any means known in the art. If the riboprobe is used to detect mismatches with DNA it can be of either polarity, sense or anti-sense. Similarly, DNA probes also may be used to detect mismatches.
  • Nucleic acid probes may also be complementary to mutant alleles of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene. These are useful to detect similar mutations in other patients on the basis of hybridization rather than mismatches. As mentioned above, the ECSM4 or ECSM1 gene probes can also be used in Southern hybridizations to genomic DNA to detect gross chromosomal changes such as deletions and insertions.
  • Particularly useful methods of detecting a mutation in the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes include single strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP), hetero duplex analysis, polymerase chain reaction, using DNA chips and sequencing.
  • Any sample containing nucleic acid derived from the individual is useful in the methods of the invention. It is preferred if the nucleic acid in the sample is DNA. Thus, samples from cells may be obtained as is well known in the art, for example from blood samples or cheek cells or the like. Where the methods are being used to determine the presence or absence of a mutation in an unborn child, it is preferred if the sample is a maternal sample containing nucleic acid from the unborn child. Suitable maternal samples include the amniotic fluid of the mother, chorionic villus samples and blood samples from which foetal cells can be isolated.
  • A further aspect of the invention provides a method of reducing the expression of the ECSM4 or ECSM1 polynucleotide in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an agent which selectively prevents expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the agent which selectively prevents expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1 is an antisense nucleic acid.
  • Preferably, the antisense nucleic acid is not one (or is not antisense to one) whose sequence consists of the sequence represented by SEQ ID No 18084 or 5096 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID No 210 of WO 00/53756 or WO 99/46281, or SEQ ID Nos 22, 23, 96 or 98 of WO 01/23523 or SEQ ID No 31 of WO 99/11293 or their complement, or a nucleic acid sequence which encodes a polypeptide whose amino acid sequence is represented by any one of SEQ ID No 18085 of EP 1 074 617, SEQ ID. No 211 of either WO 00/53756 or WO99/46281, SEQ ID Nos 24-27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38 or 39 of WO 01/23523, or SEQ ID No 86 of WO 99/11293.
  • A further aspect thereof includes administering an antisense nucleic acid to a cell in order to prevent expression of ECSM4 or ECSM1. Typically, the cell is in the body of an individual in need of prevention of expression of ESCM4 or ECSM1.
  • The ECSM4 or ECSM1 polynucleotide which is bound by an antisense molecule may be DNA or RNA.
  • Preferred antisense molecules are as described above.
  • Diseases which may be treated by reducing ECSM4 or ECSM1 expression include diseases involving aberrant or excessive vascularisation as described above.
  • Antisense nucleic acids are well known in the art and are typically single-stranded nucleic acids, which can specifically bind to a complementary nucleic acid sequence. By binding to the appropriate target sequence, an RNA-RNA, a DNA-DNA, or RNA-DNA duplex is formed. These nucleic acids are often termed “antisense” because they are complementary to the sense or coding strand of the gene. Recently, formation of a triple helix has proven possible where the oligonucleotide is bound to a DNA duplex. It was found that oligonucleotides could recognise sequences in the major groove of the DNA double helix. A triple helix was formed thereby. This suggests that it is possible to synthesise a sequence-specific molecules which specifically bind double-stranded DNA via recognition of major groove hydrogen binding sites.
  • By binding to the target nucleic acid, the above oligonucleotides can inhibit the function of the target nucleic acid. This could, for example, be a result of blocking the transcription, processing, poly(A) addition, replication, translation, or promoting inhibitory mechanisms of the cells, such as promoting RNA degradations.
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are prepared in the laboratory and then introduced into cells, for example by microinjection or uptake from the cell culture medium into the cells, or they are expressed in cells after transfection with plasmids or retroviruses or other vectors carrying an antisense gene. Antisense oligonucleotides were first discovered to inhibit viral replication or expression in cell culture for Rous sarcoma virus, vesicular stomatitis virus, herpes simplex virus type 1, simian virus and influenza virus. Since then, inhibition of mRNA translation by antisense oligonucleotides has been studied extensively in cell-free systems including rabbit reticulocyte lysates and wheat germ extracts. Inhibition of viral function by antisense oligonucleotides has been demonstrated in vitro using oligonucleotides which were complementary to the AIDS HIV retrovirus RNA (Goodchild, J. 1988 “Inhibition of Human Immunodeficiency Virus Replication by Antisense Oligodeoxynucleotides”, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. (USA) 85(15), 5507-11). The Goodchild study showed that oligonucleotides that were most effective were complementary to the poly(A) signal; also effective were those targeted at the 5′ end of the RNA, particularly the cap and 5′ untranslated region, next to the primer binding site and at the primer binding site. The cap, 5′ untranslated region, and poly(A) signal lie within the sequence repeated at the ends of retrovirus RNA (R region) and the oligonucleotides complementary to these may bind twice to the RNA.
  • Typically, antisense oligonucleotides are 15 to 35 bases in length. For example, 20-mer oligonucleotides have been shown to inhibit the expression of the epidermal growth factor receptor mRNA (Witters et al, Breast Cancer Res Treat 53:41-50 (1999)) and 25-mer oligonucleotides have been shown to decrease the expression of adrenocorticotropic hormone by greater than 90% (Frankel et al, J Neurosurg 91:261-7 (1999)). However, it is appreciated that it may be desirable to use oligonucleotides with lengths outside this range, for example 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 bases, or 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40 bases.
  • Oligonucleotides are subject to being degraded or inactivated by cellular endogenous nucleases. To counter this problem, it is possible to use modified oligonucleotides, eg having altered internucleotide linkages, in which the naturally occurring phosphodiester linkages have been replaced with another linkage. For example, Agrawal et al (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 7079-7083 showed increased inhibition in tissue culture of HIV-1 using oligonucleotide phosphoramidates and phosphorothioates. Sarin et al (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85, 7448-7451 demonstrated increased inhibition of HIV-1 using oligonucleotide methylphosphonates. Agrawal et al (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 86, 7790-7794 showed inhibition of HIV-1 replication in both early-infected and chronically infected cell cultures, using nucleotide sequence-specific oligonucleotide phosphorothioates. Leither et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 3430-3434 report inhibition in tissue culture of influenza virus replication by oligonucleotide phosphorothioates.
  • Oligonucleotides having artificial linkages have been shown to be resistant to degradation in vivo. For example, Shaw et al (1991) in Nucleic Acids Res. 19, 747-750, report that otherwise unmodified oligonucleotides become more resistant to nucleases in vivo when they are blocked at the 3′ end by certain capping structures and that uncapped oligonucleotide phosphorothioates are not degraded in vivo.
  • A detailed description of the H-phosphonate approach to synthesizing oligonucleoside phosphorothioates is provided in Agrawal and Tang (1990) Tetrahedron Letters 31, 7541-7544, the teachings of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. Syntheses of oligonucleoside methylphosphonates, phosphorodithioates, phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, bridged phosphoramidates and bridge phosphorothioates are known in the art. See, for example, Agrawal and Goodchild (1987) Tetrahedron Letters 28, 3539; Nielsen et al (1988) Tetrahedron Letters 29, 2911; Jager et al (1988) Biochemistry 27, 7237; Uznanski et al (1987) Tetrahedron Letters 28, 3401; Bannwarth (1988) Helv. Chim. Acta. 71, 1517; Crosstick and Vyle (1989) Tetrahedron Letters 30, 4693; Agrawal et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 1401-1405, the teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other methods for synthesis or production also are possible. In a preferred embodiment the oligonucleotide is a deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), although ribonucleic acid (RNA) sequences may also be synthesized and applied.
  • The oligonucleotides useful in the invention preferably are designed to resist degradation by endogenous nucleolytic enzymes. In vivo degradation of oligonucleotides produces oligonucleotide breakdown products of reduced length. Such breakdown products are more likely to engage in non-specific hybridization and are less likely to be effective, relative to their full-length counterparts. Thus, it is desirable to use oligonucleotides that are resistant to degradation in the body and which are able to reach the targeted cells. The present oligonucleotides can be rendered more resistant to degradation in vivo by substituting one or more internal artificial internucleotide linkages for the native phosphodiester linkages, for example, by replacing phosphate with sulphur in the linkage. Examples of linkages that may be used include phosphorothioates, methylphosphonates, sulphone, sulphate, ketyl, phosphorodithioates, various phosphoramidates, phosphate esters, bridged phosphorothioates and bridged phosphoramidates. Such examples are illustrative, rather than limiting, since other internucleotide linkages are known in the art See, for example, Cohen, (1990) Trends in Biotechnology. The synthesis of oligonucleotides having one or more of these linkages substituted for the phosphodiester internucleotide linkages is well known in the art, including synthetic pathways for producing oligonucleotides having mixed internucleotide linkages.
  • Oligonucleotides can be made resistant to extension by endogenous enzymes by “capping” or incorporating similar groups on the 5′ or 3′ terminal nucleotides. A reagent for capping is commercially available as Amino-Link II™ from Applied BioSystems Inc, Foster City, Calif. Methods for capping are described, for example, by Shaw et al (1991) Nucleic Acids Res. 19, 747-750 and Agrawal et al (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 88(17), 7595-7599, the teachings of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • A further method of making oligonucleotides resistant to nuclease attack is for them to be “self-stabilized” as described by Tang et al (1993) Nucl. Acids Res. 21, 2729-2735 incorporated herein by reference. Self-stabilized oligonucleotides have hairpin loop structures at their 3′ ends, and show increased resistance to degradation by snake venom phosphodiesterase, DNA polymerase I and fetal bovine serum. The self-stabilized region of the oligonucleotide does not interfere in hybridization with complementary nucleic acids, and pharmacokinetic and stability studies in mice have shown increased in vivo persistence of self-stabilized oligonucleotides with respect to their linear counterparts.
  • In accordance with the invention, the antisense compound may be adminstered systemically. Alternatively the inherent binding specificity of antisense oligonucleotides characteristic of base pairing is enhanced by limiting the availability of the antisense compound to its intended locus in vivo, permitting lower dosages to be used and minimising systemic effects. Thus, oligonucleotides may be applied locally to achieve the desired effect. The concentration of the oligonucleotides at the desired locus is much higher than if the oligonucleotides were administered systemically, and the therapeutic effect can be achieved using a significantly lower total amount. The local high concentration of oligonucleotides enhances penetration of the targeted cells and effectively blocks translation of the target nucleic acid sequences.
  • The oligonucleotides can be delivered to the locus by any means appropriate for localised administration of a drug. For example, a solution of the oligonucleotides can be injected directly to the site or can be delivered by infusion using an infusion pump. The oligonucleotides also can be incorporated into an implantable device which when placed at the desired site, permits the oligonucleotides to be released into the surrounding locus.
  • The oligonucleotides may be administered via a hydrogel material. The hydrogel is non-inflammatory and biodegradable. Many such materials now are known, including those made from natural and synthetic polymers. In a preferred embodiment, the method exploits a hydrogel which is liquid below body temperature but gels to form a shape-retaining semisolid hydrogel at or near body temperature. Preferred hydrogel are polymers of ethylene oxide-propylene oxide repeating units. The properties of the polymer are dependent on the molecular weight of the polymer and the relative percentage of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide in the polymer. Preferred hydrogels contain from about 10% to about 80% by weight ethylene oxide and from about 20% to about 90% by weight propylene oxide. A particularly preferred hydrogel contains about 70% polyethylene oxide and 30% polypropylene oxide. Hydrogels which can be used are available, for example, from BASF Corp., Parsippany, N.J., under the tradename Pluronic®.
  • In this embodiment, the hydrogel is cooled to a liquid state and the oligonucleotides are admixed into the liquid to a concentration of about 1 mg oligonucleotide per gram of hydrogel. The resulting mixture then is applied onto the surface to be treated, for example by spraying or painting during surgery or using a catheter or endoscopic procedures. As the polymer warms, it solidifies to form a gel, and the oligonucleotides diffuse out of the gel into the surrounding cells over a period of time defined by the exact composition of the gel.
  • It will be appreciated that the oligonucleotides or other agents may be administered after surgical removal of a tumour, and may be administered to the area from which the tumour has been removed, and surrounding tissue, for example using cytoscopy to guide application of the oligonucleotides or other agents.
  • The oligonucleotides can be administered by means of other implants that are commercially available or described in the scientific literature, including liposomes, microcapsules and implantable devices. For example, implants made of biodegradable materials such as polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid and copolymers thereof, collagen, and protein polymers, or non-biodegradable materials such as ethylenevinyl acetate (EVAc), polyvinyl acetate, ethylene vinyl alcohol, and derivatives thereof can be used to locally deliver the oligonucleotides. The oligonucleotides can be incorporated into the material as it is polymerised or solidified, using melt or solvent evaporation techniques, or mechanically mixed with the material. In one embodiment, the oligonucleotides are mixed into or applied onto coatings for implantable devices such as dextran coated silica beads, stents, or catheters.
  • The dose of oligonucleotides is dependent on the size of the oligonucleotides and the purpose for which is it administered. In general, the range is calculated based on the surface area of tissue to be treated. The effective dose of oligonucleotide is somewhat dependent on the length and chemical composition of the oligonucleotide but is generally in the range of about 30 to 3000 μg per square centimetre of tissue surface area.
  • The oligonucleotides may be administered to the patient systemically for both therapeutic and prophylactic purposes. The oligonucleotides may be administered by any effective method, for example, parenterally (eg intravenously, subcutaneously, intramuscularly) or by oral, nasal or other means which permit the oligonucleotides to access and circulate in the patient's bloodstream. Oligonucleotides administered systemically preferably are given in addition to locally administered oligonucleotides, but also have utility in the absence of local administration. A dosage in the range of from about 0.1 to about 10 grams per administration to an adult human generally will be effective for this purpose.
  • It will be appreciated that antisense agents also include larger molecules which bind to said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA or genes and substantially prevent expression of said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA or genes and substantially prevent expression of said ECSM4 or ECSM1 protein. Thus, expression of an antisense molecule which is substantially complementary to said ECSM4 or ECSM1 mRNA is envisaged as part of the invention.
  • The said larger molecules may be expressed from any suitable genetic construct as is described below and delivered to the patient. Typically, the genetic construct which expresses the antisense molecule comprises at least a portion of the said ECSM4 or ECSM1 cDNA or gene operatively linked to a promoter which can express the antisense molecule in a cell. Promoters that may be active in endothelial cells are described below.
  • Although the genetic construct can be DNA or RNA it is preferred if it is DNA.
  • Preferably, the genetic construct is adapted for delivery to a human cell.
  • Means and methods of introducing a genetic construct into a cell in an animal body are known in the art. For example, the constructs of the invention may be introduced into proliferating endothelial cells by any convenient method, for example methods involving retroviruses, so that the construct is inserted into the genome of the endothelial cell. For example, in Kuriyama et al (1991) Cell Struc. and Func. 16, 503-510 purified retroviruses are administered. Retroviruses provide a potential means of selectively infecting proliferating endothelial cells because they can only integrate into the genome of dividing cells; most endothelial cells are in a quiescent, non-receptive stage of cell growth or, at least, are dividing much less rapidly than angiogenic cells. Retroviral DNA constructs which encode said antisense agents may be made using methods well known in the art. To produce active retrovirus from such a construct it is usual to use an ecotropic psi2 packaging cell line grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% foetal calf serum (FCS). Transfection of the cell line is conveniently by calcium phosphate co-precipitation, and stable transformants are selected by addition of G418 to a final concentration of 1 mg/ml (assuming the retroviral construct contains a neoR gene). Independent colonies are isolated and expanded and the culture supernatant removed, filtered through a 0.45 μm pore-size filter and stored at −70°. For the introduction of the retrovirus into the tumour cells, it is convenient to inject directly retroviral supernatant to which 10 μg/ml Polybrene has been added. For tumours exceeding 10 mm in diameter it is appropriate to inject between 0.1 ml and 1 ml of retroviral supernatant; preferably 0.5 ml.
  • Alternatively, as described in Culver et al (1992) Science 256, 1550-1552, cells which produce retroviruses are injected into specific., tissue. The retrovirus-producing cells so introduced are engineered to actively produce retroviral vector particles so that continuous productions of the vector occurred within the tumour mass in situ. Thus, proliferating endothelial cells can be successfully transduced in vivo if mixed with retroviral vector-producing cells.
  • Targeted retroviruses are also available for use in the invention; for example, sequences conferring specific binding affinities may be engineered into pre-existing viral env genes (see Miller & Vile (1995) Faseb J 9, 190-199 for a review of this and other targeted vectors for gene therapy).
  • Other methods involve simple delivery of the construct, into the cell for expression therein either for a limited time or, following integration into the genome, for a longer time. An example of the latter approach includes (preferably endothelial-cell-targeted) liposomes (Nassander et al (1992) Cancer Res. 52, 646-653).
  • Immunoliposomes (antibody-directed liposomes) are especially useful in targeting to endothelial cell types which express a cell surface protein for which antibodies are available.
  • Other methods of delivery include adenoviruses carrying external DNA via an antibody-polylysine bridge (see Curiel Prog. Med. Virol. 40, 1-18) and transferrin-polycation conjugates as carriers (Wagner et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 3410-3414). In the first of these methods a polycation-antibody complex is formed with the DNA construct or other genetic construct of the invention, wherein the antibody is specific for either wild-type adenovirus or a variant adenovirus in which a new epitope has been introduced which binds the antibody. The polycation moiety binds the DNA via electrostatic interactions with the phosphate backbone. The adenovirus, because it contains unaltered fibre and penton proteins, is internalised into the cell and carries into the cell with it the DNA construct of the invention. It is preferred if the polycation is polylysine.
  • The DNA may also be delivered by adenovirus wherein it is present within the adenovirus particle, for example, as described below.
  • In the second of these methods, a high-efficiency nucleic acid delivery system that uses receptor-mediated endocytosis to carry DNA macromolecules into cells is employed. This is accomplished by conjugating the iron-transport protein transferrin to polycations that bind nucleic acids. Human transferrin, or the chicken homologue conalbumin, or combinations thereof is covalently linked to the small DNA-binding protein protamine or to polylysines of various sizes through a disulfide linkage. These modified transferrin molecules maintain their ability to bind their cognate receptor and to mediate efficient iron transport into the cell. The transferrin-polycation molecules form electrophoretically stable complexes with DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention independent of nucleic acid size (from short oligonucleotides to DNA of 21 kilobase pairs). When complexes of transferrin-polycation and the DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention are supplied to the endothelial cells, a high level of expression from the construct in the cells is expected.
  • High-efficiency receptor-mediated delivery of the DNA constructs or other genetic constructs of the invention using the endosome-disruption activity of defective or chemically inactivated adenovirus particles produced by the methods of Cotten et al (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89, 6094-6098 may also be used. This approach appears to rely on the fact that adenoviruses are adapted to allow release of their DNA from an endosome without passage through the lysosome, and in the presence of, for example transferrin linked to the DNA construct or other genetic construct of the invention, the construct is taken up by the cell by the same route as the adenovirus particle.
  • This approach has the advantages that there is no need to use complex retroviral constructs; there is no permanent modification of the genome as occurs with retroviral infection; and the targeted expression system is coupled with a targeted delivery system, thus reducing toxicity to other cell types.
  • It may be desirable to locally perfuse a tumour with the suitable delivery vehicle comprising the genetic construct for a period of time; additionally or alternatively the delivery vehicle or genetic construct can be injected directly into accessible tumours.
  • It will be appreciated that “naked DNA” and DNA complexed with cationic and neutral lipids may also be useful in introducing the DNA of the invention into cells of the patient to be treated. Non-viral approaches to gene therapy are described in Ledley (1995) Human Gene Therapy 6, 1129-1144.
  • Alternative targeted delivery systems are also known such as the modified adenovirus system described in WO 94/10323 wherein, typically, the DNA is carried within the adenovirus, or adenovirus-like, particle. Michael et al (1995) Gene Therapy 2, 660-668 describes modification of adenovirus to add a cell-selective moiety into a fibre protein. Mutant adenoviruses which replicate selectively in p53-deficient human tumour cells, such as those described in Bischoff et al (1996) Science 274, 373-376 are also useful for delivering the genetic construct of the invention to a cell. Thus, it will be appreciated that a further aspect of the invention provides a virus or virus-like particle comprising a genetic construct of the invention. Other suitable viruses or virus-like particles include HSV, AAV, vaccinia and parvovirus.
  • In a further embodiment the agent which selectively prevents the function of ECSM4 or ECSM1 is a ribozyme capable of cleaving targeted ECSM4 or ECSM1 RNA or DNA. A gene expressing said ribozyme may be administered in substantially the same and using substantially the same vehicles as for the antisense molecules.
  • Ribozymes which may be encoded in the genomes of the viruses or virus-like particles herein disclosed are described in Cech and Herschlag “Site-specific cleavage of single stranded DNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,180,818; Altman et al “Cleavage of targeted RNA by RNAse P” U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,053, Cantin et al “Ribozyme cleavage of HIV-1 RNA” U.S. Pat. No. 5,149,796; Cech et al “RNA ribozyme restriction endoribonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,116,742; Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endonucleases and methods”, U.S. Pat. No. 5,093,246; and Been et al “RNA ribozyme polymerases, dephosphorylases, restriction endoribonucleases and methods; cleaves single-stranded RNA at specific site by transesterification”, U.S. Pat. No. 4,987,071, all incorporated herein by reference.
  • It will be appreciated that it may be desirable that the antisense molecule or ribozyme is expressed from a cell-specific promoter element.
  • The genetic constructs of the invention can be prepared using methods well known in the art.
  • A further aspect of the invention is a method of screening for a molecule that binds to ECSM4 or a suitable variant, fragment or fusion thereof, or a fusion of a said fragment or fusion thereof, the method comprising 1) contacting a) the ECSM4 polypeptide with b) a test molecule 2) detecting the presence of a complex containing the ECSM4 polypeptide and a test molecule, and optionally 3) identifying any test molecule bound to the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • Preferably the ECSM4 polypeptide is one as described above in respect of the eleventh aspect of the invention.
  • In a preferred embodiment, the test molecule is a polypeptide.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the method is used to identify natural ligands of ECSM4. Thus, in this embodiment the test molecule includes the natural ligand of ECSM4. A particularly useful technique for the identification of natural ligands of polypeptide molecules is the yeast two-hybrid technique. This technique is well known in the art and relies on binding between a molecule and its cognate ligand to bring together two parts of a transcription complex (which are fused one to the molecule in question and other to the test ligand) which, when together, promote transcription of a reporter gene.
  • Hence, a preferred embodiment of this aspect of the invention comprises use of the screening method, preferably the yeast two-hybrid system, to identify natural ligands of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
  • A molecule which is identifiable as binding the ECSM4 polypeptide is a further aspect of the invention.
  • It will be appreciated that a molecule which binds to ESCM4 may modulate the activation of ECSM4.
  • Suitable peptide ligands that will bind to ECSM4 may be identified using methods known in the art.
  • One method, disclosed by Scott and Smith (1990) Science 249, 386-390 and Cwirla et al (1990) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 87, 6378-6382, involves the screening of a vast library of filamentous bacteriophages, such as M13 or fd, each member of the library having a different peptide fused to a protein on the surface of the bacteriophage. Those members of the library that bind to ECSM4 are selected using an iterative binding protocol, and once the phages that bind most tightly have been purified, the sequence of the peptide ligands may be determined simply by sequencing the DNA encoding the surface protein fusion. Another method that can be used is the NovaTope™ system commercially available from Novagen, Inc., 597 Science Drive, Madison, Wis. 53711. The method is based on the creation of a library of bacterial clones, each of which stably expresses a small peptide derived from a candidate protein in which the ligand is believed to reside. The library is screened by standard lift methods using the antibody or other binding agent as a probe. Positive clones can be analysed directly by DNA sequencing to determine the precise amino acid sequence of the ligand.
  • Further methods using libraries of beads conjugated to individual species of peptides as disclosed by Lam et al (1991) Nature 354, 82-84 or synthetic peptide combinatorial libraries as disclosed by Houghten et al (1991) Nature 354, 84-86 or matrices of individual synthetic peptide sequences on a solid support as disclosed by Pirrung et al in U.S. Pat. No. 5,143,854 may also be used to identify peptide ligands.
  • It will be appreciated that screening assays which are capable of high throughput operation will be particularly preferred. Examples may include cell based assays and protein-protein binding assays. An SPA-based (Scintillation Proximity Assay; Amersham International) system may be used. For example, an assay for identifying a compound capable of modulating the activity of a protein kinase may be performed as follows. Beads comprising scintillant and a polypeptide that may be phosphorylated may be prepared. The beads may be mixed with a sample comprising the protein kinase and 32P-ATP or 33P-ATP and with the test compound. Conveniently this is done in a 96-well format. The plate is then counted using a suitable scintillation counter, using known parameters for 32P or 33P SPA assays. Only 32P or 33P that is in proximity to the scintillant, i.e. only that bound to the polypeptide, is detected. Variants of such an assay, for example in which the polypeptide is immobilised on the scintillant beads via binding to an antibody, may also be used.
  • Other methods of detecting polypeptide/polypeptide interactions include ultrafiltration with ion spray mass spectroscopy/HPLC methods or other physical and analytical methods. Fluorescence Energy Resonance Transfer (FRET) methods, for example, well known to those skilled in the art, may be used, in which binding of two fluorescent labelled entities may be measured by measuring the interaction of the fluorescent labels when in close proximity to each other.
  • Alternative methods of detecting binding of a polypeptide to macromolecules, for example DNA, RNA, proteins and phospholipids, include a surface plasmon resonance assay, for example as described in Plant et al (1995) Analyt Biochem 226(2), 342-348. Methods may make use of a polypeptide that is labelled, for example with a radioactive or fluorescent label.
  • A further method of identifying a compound that is capable of binding to the ECSM4 polypeptide is one where the polypeptide is exposed to the compound and any binding of the compound to the said polypeptide is detected and/or measured. The binding constant for the binding of the compound to the polypeptide may be determined. Suitable methods for detecting and/or measuring (quantifying) the binding of a compound to a polypeptide are well known to those skilled in the art and may be performed, for example, using a method capable of high throughput operation, for example a chip-based method. New technology, called VLSIPS™, has enabled the production of extremely small chips that contain hundreds of thousands or more of different molecular probes. These biological chips or arrays have probes arranged in arrays, each probe assigned a specific location. Biological chips have been produced in which each location has a scale of, for example, ten microns. The chips can be used to determine whether target molecules interact with any of the probes on the chip. After exposing the array to target molecules under selected test conditions, scanning devices can examine each location in the array and determine whether a target molecule has interacted with the probe at that location.
  • Biological chips or arrays are useful in a variety of screening techniques for obtaining information about either the probes or the target molecules. For example, a library of peptides can be used as probes to screen for drugs. The peptides can be exposed to a receptor, and those probes that bind to the receptor can be identified. See U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,219 issued 23 Feb. 1999 to Rava et al.
  • Another method of targeting proteins that modulate the activity of ECSM4 is the yeast two-hybrid system, where the polypeptides of the invention can be used to “capture” ECSM4 protein binding proteins. The yeast two-hybrid system is described in Fields & Song, Nature 340:245-246 (1989).
  • It will be understood that it will be desirable to identify compounds that may modulate the activity of the polypeptide in vivo. Thus it will be understood that reagents and conditions used in the method may be chosen such that the interactions between the said and the interacting polypeptide are substantially the same as between a said naturally occurring polypeptide and a naturally occurring interacting polypeptide in vivo.
  • It will be appreciated that in the method described herein, the ligand may be a drug-like compound or lead compound for the development of a drug-like compound.
  • The term “drug-like compound” is well known to those skilled in the art, and may include the meaning of a compound that has characteristics that may make it suitable for use in medicine, for example as the active ingredient in a medicament. Thus, for example, a drug-like compound may be a molecule that may be synthesised by the techniques of organic chemistry, less preferably by techniques of molecular biology or biochemistry, and is preferably a small molecule, which may be of less than 5000 daltons and which may be water-soluble. A drug-like compound may additionally exhibit features of selective interaction with a particular protein or proteins and be bioavailable and/or able to penetrate target cellular membranes, but it will be appreciated that these features are not essential.
  • The term “lead compound” is similarly well known to those skilled in the art, and may include the meaning that the compound, whilst not itself suitable for use as a drug (for example because it is only weakly potent against its intended target, non-selective in its action, unstable, poorly soluble, difficult to synthesise or has poor bioavailability) may provide a starting-point for the design of other compounds that may have more desirable characteristics.
  • Alternatively, the methods may be used as “library screening” methods, a term well known to those skilled in the art. Thus, for example, the method of the invention may be used to detect (and optionally identify) a polynucleotide capable of expressing a polypeptide activator of ECSM4. Aliquots of an expression library in a suitable vector may be tested for the ability to give the required result.
  • Hence, an embodiment of this aspect of the invention provides a method of identifying a drug-like compound or lead compound for the development of a drug-like compound that modulates the activity of the polypeptide ECSM4, the method comprising contacting a compound with the polypeptide or a suitable variant, fragment, derivative or fusion thereof or a fusion of a variant, fragment or derivative thereof and determining whether, for example, the enzymic activity of the said polypeptide is changed compared to the activity of the said polypeptide or said variant, fragment, derivative or fusion thereof or a fusion of a variant, fragment or derivative thereof in the absence of said compound.
  • Preferably, the ECSM4 polypeptide is as described above in respect of the eleventh aspect of the invention.
  • It will be understood that it will be desirable to identify compounds that may modulate the activity of the polypeptide in vivo. Thus it will be understood that reagents and conditions used in the method may be chosen such that the interactions between the said polypeptide and its substrate are substantially the same as in vivo.
  • In one embodiment, the compound decreases the activity of said polypeptide. For example, the compound may bind substantially reversibly or substantially irreversibly to the active site of said polypeptide. In a further example, the compound may bind to a portion of said polypeptide that is not the active site so as to interfere with the binding of the said polypeptide to its ligand. In a still further example, the compound may bind to a portion of said polypeptide so as to decrease said polypeptide's activity by an allosteric effect. This allosteric effect may be an allosteric effect that is involved in the natural regulation of the said polypeptide's activity, for example in the activation of the said polypeptide by an “upstream activator”.
  • A still further aspect of the invention provides a polynucleotide comprising a promoter and/or regulatory portion of any one of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes.
  • By “ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes” we mean the natural genomic sequence which when transcribed is capable of encoding a polypeptide comprising the ECSM1 or ECSM4 polypeptide sequence as defined herein. The natural genomic sequence of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes may contain introns.
  • The polynucleotide of this aspect of the invention is preferably one which has transcriptional promoter activity. A promoter is an expression control element formed by a DNA sequence that permits binding of RNA polymerase and transcription to occur. Preferably the transcriptional promoter activity is present in mammalian cells and more preferably the polynucleotide has transcriptional promoter activity in endothelial cells. In a preferred embodiment, the transcriptional promoter activity is present in endothelial cells and not in other cell types.
  • Preferably, the promoter and/or regulatory portion is one which can direct endothelial cell selective expression.
  • Preferably, the promoter or regulatory region of the ECSM4 gene is one which is capable of promoting transcription of an operatively-linked coding sequence in response to hypoxic conditions. More preferably, the level of transcription of the coding sequence is up-regulated in hypoxic conditions compared to the level of transcription in the absence of hypoxia. By “hypoxic conditions” we include the physiological conditions of cancer where the inappropriate cell proliferation deprives surrounding tissue of oxygen, cardiac disease where for example a vessel occlusion may restrict the delivery of oxygen to certain tissues, and tissue necrosis where destruction of vascular tissue cells results in a reduced supply of oxygen to surrounding tissue and the consequent death of that surrounding tissue. Hypoxia is described in more detail in Hockel and Vaupel (2001) J. Nat. Can. Inst. 93: 266-276.
  • Hence, in a preferred embodiment, the ECSM4 promoter or regulatory region is comprised in a vector suitable for use in gene therapy for driving expression of a therapeutic gene to treat a hypoxic condition. Preferably, the hypoxic condition is cancer or cardiac disease. A “therapeutic gene” may be any gene which provides a desired therapeutic effect.
  • It will be appreciated that use of the said ECSM4 promoter to treat a hypoxic condition, for example by gene therapy, is included within the scope of the present invention.
  • Methods for the determination of the sequence of the promoter region of a gene are well known in the art. The presence of a promoter region may be determined by identification of known motifs, and confirmed by mutational analysis of the identified sequence. Preferably, the promoter sequence is located in the region 5 kb upstream of the genomic coding region of ECSM1 or ECSM4. More preferably, it is located in the region 3 kb or 2 kb or 1 kb or 500 bp upstream, and still more preferably it is located within 210 bp of the transcription start site.
  • Regulatory regions, or transcriptional elements such as enhancers are less predictable than promoters in their location relative to a gene. However, many motifs indicative of regulatory regions are well characterised and such regions affecting the level of transcription of the relevant gene can usually be identified on the basis of these motifs. The function of such a region can be demonstrated by well-known methods such as mutational analysis and in vitro DNA-binding assays including DNA footprinting and gel mobility shift assays.
  • Regulatory regions influencing the transcription of the ECSM1 or ECSM4 genes are likely to be located within the region 20 kb or 10 kb or 7 kb 5 kb or 3 kb, or more preferably 1 kb 5′ upstream of the relevant genomic coding region or can be located within introns of the gene.
  • Sequence tagged sites and mapping intervals will be helpful in localising promoter regions, regulatory regions and physical clones.
  • In a further preferred embodiment, the polynucleotide comprising the promoter and/or regulatory portion is operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide. Methods for linking promoter polynucleotides to polypeptide coding sequences are well known in the art.
  • Preferably the polypeptide is a therapeutic polypeptide. A therapeutic polypeptide may be any polypeptide which it is medically useful to express selectively in endothelial cells. Examples of such therapeutic polypeptides include anti-proliferative, immunomodulatory or blood clotting-influencing factors, or anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokines. They may also comprise anti-cancer polypeptides.
  • In one embodiment of this aspect of the invention, the polynucleotide is one suitable for use in medicine. Thus, the invention includes the polynucleotide packaged and presented for use in medicine. It will be appreciated that such polynucleotides will be especially useful in gene therapy, especially where it is desirable to express a therapeutic polypeptide selectively an endothelial cell. It is preferred if the polynucleotide is one suitable for use in gene therapy.
  • Gene therapy may be carried out according to generally accepted methods, for example, as described by Friedman, 1991. A virus or plasmid vector (see further details below), containing a copy of the gene to be expressed linked to expression control elements such as promoters and other regulatory elements influencing transcription of ECSM1 or ECSM4 as described above and capable of replicating inside endothelial cells, is prepared. Suitable vectors are known, such as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,252,479 and WO 93/07282. The vector is then injected into the patient, either locally or systemically. If the transfected gene is not permanently incorporated into the genome of each of the targeted endothelial cells, the treatment may have to be repeated periodically.
  • Gene transfer systems known in the art may be useful in the practice of the gene therapy methods of the present invention. These include viral and nonviral transfer methods. A number of viruses have been used as gene transfer vectors, including papovaviruses, eg SV40 (Madzak et al, 1992), adenovirus (Berkner, 1992; Berkner et al, 1988; Gorziglia and Kapildan, 1992; Quantin et al, 1992; Rosenfeld et al, 1992; Wilkinson et al, 1992; Stratford-Perricaudet et al, 1990), vaccinia virus (Moss, 1.992), adeno-associated virus (Muzyczka, 1992; Ohi et al, 1990), herpesviruses including HSV and EBV (Margolskee, 1992; Johnson et al, 1992; Fink et al, 1992; Breakfield and Geller, 1987; Freese et al, 1990), and retroviruses of avian (Brandyopadhyay and Temin, 1984; Petropoulos et al., 1992), murine (Miller, 1992; Miller et al, 1985; Sorge et al, 1984; Mann and Baltimore, 1985; Miller et al, 1988), and human origin (Shimada et al, 1991; Helseth et al, 1990; Page et al, 1990; Buchschacher and Panganiban, 1992). To date most human gene therapy protocols have been based on disabled murine retroviruses.
  • Nonviral gene transfer methods known in the art include chemical techniques such as calcium phosphate coprecipitation (Graham and van der Eb, 1973; Pellicer et al, 1980); mechanical techniques, for example microinjection (Anderson et al, 1980; Gordon et al, 1980; Brinster et al, 1981; Constantini and Lacy, 1981); membrane fusion-mediated transfer via liposomes (Felgner et al, 1987; Wang and Huang, 1989; Kaneda et al, 1989; Stewart et al, 1992; Nabel et al, 1990; Lim et al, 1992); and direct DNA uptake and receptor-mediated DNA transfer (Wolff et al, 1990; Wu et al, 1991; Zenke et al, 1990; Wu et al, 1989b; Wolff et al, 1991; Wagner et al, 1990; Wagner et al, 1991; Cotten et al, 1990; Curiel et al, 1991a; Curiel et al, 1991b).
  • Other suitable systems include the retroviral-adenoviral hybrid system described by Feng et al (1997) Nature Biotechnology 15, 866-870, or viral systems with targeting ligands such as suitable single chain Fv fragments.
  • In an approach which combines biological and physical gene transfer methods, plasmid DNA of any size is combined with a polylysine-conjugated antibody specific to the adenovirus hexon protein, and the resulting complex is bound to an adenovirus vector. The trimolecular complex is then used to infect cells. The adenovirus vector permits efficient binding, internalization, and degradation of the endosome before the coupled DNA is damaged.
  • Liposome/DNA complexes have been shown to be capable of mediating direct in vivo gene transfer. While in standard liposome preparations the gene transfer process is nonspecific, localized in vivo uptake and expression have been reported in tumour deposits, for example, following direct in situ administration (Nabel, 1992).
  • Gene transfer techniques which target DNA directly to tissues, eg endothelial cells, is preferred. Receptor-mediated gene transfer, for example, is accomplished by the conjugation of DNA (usually in the form of covalently closed supercoiled plasmid) to a protein ligand via polylysine. Ligands are chosen on the basis of the presence of the corresponding ligand receptors on the cell surface of the target cell/tissue type. In the case of endothelial cells, a suitable receptor is ECSM4. These ligand-DNA conjugates can be injected directly into the blood if desired and are directed to the target tissue where receptor binding and internalization of the DNA-protein complex occurs. To overcome the problem of intracellular destruction of DNA, coinfection with adenovirus can be included to disrupt endosome function.
  • In the case where replacement gene therapy using a functionally wild-type gene is used, it may be useful to monitor the treatment by detecting the presence of replacement gene mRNA or encoded replacement polypeptide, or functional gene product, at various sites in the body, including the endothelial cells, blood serum, and bodily secretions/excretions, for example urine.
  • A further aspect of the present invention provides a method of treating an individual with cancer, cardiac disease, a hypoxic condition, endometriosis or artherosclerosis comprising administering to the individual a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • A still further aspect of the invention provides a method of modulating angiogenesis in an individual comprising administering to the individual a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide or a polynucleotide which is capable of expressing ECSM4 or a fragment or variant thereof or which comprises an ECSM4 antisense nucleic acid.
  • The therapeutic polypeptide may be any therapeutic polypeptide which is useful in treating the individual. Preferably, the therapeutic polypeptide is any one or more of immunomodulatory, anti-cancer, a blood-clotting-influencing factor or an anti-proliferative or anti-inflammatory cytokine.
  • Antisense nucleic acid is discussed in more detail above. Briefly, the function of an antisense nucleic acid is to inhibit the translation of a specific mRNA to which the antisense nucleic acid is complementary and able to hybridise to within a cell, at least in part. The design of optimal antisense nucleic acid molecules is well known in the art of molecular biology.
  • The present invention also provides a use of a polynucleotide according to the invention, which polynucleotide comprises a promoter or regulatory region of the invention operatively linked to a polynucleotide encoding a therapeutic polypeptide in the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer, cardiac disease, a hypoxic condition, endometriosis or artherosclerosis.
  • The invention will now be described in more detail by reference to the following Examples and Figures herein FIG. 1.
  • Experimental verification by reverse transcription PCR. Candidate endothelial specific genes predicted by the combination of the UniGene/EST screen and xProfiler SAGE differential analysis (Table 8) were checked for expression in three endothelial and nine non-endothelial cell cultures. Endothelial cultures were as follows: HMVEC (human microvascular endothelial cells), HUVEC (human umbilical vein endothelial cells) confluent culture and HUVEC proliferating culture. Non-endothelial cultures were as follows: normal endometrial stromal (NES) cells grown in normoxia and NES grown in hypoxia, MDA 453 and MDA 468 breast carcinoma cell lines, HeLa, FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in normoxia and FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in hypoxia, and SW480, HCT116—two colorectal epithelium cell lines. ECSM1 showed complete endothelial specificity, while magic roundabout/ECSM4 was very strongly preferentially expressed in the endothelium. Interestingly, both these novel genes appear more endothelial specific than the benchmark endothelial specific gene: von Willebrand factor.
  • FIG. 2.
  • Phrap generated contig sequence for ECSM1 and amino acid sequence of the translation product. The ESTs used to generate this contig are shown in Table 10.
  • FIG. 3.
  • ECSM4 in vitro transcription/translation. The cDNA coding for full length ECSM4 was cloned into pBluescript plasmid vector. Circular and HindIII digested plasmid were subjected to in vitro transcription/translation using TNT® T7 Quick Coupled Transcription/Translation System (Promega Corporation) incorporating 35S Methionine as per manufacturer's instructions. The reaction products were resolved by SDS PAGE and visualised by autoradiography. The Luciferase plasmid was utilised as a positive control for the reaction. The numbers on the left indicate the position of molecular size markers for reference. The size of the band denoting ECSM4 is consistent with the calculated molecular weight of the polypeptide of 118 kDa.
  • FIG. 4.
  • cDNA and computer translation of GenBank AK000805 (human ECSM4/magic roundabout).
  • FIG. 5.
  • Phrap generated contig sequence for human ECSM4 (magic roundabout) ESTs and translation of the encoded polypeptide. The DNA sequence is shown in the orientation as if it were a cDNA, which is opposite to that in which it was originally generated. The ESTs used to generate the contig are shown in Table 11. Translation start in this sequence is at position 2 of the contig sequence, and translation finish is at position 948.
  • FIG. 6.
  • An alignment of the GenBank Accession No AK000805 (“magic.seq”) and Phrap (“hs.111518”) generated nucleic acid sequences of human ECSM4 given in FIGS. 4 and 5.
  • FIG. 7.
  • Mouse ECSM4 contig nucleotide sequence and amino acid sequence.
  • FIG. 8.
  • An alignment of the amino acid sequences of the mouse Robo1 protein (“T30805”) and human ECSM4 (“magic.pep”).
  • FIG. 9.
  • An alignment of the amino acid sequences of mouse Robo1 protein (“T30805”) and mouse ECSM4 (“mousemagic.pep”).
  • FIG. 10.
  • An alignment of the amino acid sequences of human (“magic.pep”) and mouse (“mousemagic.pep”) ECSM4 proteins. Residues in bold indicate well conserved sequences. The mouse protein sequence is shown on top and the human sequence is below.
  • FIG. 11.
  • Expression of magic roundabout in vitro. (a) Ribonuclease protection analysis. Top, two probes to different regions (nucleotides 1 to 355 and 3333 to 3679) of magic roundabout were used in the analysis (shown left and right). RNase protection assay was performed with U6 small nuclear RNA as control (shown bottom) (Maxwell et al (1999) Nature 399: 271). Human cell lines and primary isolates: MRC-5, fibroblast cell line, MCF-7, breast carcinoma cell line, Neuro, SY-SH-5Y neuroblastoma cell line, HUVEC, umbilical vein endothelial isolate, HDMEC, dermal microvascular endothelial isolate and HMME2, mammary microvascular endothelial cell line. N, normoxia, H, hypoxia, P, proliferating. (b) Western analysis of cell lysates. A band at −110 kD corresponds to MR and was stronger in cells exposed to hypoxia for 18 h. The experiment was repeated twice with similar results. Immunoblotting was carried out as described in Brown et al (2000) Cancer Res. 60: 6298. Polyclonal rabbit anti-sera was raised against the following peptides coupled to keyhole limpet haemocyanin: amino acids 165-181 (LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA) and 274-288 (DSVLTPEEVALCLEL) (anti-sera 1) or peptides 311-320 (TYGYISVPTA) and 336-351 (KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT) (anti-sera 2). Both anti-sera gave identical results. For western analysis, anti-sera was affinity purified on a “Hi-Trap NHS-activated HP” column (Amersham) to which the peptides used to raise anti-sera 1 were coupled.
  • FIG. 12.
  • Human ECSM4 full-length cDNA and encoded protein sequence.
  • FIG. 13.
  • Mouse ECSM4 full-length cDNA (MuMR.seq) and encoded protein sequence.
  • FIG. 14.
  • Alignment of human ECSM4 (top) and mouse ECSM4 (bottom) amino acid sequences.
  • FIG. 15.
  • Alignment of human ECSM4 (“HuMR.seq”; top) and mouse ECSM4 (“MuMR.seq”; bottom) cDNA sequences.
  • FIG. 16.
  • In situ hybridisation-analysis of human placental tissue using ECSM4 as probe. A bright field view of 10× magnification of thin section of placental tissue. The arrow indicates a large blood vessel.
  • FIG. 17.
  • In situ hybridisation analysis of human placental tissue using ECSM4 as probe. A higher magnification of the bright-field view of thin section of placental tissue shown in FIG. 16, focussing on the blood vessel. The arrow points to endothelial cells lining the lumen of the vessel.
  • FIG. 18.
  • In situ hybridisation analysis of human placental tissue using ECSM4 as probe. A higher magnification of the thin section of placental tissue shown in FIG. 16, focussing on the blood vessel and shown here in dark-field. The arrow depicts positive staining of endothelial cells lining the lumen of the vessel.
  • FIG. 19.
  • In situ hybridisation analysis of colorectal liver metastatic tissue using ECSM4 as probe. A bright-field view of a section of colorectal liver metastatic tissue magnified with (A) 10× and (B) 20× objective. The area marked by the boundary (encircling * A) depicts the normal liver tissue. The arrow in (B) shows one of the blood vessels within the metastatic tumour tissue.
  • FIG. 20.
  • In situ hybridisation analysis of colorectal liver metastatic tissue using ECSM4 as a probe. This is a dark field view of a section of colorectal liver metastatic tissue magnified with (A) 10× and (B) 20× objective. The area marked by the boundary (encircling *) depicts the normal liver tissue. The arrow in (B) shows one of the blood vessels within the metastatic tumour tissue corresponding to the vessel shown in FIG. 19B. Expression of ECSM4 is restricted to endothelial cells of the tumour blood vessels. Note that there is little expression in the surrounding normal tissue (*).
  • FIG. 21.
  • Western Blot using the rabbit antibody MGO-5 as primary antibody. Dilutions of the peptides ECSM4-derived peptides MR 165, MR 311, MR 366 and the control polypeptide Bovine Serum Albumin (BSA) were resolved by SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and blotted onto Immobilon P membrane. The blot was probed with MGO-5 antibody and visualised using anti-rabbit antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase.
  • FIG. 22.
  • Immunostaining of frozen placental section. A frozen thin section of human placenta was analysed by immunohistochemistry without any primary antibody (negative control) and visualised using anti-rabbit antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase. Little background staining is observed.
  • FIG. 23.
  • Immunostaining of frozen placental section. A frozen thin section of human placenta was analysed by immunohistochemistry using a primary antibody recognising von Willibrand Factor (positive control), and visualised using an anti-rabbit secondary antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase. The arrows show high levels of expression of vWF restricted to the vascular endothelial cells.
  • FIG. 24.
  • Immunostaining of frozen placental section. A frozen thin section of human placenta was analysed by immunohistochemistry using MGO-5 (a rabbit polyclonal antibody raised against peptide MR 165) as the primary antibody, and visualised using anti-rabbit secondary antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase. The arrows show high levels of expression of ECSM4 restricted to the vascular endothelial cells. Note that the surrounding tissue shows little staining. Comparison with FIGS. 22 and 23 shows that the expression of ECSM4 colocalises with that of vWF, a known marker for vascular endothelial cells.
  • FIG. 25.
  • Immunohistochemical analysis of HUVEC cells: von Willibrand Factor (vWF). HUVEC cells were immobilised and analysed by immunohistochemistry using an antibody recognising von Willibrand Factor (a marker for endothelial cells) as the primary antibody and visualised using anti-rabbit antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase. The arrows show expression of vWF in a subset of the HUVEC cells.
  • FIG. 26.
  • Immunohistochemical analysis of HUVEC cells using the antibody MGO-7. HUVEC cells were immobilised and analysed by immunohistochemistry using MGO-7 antibody (a rabbit polyclonal antibody raised against peptides MR 311 and MR 336) as the primary antibody and visualised using anti-rabbit antibody coupled with alkaline phosphatase. The arrows show expression of ECSM4 in a subset of the HUVEC cells. Note that the staining is localised primarily to the cell surface of the cells.
  • FIG. 27. Expression of magic roundabout in vivo.
  • (A) Expression of MR detected by in situ hybridisation in of a placental arteriole (a) and venule (b) (left, light field and right, dark field). (c) Immunohistochemical staining of magic roundabout in a placental arteriole. Left, von Willibrand factor control and right, magic roundabout. (B) Expression of MR in tumour endothelium. Ganglioglioma (a) ×20 and (b) ×50. Left, light field; right, dark field. Arrows highlight a vessel running diagonally down the section with an erythrocyte within it. Endothelial cells are strongly positive for MR expression. Papillary bladder carcinoma (c) ×20 and (d) ×50. The vascular core of the papilla of the tumour is strongly positive, particularly the ‘flat’ endothelial cells indicated by arrows. A magic roundabout antisense in situ probe was generated using T3 polymerase from IMAGE EST clone 1912098 (GenBank acc. A1278949). The plasmid was linearised with Eco RI prior to probe synthesis. In situ analysis was then performed as described in Poulsom et al (1998) Eur. J. Histochemistry 42:121-132.
  • EXAMPLE 1 In Silico Cloning of Novel Endothelial Specific Genes
  • We describe the use of two independent strategies for differential expression analysis combined with experimental verification to identify genes specifically or preferentially expressed in vascular endothelium.
  • The first strategy was based the EST cluster expression analysis in the human UniGene gene index (Schuler et al, 1997). Recurrent gapped BLAST searches (Altschul et al, 1997) were performed at very high stringency against expressed sequence tags (ESTs) grouped in two pools. These two pools comprised endothelial cell and non-endothelial cell libraries derived from dbEST (Boguski et al, 1995). The second strategy employed a second datamining tool: SAGEmap xProfiler. XProfiler is a freely available on-line tool, which is a part of the NCBI's Cancer Genome Anatomy Project (CGAP) (Strausberg et al, 1997, Cole et al, 1995). While these two approaches alone were producing a discouragingly high number of false positives, when both strategies were combined, predictions proved exceptionally reliable and two novel candidate endothelial-specific genes have been identified. Full-length cDNAs have been identified in sequence databases. Another gene (EST cluster) corresponds to a partial cDNA sequence from a large-scale cDNA sequencing project and contains a region of similarity to the intracellular domain of human roundabout homologue 1 (ROBO1).
  • UniGene/EST Gene Index Screen
  • A pool of endothelial and a pool of non-endothelial sequences were extracted using Sequence Retrieval System (SRS) version 5 from dbEST. The endothelial pool consisted of 11,117 ESTs from nine human endothelial libraries (Table 1). The non-endothelial pool included 173,137 ESTs from 108 human cell lines and microdissected tumour libraries (Table 2). ESTs were extracted from dbEST release April 2000. Multiple FASTA files were transformed into a BLAST searchable database using the press db programme. Table 3 shows the expression status of five known endothelial cell-specific genes in these two pools.
  • Subsequently, the longest, representative sequence in each UniGene cluster (UniGene Build #111 May 2000, multiple FASTA file hs.seq.uniq) was searched using very high stringency BLAST against these two pools. If such representative sequence reported no hits, the rest of the sequences belonging to the cluster (UniGene multiple-FASTA file hs.seq) were used as BLAST queries. Finally, clusters with no hits in the non-endothelial pool and at least one hit in the endothelial pool were selected.
  • Optimising the BLAST E-value was crucial for the success of BLAST identity-level searches. Too high an E-value would result in gene paralogues being reported. On the other hand, too low (stringent) an E-parameter would result in many false negatives, i.e. true positives would not be reported due to sequencing errors in EST data: ESTs are large-scale low-cost single pass sequences and have high error rate (Aaronson et al, 1996). In this work an E-value of 10e-20 was used in searches against non-endothelial EST pool and a more stringent 10e-30 value in searches against the smaller endothelial pool. These values were deemed optimal after a series of test BLAST searches.
  • SAGE Data and SAGEmap xProfiler Differential Analysis
  • Web-based SAGE library subtraction (SAGEmap xProfiler: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SAGE/sagexpsetup.cgi) was utilised as the second datamining strategy for the identification of novel endothelial specific or preferentially endothelial genes. Two endothelial SAGE libraries (SAGE_Duke_HMVEC and SAGE_Duke_HMVEC+VEGF with a total of 110,790 sequences) were compared to twenty-four non-endothelial, cell line libraries (full list in Table 4, total of 733,461 sequences). Table 5 shows the status of expression of five known endothelial specific genes: von Willebrand's factor (vWF), two vascular endothelial growth factor receptors: fms-like tyrosine kinase 1 (flt1) and kinase insert domain receptor (KDR), tyrosine kinase receptor type tie (TIE1) and tyrosine kinase receptor type tek (TIE2/TEK), in these two SAGE pools.
  • Combined Data Gives Highly Accurate Predictions
  • Twenty known genes were selected in the UniGene/EST screen (Table 6). These genes had no hits in the non-endothelial pool and at least one hit in the endothelial pool. The list contained at least four endothelial specific genes: TIE1, TIE2/TEK, LYVE1 and multimerin, indicating ˜20% accuracy of prediction. Other genes on the list, while certainly preferentially expressed in the endothelial cells, might not be endothelial specific. To improve on the prediction accuracy we decided to combine UniGene/EST screen with the xProfiler SAGE analysis. The xProfiler output consisted of a list of genes with a ten times higher number of tags in the endothelial than in the non-endothelial pool sorted according to the certainty of prediction. A 90% certainty threshold was applied to this list. Table 7 shows how data from the two approaches were combined. Identity-level BLAST searches were performed on mRNAs (known genes) or phrap computed contigs (EST clusters representing novel genes) to investigate how these genes were represented in the endothelial and non-endothelial pool. Subsequent experimental verification by RT-PCR (FIG. 1) proved that the combined approach was 100% accurate, i.e. genes on the xProfiler list which had no matches the non-endothelial EST pool and at least one match in the endothelial pool were indeed endothelial specific.
  • DISCUSSION
  • There have been several reports of computer analysis of tissue transcriptosomes. Usually an expression profile is constructed, based on the number of tags assigned to a given gene or a class of genes (Bernstein et al, 1996, Welle et al, 1999, Bortoluzzi et al, 2000). An attempt can be made to identify tissue-specific transcripts, for example Vasmatzis et al, (1997) described three novel genes expressed exclusively in the prostate by in silico subtraction of libraries from the dbEST collection. Purpose made cDNA libraries may also be employed. Ten candidate granulocyte-specific genes have been identified by extensive sequence analysis of cDNA libraries derived from granulocytes and eleven other tissue samples, namely a hepatocyte cell line, foetal liver, infant liver, adult liver, subcutaneous fat, visceral fat, lung, colonic mucosa, keratinocytes, cornea and retina (Itoh et al, 1998).
  • An analysis similar to the dbEST-based approach taken by Vasmatzis et al, is complicated by the fact that endothelial cells are present in all tissues of the body and endothelial-ESTs are contaminating all bulk tissue libraries. To validate this we used three well-known endothelial specific genes: KDR, FLT1, and TIE-2 as queries for BLAST searches against dbEST. Transcripts were present in a wide range of tissues with multiple hits in well vascularised tissues (e.g. placenta, retina), embryonic (liver, spleen) or infant (brain) tissues. Additionally, we found that simple subtraction of endothelial EST libraries against all other dbEST libraries failed to identify any specific genes (data not shown).
  • Two very different types of expression data resources were used in our datamining efforts. The UniGene/EST screen was based on expressed sequence tag libraries from dbEST. There are 9 human endothelial libraries in the current release of dbEST with a relatively small total number of ESTs: ˜11,117. Some well-known endothelial specific genes are not represented in this dataset (Table 3). This limitation raised our concerns that genes with low levels of expression would be overlooked in our analysis. Therefore, we utilised another type of computable expression data: CGAP SAGE libraries.
  • SAGE tags are sometimes called small ESTs (usually 10-11 bp in length). Their major advantage is that they can be unambiguously located within the cDNA: they are immediately adjacent to the most 3′ NlaIII restriction site. Though, there are only two endothelial CGAP SAGE libraries available at the moment, they contain an impressive total of ˜111,000 tags—an approximately 10 times bigger dataset than the ˜11,117 sequences in the endothelial EST pool. The combined approach proved very accurate (Table 8, FIG. 1) when verified by RT-PCR.
  • We report here identification of two novel highly endothelial specific genes: endothelial cell-specific molecule 1 (ECSM1-UniGene entry Hs.13957) and magic roundabout (UniGene entry Hs.111518). For a comprehensive summary of data available on these genes see Table 8.
  • Our combined datamining approach together with experimental verification is a powerful functional genomics tool. This type of analysis can be applied to many cell types not just endothelial cells. The challenge of identifying the function of discovered genes remains, but bioinformatics tools such as structural genomics, or homology and motif searches can offer insights that can then be verified experimentally.
  • In summary, this screening approach has allowed the identification of novel endothelial cell specific genes and known genes whose expression was not known to be specific to endothelial cells. This identification both advances our understanding of endothelial cell biology and provides new pharmaceutical targets for imaging, diagnosing and treating medical conditions involving the endothelium.
  • METHODS PERL Scripts
  • A number of PERL scripts were generated to facilitate large scale sequence retrieval, BLAST search submissions, and automatic BLAST output analysis.
  • Database Sequence Retrieval
  • Locally stored UniGene files (Build #111, release date May 2000) were used in the preparation of this report. The UniGene website can be accessed on the URL: www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/UniGene/, and UniGene files can be downloaded from the ftp repository: ftp://ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/repository/unigene/. Representative sequences for the human subset of UniGene (the longest EST within the cluster) are stored in the file Hs.seq.uniq, while all ESTs belonging to the cluster are stored in a separate file called Hs.seq.
  • Sequences were extracted from the dbEST database accessed locally at the HGMP centre using the Sequence Retrieval System (SRS version 5) getz command. This was done repeatedly using a PERL script for all the libraries in the endothelial and non-endothelial subsets, and sequences were merged into two multiple-FASTA files.
  • Selection Criteria for Non-Endothelial EST Libraries
  • Selection of 108 non-endothelial dbEST libraries was largely manual. Initially the list of all available dbEST libraries (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/dbEST/libs_byorg.html) was searched using the keyword ‘cells’ and the phrase ‘cell line’. While this searched identified most of the libraries, additional keywords had to be added for the list to be full: ‘melanocyte’, ‘macrophage’, ‘HeLa’, ‘fibroblast’. In some cases, detailed library description was consulted to confirm that library is derived from a cell line/primary culture. We also added a number of CGAP microdissected tumour libraries. For that, Library Browser (available at http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/CGAP/hTGI/lbrow/cgaplb.cgi) was used to search for the keyword ‘microdissected’.
  • UniGene Gene Index Screen
  • The UniGene gene transcript index was screened against the EST division of GenBank, dbEST. Both UniGene and dbEST were developed at the National Centre for Biotechnology Information (NCBI). UniGene is a collection of EST clusters corresponding to putative unique genes. It currently consists of four datasets: human, mouse, rat and zebrafish. The human dataset is comprised of approximately 90,000 clusters (UniGene Build #111 May 2000). By means of very high stringency BLAST identity searches, we aimed to identify those UniGene genes that have transcripts in the endothelial- and not in the non-endothelial cell-type dbEST libraries. Throughout the project, University of Washington blast2 which is a gapped version was used as BLAST implementation. The E-value was set to 10e-20 in searches against the non-endothelial EST pool and to 10e-30 in searches against the smaller endothelial pool.
  • While UniGene does not provide consensus sequences for its clusters, the longest sequence within the cluster is identified. Thus, this longest representative sequence (multiple FASTA file Hs.seq.uniq) was searched using very high stringency BLAST against the endothelial and non-endothelial EST pool. If such representative sequence reported no matches, the rest of the sequences belonging to the cluster (UniGene multiple-FASTA file Hs.seq) followed as BLAST queries. Finally, clusters with no matches in the non-endothelial pool and at least one match in the endothelial pool were selected using PERL scripts analysing BLAST textual output.
  • xProfiler SAGE Subtraction
  • xProfiler enables an on-line user to perform a differential comparison of any combination of forty seven serial analysis of gene expression (SAGE) libraries with a total of 2,300,000 SAGE tags using a dedicated statistical algorithm (Chen et al, 1998). xProfiler can be accessed on: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SAGE/sagexpsetup.cgi. SAGE itself is a quantitative expression technology in which genes are identified by typically a 10 or 11 bp sequence tag adjacent to the cDNA's most 3′ NlaIII restriction site (Velculescu et al, 1995).
  • The two available endothelial cell libraries (SAGE_Duke_HMVEC and SAGE_Duke_HMVEC+VEGF) defined pool A and twenty-four (see Table 4 for list) non-endothelial libraries together built pool B. The approach was verified by establishing the status of expression of the five reference endothelial specific genes in the two SAGE pools (Table 5) using Gene to Tag Mapping (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SAGE/SAGEcid.cgi). Subsequently, xProfiler was used to select genes differentially expressed between the pools A and B. The xProfiler output consisted of a list of genes with a ten fold difference in the number of tags in the endothelial compared to the non-endothelial pool sorted according to the certainty of prediction. A 90% certainty threshold was applied to this list.
  • The other CGAP's on-line differential expression analysis tool, Digital Differential Display (DDD), relies on EST expression data (source library info) instead of using SAGE tags. We attempted to utilise this tool similarly to SAGEmap xProfiler but have been unable to obtain useful results. Five out of nine endothelial and sixty-four out of hundred and eight non-endothelial cell libraries used in our BLAST-oriented approach were available for on-line analysis using DDD (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/CGAP/info/ddd.cgi). When such analysis was performed the following were fifteen top scoring genes: annexin A2, actin gamma 1, ribosomal protein large P0, plasminogen activator inhibitor type I, thymosin beta 4, peptidyloprolyl isomerase A, ribosomal protein L13a, laminin receptor 1 (ribosomal protein SA), eukaryotic translation elongation factor 1 alpha 1, vimentin, ferritin heavy polypeptide, ribosomal protein L3, ribosomal protein S18, ribosomal protein L19, tumour protein translationally-controlled 1. This list was rather surprising, did not include any well-known endothelial specific genes, did not have any overlap with SAGE results (Table 8), and contained many genes, that in the literature are reported to be ubiquitously expressed (ribosomal proteins, actin, vimentin, ferritin). A major advantage of our UniGene/EST screen is that instead of relying on source library data and fallible EST clustering algorithms it actually performs identity-level BLAST comparisons in search of transcripts corresponding to a gene.
  • Mining Data on UniGene Clusters
  • To quickly access information about UniGene entries (e.g. literature references, STS sites, homologues, references to function) on-line resources were routinely used: NCBI's UniGene and LocusLink interfaces and Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man.
  • ESTs in UniGene clusters are not assembled into contigs, so before any sequence analysis, contigs were created using phrap assembler (for documentation on phrap see http://bozeman.mbt.washington.edu/phrap.docs/phrap.html).
  • To analyse genomic contig AC005795 (44,399) bp containing ECSM1, NIX Internet interface for multi-application analysis of large unknown nucleotide sequences was used. For further information on NIX see http://www.hgmp.mrc.ac.uk/NIX/. Alignment of ECSM1 against AC005795 was obtained using the NCBI interface to the Human Genome Interface: the NCBI Map Viewer. For further information on the NCBI Map Viewer see http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/genome/guide/.
  • To search for possible transmembrane domains and signal sequences in translated nucleotide sequences three Internet based applications were used: DAS http://www.biokemi.su.se/˜server/DAS/ (Cserzo et al, 1997), TopPred2 http://www.biokemi.su.se/˜server/toppred2/(Heijne 1992), and SignalP http://www.cbs.dtu.dk/services/SignalP/ (Nielsen et al, 1997).
  • PERL Scripts
  • A number of PERL scripts were generated to facilitate large scale sequence retrieval, BLAST search submissions, and automatic BLAST output analysis.
  • Experimental Verification
  • To experimentally verify specificity of expression we used the reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR). RNA was extracted from three endothelial and seven non-endothelial cell types cultured in vitro. Endothelial cultures were as follows: HMVEC (human microvascular endothelial cells), HUVEC (human umbilical vein endothelial cells) confluent culture and HUVEC proliferating culture. Non-endothelial cultures were as follows: normal endometrial stromal (NES) cells grown in normoxia and NES grown in hypoxia, MDA 453 and MDA 468 breast carcinoma cell lines, HeLa, FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in normoxia and FEK4 fibroblasts cultured in hypoxia, and SW480, HCT116—two colorectal epithelium cell lines.
  • If a sequence tagged site (STS) was available, dbSTS PCR primers were used and cycle conditions suggested in the dbSTS entry followed. Otherwise, primers were designed using the Primer3 programme. Primers are listed in Table 9.
  • Tissue Culture Media, RNA Extraction and cDNA Synthesis
  • Cell-lines were cultured in vitro according to standard tissue culture protocols.
  • In particular, endothelial media were supplemented with ECGS (endothelial cell growth supplement—Sigma), and heparin (Sigma) to promote growth. Total RNA was extracted using the RNeasy Minikit (Qiagen) and cDNA synthesised using the Reverse-IT 1st Strand Synthesis Kit (ABgene).
  • REFERENCES
    • Aaronson J. S., B. Eckman, R. A. Blevins, J. A. Borkowski, J. Myerson, S. Imran, and K. O. Elliston. 1996. Toward the development of a gene index to the human genome: an assessment of the nature of high-throughput EST sequence data. Genome Res. 6: 829-45.
    • Adams M. D., A. R. Kerlavage, R. D. Fleischmann, R. A. Fuldner, C. J. Bult, N. H. Lee, E. F. Kirkness, K. G. Weinstock, J. D. Gocayne, O. White, et al, 1995. Initial assessment of human gene diversity and expression patterns based upon 83 million nucleotides of cDNA sequence. Nature. 377(6547 Suppl): 3-174.
    • Adams R. H., G. A. Wilkinson, C. Weiss, F. Diella, N. W. Gale, U. Deutsch, W. Risau, and R. Klein. 1999. Roles of ephrinB ligands and EphB receptors in cardiovascular development: demarcation of arterial/venous domains, vascular morphogenesis, and sprouting angiogenesis. Genes Dev. 13(3): 295-306.
    • Aiello L. P., E. A. Pierce, E. D. Foley, H. Takagi, H. Chen, L. Riddle, N. Ferrara, G. L. King, and L. E. H. Smith. 1995. Suppression of retinal neovascularization in vivo by inhibition of vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) using soluble VEGF-receptor chimeric proteins. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 92: 10457-10461.
    • Altschul S. F., T. L. Madden, A. A. Schäffer, J. Zhang, Z. Zhang, W. Miller, and D. J. Lipman. 1997. Gapped BLAST and PSI-BLAST: a new generation of protein database search programs. Nucleic Acids Res. 25: 3389-3402.
    • Banerji S., J. Ni, S. X. Wang, S. Clasper, J. Su, R. Tammi, M. Jones, and D. G. Jackson. 1999. LYVE-1, a new homologue of the CD44 glycoprotein, is a lymph-specific receptor for hyaluronan. J Cell Biol. 144(4): 789-801.
    • Basbaw G. J., and C. S. Goodman. 1999. Chimeric axon guidance receptors: the cytoplasmic domains of slit and netrin receptors specify attraction versus repulsion. Cell. 97(7):917-26.
    • Bates E. E., O. Ravel, M. C. Dieu, S. Ho, C. Guret, J. M. Bridon, S. Ait-Yahia, F. Briere, C. Caux, J. Banchereau, and S. Lebecque. 1997. Identification and analysis of a novel member of the ubiquitin family expressed in dendritic cells and mature B cells. Eur J. Immunol. 27(10): 2471-7.
    • Bernstein S. L., D. E. Borst, M. E. Neuder, and P. Wong. 1996. Characterization of the human fovea cDNA library and regional differential gene expression in the human retina. Genomics 32: 301-308.
    • Boguski M. S. 1999. Biosequence exegesis. Science. 286: 453-5.
    • Boguski M. S. and G. D. Schuler. 1995. ESTablishing a human transcript map. Nature Genetics: 10, 369-371.
    • Bortoluzzi S., F. d'Alessi, C. Romualdi, and G. A. Danieli. 2000. The human adult skeletal muscle transcriptional profile reconstructed by a novel computational approach. Genome Research. 10: 344-349.
    • Brose K., K. S. Bland, K. H. Wang, D. Arnott, W. Henzel, C. S. Goodman, M. Tessier-Lavigne, and T. Kidd. 1999. Slit proteins bind Robo receptors and have an evolutionarily conserved role in repulsive axon guidance. Cell. 96(6): 795-806.
    • Chen H., M. Centola, S. F. Altschul, and H. Metzger. 1998. Characterization of gene expression in resting and activated mast cells. J Exp Med. 188(9):1657-68.
    • Clark D. E., S. K. Smith, A. M. Sharkey, and D. S. Charnock-Jones. 1996 Localisation of VEGF and expression of its receptors fit and KDR in human placenta throughout pregnancy. Human Reproduction. 11(5):1090-1098.
    • Cole K. A., D. B. Krizman, and M. R. Emmert-Buck. 1999. The Genetics of Cancer—A 3D Model. Nat Genet 21(1): 3841.
    • Cserzo M., E. Wallin, I. Simon, G. von Heijne, and A. Elofsson. 1997. Prediction of transmembrane alpha-helices in prokaryotic membrane proteins: the Dense Alignment Surface method; Prot. Eng. 6: 673-676.
    • Dillon N., and P. Sabbattini. 2000. Functional gene expression domains: defining the functional unit of eukaryotic gene regulation. BioEssays. 7: 657-665.
    • Felbor U., A. Gehrig, C. G. Sauer, A. Marquardt, M. Kohler, M. Schmid, and B. H.F. Weber. 1998. Genomic organization and chromosomal localization of the interphotoreceptor matrix proteoglycan-1 (IMPG1) gene: a candidate for 6q-linked retinopathies. Cytogenet Cell Genet. 81: 12-17.
    • Fong G. H., J. Rossant, and M. L. Breitman. 1995. Role of the Flt-1 receptor tyrosine kinase in regulating the assembly of vascular endothelium. Nature. 376: 65-69.
    • Gerhold D., and C. T. Caskey. 1996. It's the genes! EST access to human genome content. Bioessays. 18:973-81
    • Ginsburg, R. I. Handin, D. T. Bonthron, T. A. Donlon, G. A. Bruns, S. A. Latt, and S. H. Orkin. 1985. Human von Willebrand factor (vWF): isolation of complementary DNA (cDNA) clones and chromosomal localization. Science. 228:1401-6.
    • Hayward C. P. M., G. E Rivard., W. H. Kane, J. Drouin, S. Zheng, J. C. Moore, and J. G. Kelton. 1996. An autosomal dominant, qualitative platelet disorder associated with multimerin deficiency, abnormalities in platelet factor V, thrombospondin, von Willebrand factor, and fibrinogen and an epinephrine aggregation defect. Blood. 87: 4967-4978.
    • Hayward C. P., D. F. Bainton, J. W. Smith, P. Horsewood, R. H. Stead, T. J. Podor, T. E. Warkentin, and J. G. Kelton. 1993. Multimerin is found in the alpha-granules of resting platelets and is synthesized by a megakaryocytic cell line. J Clin Invest. 91(6): 2630-9.
    • Hayward C. P., E. M. Cramer, Z. Song, S. Zheng, R. Fung, J. M. Masse, R. H. Stead, and T. J. Podor. 1998. Studies of multimerin in human endothelial cells. Blood. 91(4): 1304-17.
    • Heijne G. Membrane Protein Structure Prediction, Hydrophobicity Analysis and the Positive-inside Rule. 1992. J. Mol. Biol. 225: 487-494.
    • Itoh K., K. Okubo, H. Utiyama, T. Hirano, J. Yoshii, and K. Matsubara. (1998). Expression profile. of active genes in granulocytes. Blood. 15: 1432-41
    • Kidd T., K. Brose, K. J. Mitchell, R. D. Fetter, M. Tessier-Lavigne, C. S. Goodman, and G. Tear. 1998. Roundabout controls axon crossing of the CNS midline and defines a novel subfamily of evolutionarily conserved guidance receptors. Cell. 92(2): 205-15.
    • Matthews W., C. T. Jordan, M. Gavin, N. A. Jenkins, N. G. Copeland, and I. R. Lemischka. 1991. A receptor tyrosine kinase cDNA isolated from a population of enriched primitive hematopoietic cells and exhibiting close genetic linkage to c-kit. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 88(20): 9026-30.
    • Nichols W. L., D. A. Gastineau, L. A. Solberg, and K. G. Jr Mann. 1985. Identification of human megakaryocyte coagulation factor V. Blood. 65(6): 1396-406.
    • Nielsen H.,. J. Engelbrecht, S. Brunak, and G. Heijne. 1997. Identification of prokaryotic and eukaryotic signal peptides and prediction of their cleavage sites. Protein Engineering 10:1-6.
    • Obermair A., A. Obruca, M. Pohl, A. Kaider, A. Vales, S. Leodolter, J. Wojta, and W. Feichtinger. 1999. Vascular endothelial growth factor and its receptors in male fertility. Fert. Ster. 72(2): 269-275.
    • Partanen J., E. Armstrong, T. P. Makela, J. Korhonen, M. Sandberg, R. Renkonen, S. Knuutila, K. Huebner, K. and Alitalo. 1992. A novel endothelial cell surface receptor tyrosine kinase with extracellular epidermal growth factor homology domains. Mol Cell Biol. 12(4):1698-707.
    • Petrenko O., A. Beavis, M. Klaine, R. Kittappa, I. Godin, I. R. and Lemischka. 1999. The molecular characterization of the fetal stem cell marker AA4. Immunity. 10(6): 691-700.
    • Sato T. N, Y. Qin, C. A. Kozak, and K. L. Audus. 1993. Tie-1 and tie-2 define another class of putative receptor tyrosine kinase genes expressed in early embryonic vascular system. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 90: 9355-9358.
    • Sato T. N., Y. Tozawa, U. Deutsch, K. Wolburg-Buchholz, Y. Fujiwara, M. Gendron-Maguire, T. Gridley, H. Wolburg, W. Risau, and Y. Qin. 1995. Distinct roles of the receptor tyrosine kinases Tie-1 and Tie-2 in blood vessel formation. Nature. 376: 70-74.
    • Schuler G. D. 1997. Pieces of the puzzle: expressed sequence tags and the catalog of human genes. J Mol Med. 75(10): 694-8.
    • Shalaby F., J. Rossant, T. P. Yamaguchi, M. Gertsenstein, X. F. Wu, M. L. Breitman, and A. C. Schuh. 1995. Failure of blood-island formation and vasculogenesis in Flk-1-deficient mice. Nature 376: 62-65.
    • Shibayama S., J. Hirano, and H. Ono. 1997. cDNA encoding novel polypeptide from human umbilical vein endothelial cell. European Patent Office. Publication number: 0 682 113 A2.
    • Shibuya M., S. Yamaguchi, A. Yamane, T. Ikeda, A. Tojo, H. Matsushime, and M. Sato. 1990. Nucleotide sequence and expression of a novel human receptor-type tyrosine kinase gene (flt) closely related to the fins family. Oncogene. 5(4): 519-24.
    • Smith T. F., and M. S. Waterman. 1981. Identification of common molecular subsequences; J Mol Biol. 147: 195-197.
    • Soker S., S. Takashima, H. Q. Miao, G. Neufeld, and M. Klagsbrun. 1998. Neuropilin-1 is expressed by endothelial and tumor cells as an isoform-specific receptor for vascular endothelial growth factor. Cell. 92(6): 735-45.
    • Sporn L. A., S. I. Chavin, V. J. Marder, and D. D. Wagner. 1985. Biosynthesis of von Willebrand protein by human megakaryocytes. J Clin Invest. 76(3): 1102-6
    • Strausberg R. L., C. A. Dahl, and R. D. Klausner. 1997. New Opportunities for Uncovering the Molecular Basis of Cancer. Nat Genet. 15: 415-6.
    • Suda T., N. Takakura, and Y. Oike. 2000. Hematopoiesis and angiogenesis. Int J Hematol. 71(2): 99-107
    • Tamura N., H. Itoh, Y. Ogawa, O. Nakagawa, M. Harada, T. H. Chun, T. Suga, T. Yoshimasa, and K. Nakao, 1996. cDNA cloning and gene expression of human type I-alpha cGMP-dependent protein kinase. Hypertension. 27: 552-557.
    • Vasmatzis G., M. Essand, U. Brinkmann, L. Byungkook, and I. Pastan. 1997. Discovery of three genes specifically expressed in human prostate by expressed sequence tag database analysis. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 95: 300-304.
    • Velculescu V. E., L. Zhang, B. Vogelstein, and K. W. Kinzler. 1995. Serial analysis of gene expression. Science. 270: 484-7.
    • Vikkula M., L. M. Boon, K. L. Carraway 3rd, J. T. Calvert, A. J. Diamonti, B. Goumnerov, K. A. Pasyk, D. A. Marchuk, M. L. Warman, L. C. Cantley, J. B.
    • Mulliken, and B. R. Olsen. 1996. Vascular dysmorphogenesis caused by an activating mutation in the receptor tyrosine kinase TIE2. Cell. 87(7):1181-90.
    • Walker M. G., and Volkmuth W. 2000. Matrix-remodelling associated genes identified by co-expression. Personal communication.
    • Welle S., K. Bhatt, and C. A. Thornton. 1999. Inventory of high-abundance mRNAs in skeletal muscle of normal men. Genome Res. May; 9(5): 506-13.
    • Ziegler B. L., M. Valtieri, G. A. Porada, R. De Maria, R. Muller, B. Masella, M. Gabbianelli, I. Casella, E. Pelosi, T. Bock, E. D. Zanjani, and C. Peschle. 1999. KDR receptor: a key marker defining hematopoietic stem cells. Science 285:1553-1558.
  • TABLE 1
    Nine human endothelial libraries from dbEST
    Human aortic endothelium, 20 sequences, in vitro culture
    Human endothelial cells, 346 sequences, primary isolate
    Human endothelial cell (Y. Mitsui), 3 sequences, in vitro culture
    Stratagene endothelial cell 937223, 7171 sequences, primary isolate
    Aorta endothelial cells, 1245 sequences, primary isolate
    Aorta endothelial cells, TNF treated, 1908 sequences, primary isolate
    Umbilical vein endothelial cells I, 9 sequences
    HDMEC cDNA library, 11 sequences, in vitro culture
    Umbilical vein endothelial cells II, 404 sequences
  • TABLE 2
    Non-endothelial dbEST libraries.
    1. Activated T-cells I
    2. Activated T-cells II
    3. Activated T-cells III
    4. Activated T-cells IV
    5. Activated T-cells IX
    6. Activated T-cells V
    7. Activated T-cells VI
    8. Activated T-cells VII
    9. Activated T-cells VIII
    10. Activated T-cells X
    11. Activated T-cells XI
    12. Activated T-cells XII
    13. Activated T-cells XX
    14. CAMA1Ee cell line I
    15. CAMA1Ee cell line II
    16. CCRF-CEM cells, cyclohexamide
    treated I
    17. CdnA library of activated B cell line
    3D5
    18. Chromosome 7 HeLa cDNA Library
    19. Colon carcinoma (Caco-2) cell line I
    20. Colon carcinoma (Caco-2) cell line II
    21. Colon carcinoma (HCC) cell line
    22. Colon carcinoma (HCC) cell line II
    23. HCC cell line (matastasis to liver in
    mouse)
    24. HCC cell line (matastasis to liver in
    mouse) II
    25. HeLa cDNA (T. Noma)
    26. HeLa SRIG (Synthetic retinoids
    induced genes)
    27. Homo sapiens monocyte-derived
    macrophages
    28. HSC172 cells I
    29. HSC172 cells II
    30. Human 23132 gastric carcinoma cell
    line
    31. Human breast cancer cell line Bcap
    37
    32. Human cell line A431 subclone
    33. Human cell line AGZY-83a
    34. Human cell line PCI-O6A
    35. Human cell line PCI-O6B
    36. Human cell line SK-N-MC
    37. Human cell line TF-1 (D. L. Ma)
    38. Human exocervical cells (CGLee)
    39. Human fibrosarcoma cell line
    HT1080
    40. Human fibrosarcoma cell line
    HT1080-6TGc5
    41. Human gastric cancer SGC-7901 cell
    line
    42. Human GM-CSF-deprived TF-1 cell
    line (Liu, Hongtao)
    43. Human HeLa (Y. Wang)
    44. Human HeLa cells (M. Lovett)
    45. Human Jurkat cell line mRNA
    (Thiele, K.)
    46. Human K562 erythroleukemic cells
    47. Human lung cancer cell line
    A549.A549
    48. Human nasopharyngeal carcinoma
    cell line HNE1
    49. Human neuroblastoma SK-ER3 cells
    (M. Garnier)
    50. Human newborn melanocytes
    (T. Vogt)
    51. Human pancreatic cancer cell line
    Patu 8988t
    52. Human primary melanocytes mRNA
    (I. M. Eisenbarth)
    53. Human promyclocytic HL60 cell line
    (S. Herblot)
    54. Human retina cell line ARPE-19
    55. Human salivary gland cell line HSG
    56. Human White blood cells
    57. Jurkat T-cells I
    58. Jurkat T-cells II
    59. Jurkat T-cells III
    60. Jurkat T-cells V
    61. Jurkat T-cells VI
    62. Liver HepG2 cell line.
    63. LNCAP cells I
    64. Macrophage I
    65. Macrophage II
    66. Macrophage, subtracted (total
    CdNA)
    67. MCF7 cell line
    68. Namalwa B cells I
    69. Namalwa B cells II
    70. NCI_CGAP_Br4
    71. NCI_CGAP_Br5
    72. NCI_CGAP_CLL1
    73. NCI_CGAP_GCB0
    74. NCI_CGAP_GCB1
    75. NCI_CGAP_HN1
    76. NCI_CGAP_HN3
    77. NCI_CGAP_HN4
    78. NCI_CGAP_HSC1
    79. NCI_CGAP_Li1
    80. NCI_CGAP_Li2
    81. NCI_CGAP_Ov5
    82. NCI_CGAP_Ov6
    83. NCI_CGAP_Pr1
    84. NCI_CGAP_Pr10
    85. NCI_CGAP_Pr11
    86. NCI_CGAP_Pr16
    87. NCI_CGAP_Pr18
    88. NCI_CGAP_Pr2
    89. NCI_CGAP_Pr20
    90. NCI_CGAP_Pr24
    91. NCI_CGAP_Pr25
    92. NCI_CGAP_Pr3
    93. NCI_CGAP_Pr4
    94. NCI_CGAP_Pr4.1
    95. NCI_CGAP_Pr5
    96. NCI_CGAP_Pr6
    97. NCI_CGAP_Pr7
    98. NCI_CGAP_Pr8
    99. NCI_CGAP_Pr9
    100. Normal Human Trabecular Bone
    Cells
    101. Raji cells, cyclohexamide treated I
    102. Retinal pigment epithelium 0041
    cell line
    103. Retinoid treated HeLa cells
    104. Soares melanocyte 2NbHM
    105. Soares_senescent_fibroblasts_Nb
    HSF
    106. Stratagene HeLa cell s3 937216
    107. Supt cells
    108. T, Human adult
    Rhabdomyosarcoma cell-line
  • TABLE 3
    Five genes known to be endothelial specific genes in the dbEST pools.
    The number of ESTs in the endothelial pool is relatively small (~11,117)
    and not all known endothelial genes are represented
    Known endothelial specific Hits in the non- Hits in the
    gene endothelial pool endothelial pool
    von Willebrand factor (vWF) 1 27 
    flt1 VEGF receptor
    KDR VEGF receptor 1
    TIE1 tyrosine kinase 5
    TIE2/TEK tyrosine kinase 2
  • TABLE 4
    Twenty-four non-endothelial cell SAGE-CGAP libraries.
    SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
    SAGE_HCT116 Colon, cell line derived from colorectal
    carcinoma
    SAGE_Caco_2 Colon, colorectal carcinoma cell line
    SAGE_Duke_H392 Brain, Duke glioblastoma multiforme cell line
    SAGE_SW837 Colon, cancer cell line
    SAGE_RKO Colon, cancer cell line
    SAGE_NHA(5th) Brain, normal human astrocyte cells harvested at
    passage 5
    SAGE_ES2-1 Ovarian Clear cell carcinoma cell line ES-2,
    poorly differentiated
    SAGE_OVCA432-2 Ovary, carcinoma cell line OVCA432
    SAGE_OV1063-3 Ovary, carcinoma cell line OV1063
    SAGE_Duke_mhh-1 Brain, c-myc negative medulloblastoma cell line
    mhh-1
    SAGE_Duke_H341 Brain, c-myc positive medulloblastoma cell line
    H341
    SAGE_HOSE_4 Ovary, normal surface epithelium
    SAGE_OVP-5 Ovary, pooled cancer cell lines
    SAGE_LNCaP Prostate, cell line. Androgen dependent
    SAGE_HMEC-B41 Cell culture HMEC-B41 of normal human
    mammary epithelial cells
    SAGE_MDA453 Cell line MDA-MB-453 of human breast
    carcinoma
    SAGE_SKBR3 ATCC cell line SK-BR-3. Human breast
    adenocarcinoma
    SAGE_A2780-9 Ovary, ovarian cancer cell line A2780
    SAGE_Duke_H247_normal Brain, glioblastoma multiforme cell line, H247
    AGE_Duke_H247_Hypoxia Brain, Duke glioblastoma multiforme cell line,
    H247, grown under 1.5% oxygen
    SAGE_Duke_post_crisis_fibroblasts Skin, post-crisis survival fibroblast cell-line
    SAGE_Duke_precrisis_fibroblasts Skin, large T antigen transformed human
    fibroblasts clones
    SAGE_A Prostate, cancer cell line. Induced with synthetic
    androgen
    SAGE_IOSE29-11 Ovary, surface epithelium line
  • TABLE 5
    Five known endothelial specific genes in the CGAP SAGE pools.
    TIE1 and TIE2/TEK have multiple hits in the non-endothelial pool
    (most in normal or carcinoma cell lines of ovarian origin).
    vWF is most endothelial specific having 80 hits in the endothelial
    pool and only one hit in the non-endothelial pool.
    Tags in the
    Known endothelial Tags in the non-endothelial endothelial sage
    specific gene sage libraries libraries
    von Willebrand factor  1 (colon carcinoma cell line) 80
    (VWF)
    flt1 VEGF receptor
    KDR VEGF receptor  1 (IOSE29 ovarian surface 6
    epithelium cell line)
    TIE1 tyrosine kinase 17 (ovarian tumour and 27
    normal ovarian epithelium
    cell lines)
    TIE2/TEK tyrosine  4 (ovarian carcinoma and 2
    kinase glioblastoma multiforme cell
    lines)
  • TABLE 6
    Results of the UniGene/EST screen. Twenty known genes were selected in
    the UniGene/EST screen (no hits in the non-endothelial pool and minimum
    one hit in the endothelial pool). At least four of these genes are known
    endothelial specific genes: TIE1, TIE2/TEK, LYVE1 and multimerin,
    indicating ~20% prediction accuracy. Other genes, while certainly
    preferentially expressed in the endothelial cells,
    may not be endothelial specific.
    Endothe-
    Description UniGene ID lial hits
    TIE1 receptor endothelial tyrosine kinase Hs.78824 5
    Cytosolic phospholipase A2; involved in the Hs.211587 3
    metabolism of eicosanoids
    Branched chain alpha-ketoacid dehydrogenase Hs.1265 2
    CGMP-dependent protein kinase; cloned from Hs.2689 2
    aorta cDNA, strongly expressed in well
    vascularised tissues like aorta, heart, and uterus
    (Tamura et al, 1996)
    Lymphatic vessel endothelial hyaluronan Hs.17917 2
    receptor 1 - LYVE1 (Banerji et al, 1999)
    TRAF interacting protein: TNF signalling Hs.21254 2
    pathway
    Multimerin: a very big endothelial specific Hs.32934 2
    protein; binds platelet factor V, can also be
    found in platelets (Hayward et al, 1996)
    Diubiquitin (a member of the ubiquitin family); Hs.44532 2
    reported in dendrytic and B lymphocyte cells;
    involved in antigen processing; this is first
    evidence that it is also present in endothelial
    cells (Bates et al, 1997)
    Beta-transducin family protein; also a homolog Hs.85570 2
    of D. melanogaster gene notchless: a novel
    WD40 repeat containing protein that modulates
    Notch signalling activity
    TIE2/TEK receptor endothelial tyrosine kinase Hs.89640 2
    BCL2 associated X protein (BAX) Hs.159428 2
    Sepiapterin reductase mRNA Hs.160100 2
    Retinoic acid receptor beta (RARB) Hs.171495 2
    ST2 receptor: a homolog of the interleukin 1 Hs.66 1
    receptor
    Mitogen activated protein kinase 8 (MAPK8) Hs.859 1
    ERG gene related to the ETS oncogene Hs.45514 1
    PP35 similar to E. coli yhdg and R. Capsulatus Hs.97627 1
    nifR3
    Interphotoreceptor matrix proteoglycan; Hs.129882 1
    strongly expressed in retina and umbilical cord
    vein (Felbor et al, 1998)
    Methylmalonate semialdehyde dehydrogenase Hs.170008 1
    gene,
    HTLV-I related endogenous retroviral sequence Hs.247963 1
  • TABLE 7
    xProfiler differential analysis was combined with data from the
    UniGene/EST screen achieving 100% certainty of prediction.
    xProfiler's output lists genes with 10-times higher number
    of tags in the endothelial than in the non-endothelial pool of
    SAGE-CGAP libraries. Hits corresponding to these genes
    in the endothelial and non-endothelial EST pools were identified
    by identity-level BLAST searches for mRNA (known genes)
    or phrap computed contig sequences
    (EST clusters representing novel genes).
    Genes are sorted according to the number of hits in the
    non-endothelial EST pool.
    Known and predicted novel endothelial specific genes are in bold.
    Hits in
    non-
    X profiler Hits in endo-
    prediction endothelial thelial
    Unigene ID Gene description certainty EST pool EST pool
    Hs.13957 ESTs - ECSM1 97% 4 0
    Hs.111518 magic roundabout, 100% 4 0
    distant homology to
    human roundabout 1
    Hs.268107 multimerin 92% 5 0
    Hs.155106 calcitonin receptor- 97% 0 0
    like receptor activity
    modifying protein
    2
    Hs.233955 ESTs 96% 0 0
    Hs.26530 serum deprivation 94% 3 1
    response
    (phosphatidylserine-
    binding protein)
    Hs.83213 fatty acid binding 100% 3 1
    protein 4
    Hs.110802 von Willebrand 100% 25 1
    factor
    Hs.76206 cadherin 5, VE- 100% 4 1
    cadherin (vascular
    endothelium)
    Hs.2271 endothelin 1 98% 9 2
    Hs.119129 collagen, type IV, 100% 4 6
    alpha 1
    Hs.78146 platelet/endothelial 99% 18 5
    cell adhesion
    molecule (CD31
    antigen)
    Hs.76224 EGF-containing 100% 37 9
    fibulin-like
    extracellular matrix
    protein
    1
    Hs.75511 connective tissue 100% 34 48
    growth factor
  • TABLE 8
    Summary of available information on magic roundabout.
    UniGene Transmembrane Mapping information
    cluster ID Full-length Longest segments, Genomic context
    and size cDNA ORF signal peptide Genomic clones Description
    ECSM1 Hs.13957 103 aa Genomic neighbour:
    1100 bp confirmed Tropomyosin
    with dbSTS G26129 and G28043
    5′RACE Chr. 19 Gene Map 98: Marker
    SGC33470, Marker stSG3414,
    IntervalD19S425-D19S418
    AC005945, AC005795 (partial
    identity)
    Magic Hs.111518 Partial cDNA 417 aa One transmembrane Genomic neighbour: integral 468 aa region of homology to the
    round- 2076 bp FLJ20798 fis, domain predicted by transmembrane protein 1 (ITM1) cytoplasmic portion of the roundabout
    about clone TopPred2 and DAS. dbSTS G14646 and G14937 axon guidance protein family: human
    ADSU02031 No signal peptide Chr. 11, Gene Map 98: Marker ROBO1, rat ROBO1 and mouse dutt1
    (acc. detected in the available SHGC-11739, Interval (E = 1.3e−09)
    AK000805) 417 aa ORF (SignalP) D11S1353-D11S93 ORF has no apparent up-stream limit.
    1496 bp however the true protein This and size comparison to ROBO1
    product is very likely to (1651 aa) suggests that true protein is
    be larger very likely to be much larger
    Possible alternative polyA sites: the
    cDNA clone from adipocyte tissue
    seems to be polyadenylated in a
    different position to the sequence
    from the UniGene contig
  • TABLE 9
    List of primers used in RT-PCR reactions. dbSTS
    primers were used if a UniGene entry contained a
    sequence tagged site (STS). Otherwise, primers
    were designed using the Primer3 programme.
    Primers (sequence or
    GenBank Accession for
    Gene the STS)
    ECSM1 - Hs.13957 G26129
    Magic roundabout - G14937
    Hs.111518
    calcitonin receptor-like G26129
    receptor activity
    modifying 2
    Hs.233955 G21261
    fatty acid binding 5′-TGC AGC TTC CTT CTC
    protein
    4 ACC TT-3′
    5′-TCA CAT CCC CAT TCA
    CAC TG-3′
    von Willebrand factor 5′-TGT ACC ATG AGG TTC
    TCA ATG C-3′
    5′-TTA TTG TGG GCT CAG
    AAG GG-3′
    serum deprivation G21528
    response protein
    collagen, type IV, G07125
    alpha
    1
    EGF-containing G06992
    fibulin-like extracellular
    matrix protein
    1
    connective tissue 5′-CAA ATG CTT CCA GGT
    growth factor GAA AAA-3′
    5′-CGT TCA AAG CAT GAA
    ATG GA-3′
  • TABLE 10
    ESTs belonging to ECSM1 contig sequence are as follows:
    EST SEQUENCES(30)
    AI540508, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2209821, Uterus, 3′read, 2.1 kb
    AI870175, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2424998, Uterus, 3′read, 1.7 kb
    AI978643, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2491824, Uterus, 3′read, 1.3 kb
    AI473856, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2044374, Lymph, 3′read
    AI037900, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1657707, Wholeembryo, 3′read, 1.2 kb
    AI417620, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2115082, 3′read, 1.0 kb
    AA147817, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590062, 3′read
    AA968592, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1578323, 3′read, 0.7 kb
    AW474729, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2853635, Uterus, 3′read
    R02352, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 124282, 3′read, 0.7 kb
    R01889, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 124485, 5′read, 0.7 kb
    AA446606, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 783693, Wholeembryo, 3′read
    R02456, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 124282, 5′read, 0.7 kb
    T72705, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 108686, 5′read, 0.7 kb
    R01890, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 124485, 3′read, 0.7 kb
    AA147925, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590014, 5′read
    AI131471, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1709098, Heart, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AA733177, cDNAclone399421, Heart, 3′read
    AI039489, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1658903, Wholeembryo, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AI128585, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1691245, Heart, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AI540506, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2209817, Uterus, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AA894832, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1502815, Kidney, 3′read, 0.5 kb
    AW057578, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2553014, Pooled, 3′read, 0.3 kb
    AA729975, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1257976, GermCell, 0.3 kb
    AI131016, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1706622, Heart, 3′read, 0.2 kb
    AA147965, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590062, 5′read
    AA446735, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 783693, Wholeembryo, 5′read
    AA147867, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590014, 3′read
    AI497866, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2125892, Pooled, 3′read
    T72636, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 108686, 3′read, 0.7 kb
  • TABLE 11
    ESTs within the magic roundabout sequence:
    EST sequences in magic roundabout (55):
    AI803963, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2069520, 3′read, 0.9 kb
    W88669, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 417844, 3′read, 0.7 kb
    AI184863, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1565500, Pooled, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AA011319, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 359779, Heart, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AA302765, cDNAcloneATCC: 194652, Adipose, 3′read
    AI278949, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1912098, Colon, 3′read, 0.7 kb
    AI265775, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2006542, Ovary, 3′read
    AA746200, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1324396, Kidney, 0.5 kb
    N78762, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 301290, Lung, 3′read
    AI352263, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1940638, Wholeembryo, 3′read, 0.6 kb
    AA630260, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 854855, Lung, 3′read, 0.5 kb
    C20950, cDNAclone(no-name), 3′read
    W88875, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 417844, 5′read, 0.7 kb
    AA156022, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590120, 3′read
    N93972, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 309369, Lung, 3′read, 1.7 kb
    AI217602, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1732380, Heart, 3′read, 0.5 kb
    AW294276, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2726′347, 3′read
    AA010931, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 359779, Heart, 5′read, 0.6 kb
    AA303624, cDNAcloneATCC: 115215, Aorta, 5′read
    AI366745, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1935056, 3′read, 0.5 kb
    AA327257, cDNAcloneATCC: 127927, Colon, 5′read
    C06489, cDNAclonehbc5849, Pancreas
    BE218677, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 3176164, lung, 3′read
    AA335675, cDNAcloneATCC: 137498, Testis, 5′read
    R84975, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 180552, Brain, 3′read, 2.1 kb
    AI926445, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2459442, Stomach, 3′read, 1.9 kb
    H61208, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 236318, Ovary, 3′read, 1.9 kb
    AA335358, cDNAcloneATCC: 137019, Testis, 5′read
    AI129190, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1509564, Pooled, 3′read, 0.8 kb
    T59188, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 74634, Spleen, 5′read, 0.8 kb
    T59150, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 74634, Spleen, 3′read, 0.8 kb
    R53174, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 154350, Breast, 5′read, 0.8 kb
    AA156150, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 590120, 5′read
    AA302509, cDNAcloneATCC: 114727, Aorta, 5′read
    R99429, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 201985, 5′read, 2.4 kb
    AI813787, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2421627, Pancreas, 3′read, 1.2 kb
    H62113, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 236316, Ovary, 5′read, 1.0 kb
    R16422, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 129313, 5′read, 0.7 kb
    T48993, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 70531, Placenta, 5′read, 0.6 kb
    T05694, cDNAcloneHFBDF13, Brain
    R84531, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 180104, Brain, 5′read, 2.2 kb
    AI903080, cDNAclone(no-name), breast
    AI903083, cDNAclone(no-name), breast
    AA302764, cDNAcloneATCC: 194652, Adipose, 5′read
    AA341407, cDNAcloneATCC: 143064, Kidney, 5′read
    W16503, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 301194, Lung, 5′read
    AW801246, cDNAclone(no-name), uterus
    AW959183, cDNAclone(no-name)
    R85924, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 180104, Brain, 3′read, 2.2 kb
    AA358843, cDNAcloneATCC: 162953, Lung, 5′read
    BE161769, cDNAclone(no-name), head-neck
    W40341, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 309369, Lung, 5′read, 1.7 kb
    AA876225, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1257188, GermCell, 3′read
    R99441, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 202009, 5′read, 2.3 kb
    W76132, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 344982, Heart, 5′read, 1.4 kb,
  • TABLE 12
    110 ESTs in the mouse magic roundabout cluster (Mm.27782)
    AI427548, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 521115, Muscle, 3′read
    AV022394, cDNAclone1190026N09, 3′read
    BB219221, cDNAcloneA530053H04, 3′read
    AI604803, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 388336, Embryo, 3′read
    AI504730, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 964027, Mammarygland, 3′read
    AI430395, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 388336, Embryo, 5′read
    AI181963, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1451626, Liver, 3′read
    AV020471, cDNAclone1190017N14, 3′read
    BB219225, cDNAcloneA530053H12, 3′read
    BB224304, cDNAcloneA530086A21, 3′read
    BB527740, cDNAcloneD930042M18, 3′read
    W66614, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 388336, Embryo, 5′read
    BB097630, cDNAclone9430060E21, 3′read
    AI152731, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1478154, Uterus, 5′read
    AW742708, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 2780289, innerear, 170pooled, 3′read
    BB118169, cDNAclone9530064M17, 3′read
    AI839154, cDNAcloneUI-M-AO0-ach-e-11-0-UI, 3′read
    BB206388, cDNAcloneA430075J10, 3′read
    BB381670, cDNAcloneC230015E01, 3′read
    BB199721, cDNAcloneA430017A19, 3′read
    AI593217, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1177959, Mammarygland, 3′read
    BB219411, cDNAcloneA530054L01, 3′read
    BB220744, cDNAcloneA530061M19, 3′read
    BB220944, cDNAcloneA530062O22, 3′read
    BB390078, cDNAcloneC230066L23, 3′read
    BB220730, cDNAcloneA530061L13, 3′read
    AI615527, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 964027, Mammarygland, 5′read
    AI882477, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1396822, Mammarygland, 5′read
    AV025281, cDNAclone1200012D01, 3′read
    BB470462, cDNAcloneD230033L23, 3′read
    BB247620, cDNAcloneA730020G03, 3′read
    BB555377, cDNAcloneE330019B13, 3′read
    BB512960, cDNAcloneD730043I21
    BB400157, cDNAcloneC330017F17, 3′read
    BB320465, cDNAcloneB230385O10, 3′read
    BB105670, cDNAclone9430096H10, 3′read
    BB441462, cDNAcloneD030027B11, 3′read
    BB137530, cDNAclone9830142O07, 3′read
    AA553155, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 964027, Mammarygland, 5′read
    BB319763, cDNAcloneB230382G07, 3′read
    BB451051, cDNAcloneD130007I05, 3′read
    BB504672, cDNAcloneD630049J11, 3′read
    AI429453, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 569122, Embryo, 3′read
    BB190585, cDNAcloneA330062J23, 3′read
    BB257082, cDNAcloneA730076M18, 3′read
    BB386699, cDNAcloneC230047P06, 3′read
    BB295814, cDNAcloneB130042A09, 3′read
    BB450972, cDNAcloneD130007A22, 3′read
    AA718562, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 1177959, Mammarygland, 5′read
    BB223775, cDNAcloneA530083K18, 3′read
    AV020555, cDNAclone1190018G05, 3′read
    BB226083, cDNAcloneA530095K11, 3′read
    BB482105, cDNAcloneD430007O19, 3′read
    BB381671, cDNAcloneC230015E02, 3′read
    BB383758, cDNAcloneC230030C02, 3′read
    BB257519, cDNAcloneA730080D13, 3′read
    BB265667, cDNAcloneA830021I17, 3′read
    BB254777, cDNAcloneA730063K20, 3′read
    AV240775, cDNAclone4732443F15, 3′read
    BB315010, cDNAcloneB230352H04, 3′read
    BB390074, cDNAcloneC230066L16, 3′read
    BB517605, cDNAcloneD830025B17, 3′read
    BB484410, cDNAcloneD430025H01, 3′read
    BB357583, cDNAcloneC030022J01, 3′read
    AV225639, cDNAclone3830431D12, 3′read
    BB554921, cDNAcloneE330016A12, 3′read
    BB161650, cDNAcloneA130061H21, 3′read
    BB106720, cDNAclone9530002M22, 3′read
    BB535465, cDNAcloneE030043P14, 3′read
    BB357738, cDNAcloneC030024B10, 3′read
    AV285588, cDNAclone5031411M12
    BB188339, cDNAcloneA330048H22, 3′read
    AV337749, cDNAclone6430404F19, 3′read
    BB065281, cDNAclone8030443H10, 3′read
    BB148059, cDNAclone9930104N19, 3′read
    AV252251, cDNAclone4833438P20, 3′read
    BB184506, cDNAcloneA330012J24, 3′read
    BB522445, cDNAcloneD930007M08, 3′read
    BB520366, cDNAcloneD830041K23, 3′read
    AV127290, cDNAclone2700047J01, 3′read
    BB248651, cDNAcloneA730027F04, 3′read
    BB008452, cDNAclone4732482M24, 3′read
    BB550719, cDNAcloneE230024C07, 3′read
    BB182033, cDNAcloneA230095N14, 3′read
    BB480258, cDNAcloneD330045D17, 3′read
    BB004855, cDNAclone4732463E03, 3′read
    AV379748, cDNAclone9230013A19, 3′read
    BB552137, cDNAcloneE230035B12, 3′read
    BB288263, cDNAcloneIMAGE: 3490042, mammary, 5′read
    BB215681, cDNAcloneA530026M11, 3′read
    BB251356, cDNAcloneA730046B16, 3′read
    BB503441, cDNAcloneD630043F10, 3′read
    BB500571, cDNAcloneD630029E03, 3′read
    BB199833, cDNAcloneA430017K13, 3′read
    BB533549, cDNAcloneE030030K03, 3′read
    BB098399, cDNAclone9430063L18, 3′read
    BB213310, cDNAcloneA530009E09, 3′read
    BB240699, cDNAcloneA630083B14, 3′read
    BB217106, cDNAcloneA530040N24, 3′read
    BB057432, cDNAclone7120459H22, 3′read
    BB214645, cDNAcloneA530021N22, 3′read
    BB218254, cDNAcloneA530048K12, 3′read
    BB319841, cDNAcloneB230382O06, 3′read
    BB459759, cDNAcloneD130063G22, 3′read
    BB485618, cDNAcloneD430032M09, 3′read
    BB517699, cDNAcloneD830025J18, 3′read
    BB535595, cDNAcloneE030044M09, 3′read
    BB536291, cDNAcloneE030049D17, 3′read
    BB552689, cDNAcloneE330001A16, 3′read
    BB552709, cDNAcloneE33C001C16, 3′read
  • EXAMPLE 2 ECSM4 Expression is Restricted to Endothelial Cells
  • In situ hybridisation (ISH) of tumour and normal tissues showed that the expression of ECSM4 is restricted to vascular endothelial cells in adult angiogenic vessels only. Analysis of normal tissues showed that expression of ECSM4 is detected in human placenta and umbilical cord foetal tissue 10.8 weeks menstrual age. As shown in FIG. 16, ECSM4 expression is highly specific for the vascular endothelial cells of the blood vessel in placenta. Furthermore, expression was absent throughout a number of other normal tissues that were analysed, including adult liver, brain cerebrum and large vessels, prostate, colon, small bowel, heart, eye (choroid and sclera), ovary, stomach, breast and foetal bladder, testis, kidney (15.8 weeks) and foetal heart, kidney, adrenal, intestine (11.3 weeks) foetal brain (10.6 weeks) and foetal eye (16.5 weeks) (data not shown).
  • ISH analysis of colorectal liver metastasis biopsies showed that expression of ECSM4 was restricted to vascular endothelial cells of the tumour vessels only (FIGS. 17 and 18). No expression was detected in the surrounding normal tissue. Furthermore the enhanced expression in the vicinity of the necrotic tissues (FIG. 13, necrotic tissue is indicated by the bright signal labelled *) is indicative and consistent with induction of ECSM4 expression by hypoxia. As such, ECSM4 may be a novel hypoxia regulated gene.
  • The highly restricted expression pattern of ECSM4 in angiogenic vessels in normal and tumour tissues in adult is entirely consistent with the endothelial cell selective pattern of expression determined by the in silico analysis described in Example 1.
  • Methods
  • Blocks of formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissues and tumours were obtained from the archives of the Imperial Cancer Research Fund Breast Pathology Group at Guys Hospital, London, UK. An antisense riboprobe to ECSM4 cDNA was prepared for specific localisation of the ECSM4 mRNA by in situ hybridisation. The methods for pretreatment, hybridisation, washing, and dipping of slides in Ilford K5 for autoradiography has been described previously (Poulsom, R., Longcroft, J. M., Jeffrey, R. E., Rogers, L., and Steel, J. H. (1998) Eur. J. Histochem. 42, 121-132). Films were exposed for 7 to 15 days before developing in Kodak D19 and counterstaining with Giemsa. Sections were examined under conventional or reflected light dark-field conditions (Olympus BH2 with epi-illumination) under a x5, x10 or x20 objective that allowed individual auto-radiographic silver grains to be seen as bright objects on a dark background.
  • EXAMPLE 3 ECSM4 Polypeptide is Detected Only in Endothelial Cells
  • Antibodies capable of selectively binding the ECSM4 polypeptide were generated and used in immunohistochemistry to demonstrate the presence of ECSM4 polypeptide in a range of cell types (FIGS. 21 to 26). Tissue samples were prepared by standard techniques in the art of immunohistochemistry.
  • Generation of Antibodies Recognising ECSM4.
  • The peptides MR 165, MR 311 and MR 336 were fused to Keyhole Limpet Haemocyanin (KLH) before immunisation of rabbits for production of polyclonal antibodies. The antibody MGO-5 was derived from rabbits immunised with the peptide MR 165, whereas MGO-7 was derived from rabbits immunised with a mixture of MR 311 and MR 336. The sequence of the peptides used to generated the polyclonal antibodies is shown below with their reference within the amino acid sequence of full length human ECSM4 as shown in FIG. 12.
  • MR 165=LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA (681-697) MR 274=DSVLTPEEVALCLEL (790-804) MR 311=TYGYISVPTA (827-836) MR 336=KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT (852-867) EXAMPLE 4
  • The magic roundabout EST sequence identified in the bioinformatics search for endothelial specific transcripts was used to isolate a cDNA of 3800 base pairs in length from a human heart cDNA library. A screen using gene specific primers showed the gene to be present in libraries from heart, adult and foetal brain, liver, lung, kidney, muscle, placenta and small intestine but absent from peripheral blood leukocytes, spleen and testis. Highest expression was in the placental library. Comparison of the magic roundabout sequence to that of roundabout revealed a transmembrane protein with homology throughout but absence of some extracellular domains. Thus, MR has two immunoglobulin and two fibronectin domains in the extracellular domain compared to five immunoglobulin and two fibronectin domains in the extracellular domains of the neuronal specific roundabouts. A transmembrane domain was identified by (i) using the transmembrane predicting software PRED-TMR and (ii) using an alignment between human MR and human ROBO1 peptide sequences. Both methods identified the same residues as the transmembrane region of human MR as amino acids 468-490. Thus, aa 1-467 are extracellular and aa 491-1007 are intracellular. The intracellular domain contains a putative proline rich region that is homologous to those in roundabout that are thought to couple to c-abl (Bashaw et al (2000) Cell 101: 703-715).
  • Human SHGC-11739 (GenBank acc. G14646) sequence tagged site (STS) was mapped to magic roundabout mRNA in a BLAST dbSTS search. This STSmaps to chromosome 11 on the Stanford G3 physical map (region 5647.00 cR10000 LOD 1.09 bin 129). Nevertheless, much sequence is missing and the genomic structure is not known. Search of the RIKEN database identified murine magic roundabout. The predicted molecular weight for the peptide core of human MR was 107,457 kDa. This was confirmed by in vitro translation (FIG. 3).
  • EXAMPLE 5 ECSM4 Expression is Detectable in Tumours
  • In situ hybridisation was used to characterise expression of ECSM4 in vivo. Expression of ECSM4 was found to be very restricted (Table 13), with no signal detectable in many tissues including neuronal tissue. In contrast, strong expression was detected in pacenta and a range of tumours including those of the brain, bladder and colonic metastasis to the liver (FIG. 27). Expression within tumours was restricted to the tumour vasculature. Immuno-histochemical staining of placenta confirmed endothelial specific expression of the protein.
  • A search of CGAP SAGE libraries for ECSM4 detected it only in endothelial and tumour libraries (Table 14). This was consistent with in situ hybridisation results in the adult showing that expression was restricted to tumour vessels (colon metastasis to liver, ganglioglioma, bladder and breast carcinoma).
  • TABLE 13
    Expression of magic roundabout in human tissue in vivo.
    Expression detected
    Placenta and umbilical cord foetal tissue (10.8 weeks menstrual age)
    Vessels in colorectal liver metastasis, ganglioglioma, bladder and breast
    carcinoma.
    Expression not detected
    Adult liver, brain cerebrum and large vessels, prostate, colon, small bowel,
    heart, eye choroid and sclera, ovary, stomach, breast
  • TABLE 14
    CGAP SAGE libraries in which magic roundabout was found
    on the basis of gene to tag mapping
    Library Tags/million Tags
    HDMEC 171
    HDMEC + VEGF 224
    Medulloblastoma 102
    Glioblastoma multiforme 85
    Ovary, serous adenocarcinoma 59
    Glioblastoma multiforme, pooled 48
    HDMEC, human dermal microvascular endothelial cells;
    VEGF, vascular endothelial growth factor.
  • EXAMPLE 6 Induction of ECSM4 in Hypoxic Endothelial Cells
  • Initial RT-PCR detected ECSM4 expression in endothelial but not other cell lines such as fibroblasts (normal endometrial and FEK4), colon carcinoma (SW480 and HCT116), breast carcinoma (MDA453 and MDA468) and HeLa cells. Ribonuclease protection analysis has confirmed and extended this (FIG. 11 a). ECSM4 expression was seen to be restricted to endothelium (three different isolates) and absent from fibroblast, carcinoma and neuronal cells. Induction of ECSM4 in hypoxia in endothelial (but not non-endothelial cells) was seen when expression of ECSM4 was analysed using two different RNase protection probes. Expression was on average 5.5 and 2.6 fold higher in hypoxia for HUVEC and HDMEC respectively. Western analysis identified a weak band of 110 kD in human dermal microvascular endothelial cells (HDMEC) but absent from the non-endothelial cells types (FIG. 11 b). The band was more intense when the HDMEC cells were exposed to 18 h hypoxia, consistent with ECSM4 being a hypoxically regulated gene.

Claims (33)

1.-86. (canceled)
87. An antibody or fragment thereof that selectively binds to the ECSM4 polypeptide, wherein said antibody or fragment thereof is useful in the diagnosis and/or treatment of cancer.
88. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to the extracellular domain of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
89. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 1-467.
90. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP.
91. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 474-933.
92. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 648-941.
93. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof selectively binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA, or KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT.
94. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 which is a polyclonal antibody.
95. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 which is a monoclonal antibody.
96. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 which is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a chimeric antibody;
(b) a humanized antibody;
(c) a single chain antibody; and
(d) a Fab fragment
97. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 which is labeled.
98. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 wherein said polypeptide bound by said antibody or fragment thereof is glycosylated.
99. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87 wherein said antibody or fragment thereof specifically binds to said polypeptide in a Western blot.
100. An isolated cell that produces the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87.
101. A hybridoma that produces the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87.
102. A method of detecting ECSM4 in a biological sample comprising:
(a) contacting the biological sample with the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 87;
(b) allowing a complex to form between ECSM4 and said antibody of claim 87; and,
(c) detecting said complex.
103. An antibody or fragment thereof that binds to the ECSM4 polypeptide, wherein said antibody or fragment thereof is useful in the diagnosis and/or treatment of cancer.
104. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to the extracellular domain of the ECSM4 polypeptide.
105. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 1-467.
106. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of GGDSLLGGRGSL, LLQPPARGHAHDGQALSTDL, EPQDYTEPVE, TAPGGQGAPWAEE or ERATQEPSEHGP.
107. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 474-933.
108. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of residues 648-941.
109. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103, wherein the antibody or fragment thereof binds to a region of the ECSM4 polypeptide consisting of LSQSPGAVPQALVAWRA, DSVLTPEEVALCLEL, TYGYISVPTA, or KGGVLLCPPRPCLTPT.
110. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 which is a polyclonal antibody.
111. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 which is a monoclonal antibody.
112. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 which is selected from the group consisting of:
(a) a chimeric antibody;
(b) a humanized antibody;
(c) a single chain antibody; and
(d) a Fab fragment
113. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 which is labeled.
114. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 wherein said polypeptide bound by said antibody or fragment thereof is glycosylated.
115. The antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103 wherein said antibody or fragment thereof specifically binds to said polypeptide in a Western blot.
116. An isolated cell that produces the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103.
117. A hybridoma that produces the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103.
118. A method of detecting ECSM4 in a biological sample comprising:
(a) contacting the biological sample with the antibody or fragment thereof of claim 103;
(b) allowing a complex to form between ECSM4 and said antibody of claim 103; and,
(c) detecting said complex.
US12/009,132 2000-11-06 2008-01-15 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease Abandoned US20090191572A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/009,132 US20090191572A1 (en) 2000-11-06 2008-01-15 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US24556600P 2000-11-06 2000-11-06
US27366201P 2001-03-07 2001-03-07
US10/416,090 US7498034B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2001-11-06 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
PCT/GB2001/004906 WO2002036771A2 (en) 2000-11-06 2001-11-06 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/429,627 US7582440B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2006-05-04 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US12/009,132 US20090191572A1 (en) 2000-11-06 2008-01-15 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/429,627 Continuation US7582440B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2006-05-04 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20090191572A1 true US20090191572A1 (en) 2009-07-30

Family

ID=26937319

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/416,090 Expired - Fee Related US7498034B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2001-11-06 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/429,627 Expired - Fee Related US7582440B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2006-05-04 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/824,445 Expired - Fee Related US7740830B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2007-06-29 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/824,300 Expired - Fee Related US8216584B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2007-06-29 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US12/009,132 Abandoned US20090191572A1 (en) 2000-11-06 2008-01-15 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/416,090 Expired - Fee Related US7498034B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2001-11-06 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/429,627 Expired - Fee Related US7582440B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2006-05-04 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/824,445 Expired - Fee Related US7740830B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2007-06-29 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US11/824,300 Expired - Fee Related US8216584B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2007-06-29 Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (5) US7498034B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1334194B1 (en)
JP (2) JP2004524821A (en)
AT (2) ATE480622T1 (en)
AU (3) AU2002223784B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2427310C (en)
CY (2) CY1107609T1 (en)
DE (2) DE60127986T2 (en)
DK (2) DK1790728T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2296829T3 (en)
PT (2) PT1790728E (en)
WO (1) WO2002036771A2 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060263369A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2006-11-23 Roy Bicknell Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US20080145359A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2008-06-19 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20110112280A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2011-05-12 Mueller Bernhard K Use of rgm and its modulators
US8906864B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-12-09 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Binding domains of proteins of the repulsive guidance molecule (RGM) protein family and functional fragments thereof, and their use
US8962803B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies against the RGM A protein and uses thereof
US9102722B2 (en) 2012-01-27 2015-08-11 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Composition and method for the diagnosis and treatment of diseases associated with neurite degeneration
US9175075B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2015-11-03 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Methods of treating retinal nerve fiber layer degeneration with monoclonal antibodies against a retinal guidance molecule (RGM) protein

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004003163A2 (en) * 2002-06-27 2004-01-08 University Of Utah Research Foundation Methods and compositions for manipulating the guided navigation of endothelial tubes during angiogenesis
US7185814B2 (en) * 2002-10-16 2007-03-06 Dcard, Inc. Layer structure and method of manufacture for optical memory strip (OMS)
US7465312B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2008-12-16 Green Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating superficial venous malformations like spider veins
US20070299431A1 (en) * 2006-05-02 2007-12-27 Green Medical, Inc. Systems and methods for treating superficial venous malformations like spider veins
CA2672297A1 (en) * 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 University Of Utah Research Foundation Compositions and methods for treating pathologic angiogenesis and vascular permeability
US7834154B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2010-11-16 Genentech, Inc. Anti-ROBO4 antibodies and uses therefor
US8399421B2 (en) * 2007-03-30 2013-03-19 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Treatment for neuropathic pain due to spinal cord injury
EP2033971A1 (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-11 Abbott GmbH & Co. KG Bone Morphogenetic Protein (BMP) binding domains of proteins of the Repulsive Guidance Molecule (RGM) protein family and functional fragments thereof and their application
WO2009046127A1 (en) * 2007-10-01 2009-04-09 Allos Therapeutics, Inc. Dt-diaphorase-active agents for treatment of pediatric tumors
CA2810119C (en) 2009-09-03 2018-10-23 Cancer Research Technology Limited Clec14a inhibitors
WO2011032088A1 (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-03-17 Arca Biopharma, Inc. Polymorphisms in the pde3a gene
WO2011059828A1 (en) * 2009-10-29 2011-05-19 University Of Kansas Methods of producing and purifying proteins
GB201115529D0 (en) 2011-09-08 2011-10-26 Imp Innovations Ltd Antibodies, uses and methods
SG11201405718QA (en) 2012-04-27 2014-10-30 Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd Anti-robo4-antibody
EP2917347B1 (en) * 2012-11-08 2019-01-02 Institut National de la Sante et de la Recherche Medicale (INSERM) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment of bone metastases
GB201501004D0 (en) 2015-01-21 2015-03-04 Cancer Rec Tech Ltd Inhibitors
JP7267998B2 (en) * 2017-08-19 2023-05-02 オハイオ・ステイト・イノベーション・ファウンデーション Novel peptide-based cancer contrast agent

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6069007A (en) * 1989-06-21 2000-05-30 City Of Hope Ribozyme cleavage of HIV RNA
US6225118B1 (en) * 1997-10-01 2001-05-01 Biocure Limited Multicellular in vitro assay of angiogenesis
US20030072736A1 (en) * 1999-08-12 2003-04-17 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human tumor necrosis factor receptor TR16
US20040071711A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2004-04-15 Roy Bicknell Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20060099143A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2006-05-11 Roy Bicknell Antibodies binding to human magic roundabout (mr), polypeptides and uses thereof for inhibition angiogenesis
US7163797B2 (en) * 1997-09-05 2007-01-16 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 50 human secreted proteins

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5955291A (en) * 1992-01-09 1999-09-21 Alitalo; Kari Antibodies recognizing tie receptor tyrosine kinase and uses thereof
EP0682113A3 (en) 1994-05-12 1996-12-18 Ono Pharmaceutical Co Polypeptide produced in an endothelial cell line and DNA encoding it.
JP2003521215A (en) 1997-07-30 2003-07-15 ヒューマン ジノーム サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド 83 human secreted proteins
EP1019091A4 (en) 1997-09-05 2005-05-11 Human Genome Sciences Inc 50 human secreted proteins
PT1490386E (en) * 1998-03-10 2008-11-24 Genentech Inc Novel polypeptide and nucleic acids encoding the same
WO1999053051A2 (en) 1998-04-09 1999-10-21 Genset 5' ests and encoded human proteins
KR20030002292A (en) 1999-03-08 2003-01-08 제넨테크, 인크. Secreted and Transmembrane Polypeptides and Nucleic Acids Encoding the Same
EP1074617A3 (en) 1999-07-29 2004-04-21 Research Association for Biotechnology Primers for synthesising full-length cDNA and their use
WO2001023523A2 (en) 1999-09-30 2001-04-05 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Secreted proteins and uses thereof
DK1572169T3 (en) * 2002-03-08 2013-10-21 Shanghai Inst Biol Sciences Detection and modulation of Slit and Robo-mediated angiogenesis and applications thereof

Patent Citations (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6069007A (en) * 1989-06-21 2000-05-30 City Of Hope Ribozyme cleavage of HIV RNA
US7163797B2 (en) * 1997-09-05 2007-01-16 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. 50 human secreted proteins
US6225118B1 (en) * 1997-10-01 2001-05-01 Biocure Limited Multicellular in vitro assay of angiogenesis
US20030072736A1 (en) * 1999-08-12 2003-04-17 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human tumor necrosis factor receptor TR16
US20040071711A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2004-04-15 Roy Bicknell Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20070025913A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2007-02-01 Cancer Research Technology Limited, A United Kingdom Corporation Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20080145359A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2008-06-19 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20080219924A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2008-09-11 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US7498034B2 (en) * 2000-11-06 2009-03-03 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20060263369A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2006-11-23 Roy Bicknell Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US20060099143A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2006-05-11 Roy Bicknell Antibodies binding to human magic roundabout (mr), polypeptides and uses thereof for inhibition angiogenesis
US20080019963A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2008-01-24 Cancer Research Technology Limited Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US20080166295A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2008-07-10 Cancer Research Technology Limited Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof

Cited By (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8216584B2 (en) 2000-11-06 2012-07-10 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20080145359A1 (en) * 2000-11-06 2008-06-19 Cancer Research Technology Limited Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US8680239B2 (en) 2000-12-22 2014-03-25 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foerderung Der Wissenschaften E.V. Use of RGM and its modulators
US20110112280A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2011-05-12 Mueller Bernhard K Use of rgm and its modulators
US7981420B2 (en) 2000-12-22 2011-07-19 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Foederung Der Wissenschaften E.V. Therapeutic use of antibodies directed against repulsive guidance molecule (RGM)
US8394381B2 (en) 2002-11-20 2013-03-12 Cancer Research Technology Limited Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US20060263369A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2006-11-23 Roy Bicknell Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US20080019963A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2008-01-24 Cancer Research Technology Limited Antibodies, polypeptides and uses thereof
US8906864B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-12-09 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Binding domains of proteins of the repulsive guidance molecule (RGM) protein family and functional fragments thereof, and their use
US8962803B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies against the RGM A protein and uses thereof
US9605069B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2017-03-28 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies against the RGM a protein and uses thereof
US9175075B2 (en) 2009-12-08 2015-11-03 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Methods of treating retinal nerve fiber layer degeneration with monoclonal antibodies against a retinal guidance molecule (RGM) protein
US9102722B2 (en) 2012-01-27 2015-08-11 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Composition and method for the diagnosis and treatment of diseases associated with neurite degeneration
US9365643B2 (en) 2012-01-27 2016-06-14 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies that bind to repulsive guidance molecule A (RGMA)
US10106602B2 (en) 2012-01-27 2018-10-23 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Isolated monoclonal anti-repulsive guidance molecule A antibodies and uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE60143065D1 (en) 2010-10-21
DK1334194T3 (en) 2007-05-29
US20070025913A1 (en) 2007-02-01
US7740830B2 (en) 2010-06-22
US20080219924A1 (en) 2008-09-11
ATE480622T1 (en) 2010-09-15
AU2378402A (en) 2002-05-15
US8216584B2 (en) 2012-07-10
EP1790728B1 (en) 2010-09-08
DE60127986T2 (en) 2008-01-17
WO2002036771A2 (en) 2002-05-10
AU2002223784B2 (en) 2007-01-18
ES2296829T3 (en) 2008-05-01
JP2004524821A (en) 2004-08-19
DK1790728T3 (en) 2010-12-06
ATE360068T1 (en) 2007-05-15
US7498034B2 (en) 2009-03-03
EP1790728A2 (en) 2007-05-30
AU2007201584A1 (en) 2007-05-03
PT1790728E (en) 2010-11-12
DE60127986D1 (en) 2007-05-31
US20080274045A9 (en) 2008-11-06
EP1334194B1 (en) 2007-04-18
JP2010248210A (en) 2010-11-04
PT1334194E (en) 2007-07-17
US20040071711A1 (en) 2004-04-15
US7582440B2 (en) 2009-09-01
WO2002036771A3 (en) 2002-09-06
CY1107609T1 (en) 2013-03-13
EP1334194A2 (en) 2003-08-13
JP5603145B2 (en) 2014-10-08
US20080145359A1 (en) 2008-06-19
EP1790728A3 (en) 2007-06-13
CY1110967T1 (en) 2015-06-11
CA2427310C (en) 2013-12-17
CA2427310A1 (en) 2002-05-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7582440B2 (en) Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
AU2002223784A1 (en) Imaging, diagnosis and treatment of disease
US20020187472A1 (en) Steap-related protein
US20040146877A1 (en) Diagnosis and treatment of cancer:I
Plougastel et al. Genomic structure, chromosome location, and alternative splicing of the human NKG2A gene
JP4454670B2 (en) Tumor suppressor called TS10Q23.3
US20030082533A1 (en) Intelectin
US6552181B1 (en) Basal cell carcinoma tumor supressor gene
WO1999009215A1 (en) Prognostic compositions for prostate cancer and methods of use thereof
US20020009720A1 (en) Plag gene family and tumorigenesis
US7462447B2 (en) Methods for evaluating susceptibility to a bone homeostasis disorder
ES2371015T3 (en) TREATMENT OF IMAGES, DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF THE DISEASE.
US20030104418A1 (en) Diagnostic markers for breast cancer
JP2004510408A (en) Methods for diagnosing, monitoring, staging, imaging and treating colorectal cancer
AU725404B2 (en) A basal cell carcinoma tumor suppressor gene
US20030165844A1 (en) Haplotypes of the TNFRSF1A gene
EP1608390A2 (en) Correlation of gene expression with chromosome abnormalities in ataxia telangiectasia tumorigenesis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: CANCER RESEARCH TECHNOLOGY LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BICKNELL, ROY;HUMINIECKI, LUKASZ;REEL/FRAME:020967/0416;SIGNING DATES FROM 20030821 TO 20030926

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION